IOWA WESTERN COMMUNITY COLLEGE General Catalog 2016

Transcription

IOWA WESTERN
COMMUNITY COLLEGE
General Catalog
2016-2017
Council Bluffs Campus
2700 College Road
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51503
(712) 325-3200
1-800-432-5852
Clarinda Center
Cass County Center
Shelby County Center
Page/Fremont County Center
923 E. Washington Street
Clarinda, Iowa
(712) 542-5117
1-800-521-2073
1901 Hawkeye Ave., Ste. 102
Harlan, Iowa 51537
(712) 755-3568
705 Walnut Street
Atlantic, Iowa 50022
(712) 243-5527
1001 W. Sheridan Ave.
Shenandoah, Iowa 51601
(712) 246-1499
www.iwcc.edu
3
Iowa Western Community College General Catalog 2016-2017
DISCLAIMER STATEMENT
The information contained in this catalog is subject to cancellation
or change without notice. This catalog cannot be considered as
an agreement or contract between individual students and Iowa
Western Community College, its faculty, staff, administrators or
directors.
Iowa Western Community College is committed to a policy of equal
educational opportunity. Therefore the College prohibits discrimination on the basis of unlawful criteria such as race, color, creed,
religion, national or ethnic origin, ancestry, genetic information, physical or mental disability, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity
or expression, pregnancy, marital status, veteran status, AIDS/HIV
status, citizenship, or medical condition, as those terms are defined
under applicable laws, in admitting students to its programs and
facilities and in administering its admissions policies, educational
policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic programs, and other
institutionally administered programs or programs made available to
students. In keeping with this policy of equal educational opportunity,
the College is committed to creating and maintaining an atmosphere
free from all forms of harassment.
Iowa Western Community College is accredited as an Academic
Quality Improvement Program (AQIP) institution by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and
Universities. Individuals should direct their questions, comments
or concerns to the Higher Learning Commission, 30 North LaSalle
Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60602, 800-621-7440 or (312)
263-0456, fax (312) 263-7462.
Iowa Western Community College Employment and Educational Equity Coordinators
Equal Employment Opportunity/
Non-Harrassment
Director of Human Resources
2700 College Road
Council Bluffs, IA 51503
(712) 325-3413
ADA Coordinator
Coordinator of Disability Services
2700 College Road
(712) 325-3299
Equal Education Opportunity/
Title IX Coordinator
Non-Harrassment Dean of Student Life and Student Success
2700 College RoadDean of Student Life and Student Success
2700 College Road
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51503
(712) 325-3207
(712) 325-3207
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
The Iowa Western Community College Board of Trustees approves the
Academic Calendar, which is available online at www.iwcc.edu and
in Reiver Online Campus (ROC), the college’s online student portal.
Dates on the Academic Calendar are subject to change.
4
From the President of the College
I am pleased that you have selected Iowa Western, or are considering
Iowa Western, as the post-secondary institution to help you achieve
your goals. This catalog represents the services and programs that
we believe can help you. You will find that all of us here are interested in
helping you as you pursue your goals.
The people of Iowa Western Community College can best be described
as caring and committed. We take an interest in each student and we are
committed to providing learning opportunities that challenge you to your
best level of achievement.
Our values and beliefs focus Iowa Western on the goal of being the
finest institution of our kind and size in America, an institution whose
faculty and staff truly care about students and their dreams, an institution
committed enough to act with passion, an institution known for its quality
education which challenges students to outstanding accomplishment and
which values excellence and excellent accomplishment.
We believe that you will find your learning experience here at Iowa
Western to be the best educational experience of your life.
Dr. Dan Kinney
President
Board of Trustees
Fred Lisle, Director
District 1
Administration
Dan Kinney, Ph.D.
President
Larry Winum, Director
District 2
Marjorie Welch, Ph.D.
Vice President of Academic Affairs
Doug Goodman, President
District 3
Eddie Holtz
Vice President of Finance
Scott Robinson, Director
District 4
Don Kohler
Vice President of Marketing and Public Relations
Brent Siegrist, Director
District 5
Tori Christie
Vice President of Student Services
Robert Ross, Director
District 6
Kirk Madsen, Director
District 7
Connie Hornbeck, Director
District 8
Randy Pash, President
District 9
Molly Noon
Vice President of Institutional Advancement
5
IOWA WESTERN COMMUNITY COLLEGE
Mission Statement
Iowa Western Community College is a learning community committed to excellence in meeting the educational needs and improving the quality of life through programs, partnerships, and community involvement.
Vision Statement
Iowa Western Community College will be recognized as a premier
educational leader and partner, with student learning and success
being our highest priority.
Beliefs
These statements of Beliefs support and clarify the Mission Statement of Iowa Western Community College:
• Faculty, students, staff and community partners are equal
stakeholders in the culture of our learning community.
• Each and every individual has dignity and worth.
• Community support depends upon identifying and meeting
the diverse and changing needs of the people in Southwest
Iowa.
• Each person deserves opportunities for lifelong learning
and growth.
• Open, honest communication through word and action builds
credibility and trust.
• Striving for excellence is worth the effort of all college
employees.
• Cooperative partnerships foster college and community growth.
History
On June 7, 1965, area school legislation was approved by the 61st
General Assembly of Iowa, creating the community college system. A proposal to establish Iowa Western Community College was
authorized by the county Boards of Education of Cass, Fremont,
Harrison, Mills, Page, Pottawattamie and Shelby counties and was
submitted to the State Board of Public Instruction. In February of
1966 approval of Merged Area XIII, Iowa Western Community College was granted by the State Board of Public Instruction with campus sites at Council Bluffs and Clarinda.
Accreditation
The College is accredited as an Academic Quality Improvement
Program (AQIP) institution by the Higher Learning Commission of
the North Central Association of Colleges and Universities. Individuals should direct their questions, comments or concerns to The
Higher Learning Commission, 30 North LaSalle Street, Suite 2400,
Chicago, IL 60602, (800) 621-7440 or (312) 263-0456.
COMPLIANCES
Americans with Disabilities Act and the
Rehabilitation Act
The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Public Law 101-336,
was enacted on July 26, 1990, to provide a clear and comprehensive mandate for the elimination of discrimination against individuals with disabilities. This federal legislation requires equal treatment of people with disabilities in employment, public services and
transportation, public accommodations, and telecommunication
services. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, with virtually identical purposes, applies to any college or university that
receives federal funds in any program.
Iowa Western Community College, a public entity as set forth in
Title II of the ADA, is subject to the requirements of the Americans
with Disabilities Act. Title II of the ADA prohibits discrimination
against qualified individuals with disabilities with regard to the services, programs, and activities at Iowa Western Community College. Iowa Western Community College is also prohibited from discrimination against individuals with disabilities in its employment
practices pursuant to Title I of the Americans with Disabilities. Individuals with disabilities have a right to request accommodation. For
more information, contact the Coordinator of Disability Services.
Civil Rights Act
The Iowa Western Community College (Merged Area XIII) filed assurance of compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
on September 9, 1966, and accepts all requirements imposed by or
pursuant to the regulation. No person in the United States shall, on
the ground of race, sex, color, creed or national origin, be excluded
from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be otherwise
subjected to discrimination under any program or activity offered
by the College. Iowa Western Community College adheres to the
principle of equal education and employment opportunity without
regard to race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, ancestry, genetic information, physical or mental disability, age, sex,
sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, pregnancy, marital status, veteran status, AIDS/HIV status, citizenship, or medical
condition, as those terms are defined under applicable laws.
Equal Educational Opportunity and
Non-Harassment
Iowa Western Community College is committed to a policy of equal
educational opportunity. Therefore the College prohibits discrimination on the basis of unlawful criteria such as race, color, creed,
religion, national or ethnic origin, ancestry, genetic information,
physical or mental disability, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender
identity or expression, pregnancy, marital status, veteran status,
AIDS/HIV status, citizenship, or medical condition, as those terms
are defined under applicable laws, in admitting students to its
programs and facilities and in administering its admissions policies, educational policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic
programs, and other institutionally administered programs or programs made available to students. In keeping with this policy of
equal educational opportunity, the College is committed to creating
and maintaining an atmosphere free from all forms of harassment.
6
For information, or to register a grievance, contact the Dean of Student Life & Student Success, 2700 College Road, Council Bluffs,
IA 51503, 712-325-3207.
Drug-Free Schools and Communities
Amendments to the Drug-Free Schools and Communities Act of
1989 require documentation of services and awareness for drugfree schools and communities. The College has filed a Drug Prevention Program Certification document with the U.S. Department
of Education as required by Public Law 101-226. The College will
comply with all requirements of this act. For more information, contact the Dean of Student Life and Student Success.
Title IX — Sex and Gender Discrimination
Iowa Western Community College will not discriminate on the basis
of the sex or gender of a person in its education programs or the
activities it operates; further, the College will not discriminate on the
basis of a person’s sex or gender in regard to its admissions policies or in the employment of personnel. For more information or to
file a complaint, contact the Title IX Coordinator.
Sexual Misconduct: Sexual Assault and Sexual
Harassment Policy
Iowa Western Community College does not discriminate on the
basis of sex or gender, as required by Title IX of the Educational
Amendments of 1972. Iowa Western Community College is committed to having a positive learning and working environment for
its students and employees and will not tolerate sexual or gender-based discrimination, which includes sexual harassment and
sexual violence. Sexual and gender discrimination is also referred
to as sexual misconduct. It is the policy of Iowa Western Community College to comply with Iowa Code Chapters 708 and 709 of
the Title XVI Criminal Laws and Procedures. Inquiries regarding
sexual and gender-based discrimination can be directed to Iowa
Western’s Title IX Coordinator or to the U.S. Office of Civil Rights.
Please refer to the Student Handbook for the complete policies and
procedures regarding Sexual Misconduct reporting.
Clery Act Compliance Statement
In compliance with the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act, Iowa Western Community College publishes its Annual Security and Fire Safety Report by October 1st of each year. The Dean of Student Life and
Student Success will prepare and distribute this report which includes statistics for the previous three years concerning reported
crimes that occurred on-campus; in certain off-campus buildings
or property owned or controlled by IWCC; and on public property
within or immediately adjacent to and accessible from the campus.
The report also includes institutional policies concerning campus
security, such as policies concerning alcohol and drug use, crime
prevention, the reporting of crimes, sexual assault and other matters. A copy of this report can be obtained from the Dean of Student
Life and Student Success or by accessing the report on ROC and
the College’s website at www.iwcc.edu.
CAMPUS AND CENTERS
Instructional services at the Council Bluffs Campus include a comprehensive Arts and Sciences program with classes offered days,
evenings, and weekends, as well as online. Also available are a
multitude of Career and Technical programs. In addition, support
services are provided in the areas of academic support, tutoring,
learning resources, and disability services.
Iowa Western Community College
Box 4-C, 2700 College Road
(712) 325-3200 or (800) 432-5852 (toll-free nationwide)
Centers
The College offers Arts and Sciences courses at the Clarinda Center as well as the Cass County (Atlantic), Page/Fremont County
(Shenandoah), and Shelby County (Harlan) Centers. In addition,
the Clarinda Center and the Shelby County Center offer a nursing
program. Each center also offers a wide range of continuing education classes in such areas as cosmetology, secretarial and office
occupations training, real estate and insurance, business management, consumer education, recreation, and many others.
Clarinda Center
923 East Washington Street
Clarinda, IA 51632
(712) 542-5117 or (800) 521-2073 (Iowa toll-free)
Cass County Center
705 Walnut Street
Atlantic, IA 50022
(712) 243-5527
Page/Fremont County Center
1001 W. Sheridan Ave.
Shenandoah, IA 51601
(712) 246-1499
Shelby County Center
1901 Hawkeye Ave., Suite 102
Harlan, IA 51537
(712) 755-3568
ADDITIONAL SERVICES
KIWR
KIWR, 89.7 The River, is a 100,000 watt public radio station that
broadcasts to communities in southwest Iowa and eastern Nebraska. The station, owned and operated by Iowa Western Community College, offers an alternative rock format. Students enrolled
in the college’s media studies programs get on-air experience at
The River, and they learn all aspects of the radio industry, including
production, news, sales, promotions, and programming.
Economic Development Services
Iowa Western Community College Economic Development Services provides area businesses and industries the opportunity to
improve productivity through customized training. The staff works
with local agencies to enhance the economic development of the
region by identifying training monies and providing training services
that will attract business and industry into the merged area and en-
7
courage expansion of existing business. Through these services,
local providers, government, and education are brought together in
a commitment to productivity, profitability, and quality work force.
Economic Development Services also include Entrepreneurial Services and coordination with local chambers, industrial boards, professional developers, and local elected officers of the area.
Iowa Western Foundation
The Iowa Western Foundation is a nonprofit corporation established to raise funds to support Iowa Western Community College
in ways that are not supported by taxes, tuition, or grants. The major thrust of the Foundation supports student scholarships and other institutional needs. The Foundation receives all tax deductible
gifts, bequests, trusts, and memorials made to the College. The
Iowa Western Foundation is under the auspices of the President of
the College. The Corporation is governed by a Board of community
leaders nominated by the Iowa Western Community College Board
of Trustees and elected for a minimum term of three years.
CONTINUING EDUCATION
The function of the Continuing Education Department is to provide
the citizens of southwest Iowa with the opportunity to meet their
educational needs in areas not provided through credit programs
by the College. The department provides customized training for
business and industry and cooperates with a variety of government
agencies and community groups to provide educational programs.
It is our desire, whenever possible, to make these programs available in the local community.
Adult Learning Center
The Adult Learning Center is located in Kinney Hall on the Council
Bluffs campus. Class instruction in Adult Basic Education, English
as a Second Language, and High School Completion/GED is available at the Adult Learning Center as well as General Education
Development (GED) testing. Similar centers are located in Atlantic,
Harlan, Shenandoah, and Clarinda.
Educational Opportunities
The Continuing Education Department provides customized training, consulting services, and educational programs for business and
industry located in southwest Iowa. Programs are available in a variety of areas, including apprenticeship, technical skills, plant maintenance, electrical code, personal computer, welding, management,
supervision and many more. In addition, the Continuing Education
Department offers career supplemental education, re-licensure
courses as approved by the Iowa license boards for almost 30 professions or occupations, and court mandated courses such as Children in the Middle, the State of Iowa mandated course for divorcing
parents of minor children, and Driver Improvement Program (DIP)
classes as well as Driving Unimpaired (DUI) classes. Other driver
training includes MOPED and motorcycle training, and school bus
driver certification and recertification. Class instruction is also available in a number of other areas, including, but not limited to, family
and consumer sciences, and hobbies and recreation.
Continuing Education Units (CEU)
The CEU is a method of recording and accounting for an individual’s participation in continuing education courses, seminars,
and programs. Its purpose is to provide a mechanism by which
most continuing education activities can be recorded. One CEU is
earned through ten contact hours of participation in an organized
continuing education activity. Through the use of CEUs, a person
will be able to accumulate, update, and transfer a record throughout life as he/she increases proficiency in a career or moves toward
personal educational goals. CEUs are accumulated automatically
with course registration. Contact the Continuing Education Office
to request a CEU transcript.
ADMISSIONS
Iowa Western Community College will admit all individuals who are
graduates of an accredited high school, or the equivalent, or who
have completed a high school equivalency diploma (HSED).
Specific Requirements and Procedures for
Admission to the College
In order to be admitted to the College, students must submit or
complete the following:
1. Application for Admission — Students must submit a completed Application for Admission to the Office of Admissions or apply online at www.iwcc.edu. There is no application fee.
2. High School Transcript — Unless students have completed
more than 30 semester hours at a regionally accredited college
or university, they must submit official high school or high school
equivalency transcripts. They should contact the high school from
which they graduated, or the institution from which they earned
their high school equivalency diploma, to request that transcripts
be sent.
3. College Transcripts — Students must submit an official transcript from each college or university they attended, even if they
do not wish to have credit evaluated or transferred. In order to be
official, transcripts must be sent directly from the institution where
credit was earned to the Iowa Western Community College Records and Registration Office.
4. Placement Test Scores — All new students need to complete a skills assessment test called the COMPASS. If a student
has taken the ASSET or ACT recently, he or she can submit those
scores in lieu of taking the COMPASS. Please note that scores
cannot be more than two years old at the start of the term for which
a student is accepted. The placement test score requirement may
be waived for admission purposes if a student has completed more
than 30 semester hours at a regionally accredited college or university, unless the intended program requires minimum scores for
admission. Portions of the placement test requirement (writing,
reading and/or math) may be waived, unless the intended program
requires minimum placement test scores for admission, if a student
has completed college coursework that either 1) fulfills the writing
and/or math required for the degree, or 2) fulfills a prerequisite for
the writing and/or math required for the degree.
5. Additional Program Requirements — Program-specific
requirements or prerequisites may need to be met prior to admittance to a program. In addition, program-specific requirements or
prerequisites may need to be met prior to enrollment in a program,
including, but not limited to, a health history/physician’s certificate.
Programs may require drug screening and a criminal records
check to comply with clinical site mandates. Conviction of certain
criminal activities may prohibit students from being eligible to sit for
licensure/certification exams.
8
6. Additional Requirements for Applicants for Whom English is Not the First Language — College applicants for whom
English is not the first or native language may need to complete a
skills assessment test called the COMPASS ESL or provide proof
of English language proficiency.
7. Additional Requirements for International Applicants —
International students must be 17 years of age or older and submit
official secondary school and college transcripts with English translation. Also, international students must satisfy all requirements to
receive the I-20 form, including proof of adequate financial resources.
Readmission
If you previously attended Iowa Western Community College and
you have been absent for at least one semester (excluding the
summer session), you may be required to apply for readmission.
Students who wish to be readmitted will be expected to meet all
applicable requirements, including submitting transcripts for other
colleges attended since the last attendance at Iowa Western Community College. Readmission to Career and Technical programs
will be subject to the availability of space and an evaluation of previous progress.
Location of the Office of Admission
Although the Office of Admission is located at the Council Bluffs
campus, you may obtain information about the College and submit
applications at the main campus or at any of the four centers.
Office of Admission
Box 4-C, 2700 College Road
(712) 325-3277 or (800) 432-5852 (toll-free nationwide)
Visiting Student
If you are a college student regularly enrolled at another college
or university and want to take a course or courses to immediately
transfer back to that institution, you may be accepted to Iowa Western Community College as a visiting student. Please note that transcripts and/or test scores may be required for registration. Visiting
students are not eligible to receive financial aid from Iowa Western.
Non-Degree/Adjunct Student
If you are a student seeking personal or professional development
with no intention of earning a degree, you may be accepted to Iowa
Western Community College as an adjunct student. Adjunct students may not be full-time. Please note that transcripts and/or test
scores may be required for registration. Non-Degree/Adjunct students are not eligible for financial aid.
High School Student
If you are a currently enrolled high school student in grades 9-12
and are deemed proficient by your high school, you may be admitted to take a college course or courses as a special student.
You are required to submit a copy of your high school transcript to
date and a high school application/enrollment form signed by your
high school principal or guidance counselor. Although test scores
are not required for admission, please note that test scores are
needed for registration in all courses that require minimum placement scores as a pre-requisite, including, but not limited to, English
and math.
Resident/Non-Resident Classification
A student enrolling at Iowa Western Community College shall be
classified as resident or non-resident of the State of Iowa for purposes of tuition assessment. This classification is determined by
the Director of Admissions at the time of application and admission
to the College. This classification shall be based upon information
furnished by the student and all other relevant information available
about the student.
Non-Resident Exemptions
A veteran of military service or the National Guard, or his or her
spouse or dependent child, shall be classified as a resident if one
of the following conditions is met: 1.) the veteran has separated
from a uniformed service with an honorable discharge or a general
discharge, is eligible for benefits, or has exhausted benefits, under the federal Post-9/11 Veterans Educational Assistance Act of
2008 or any other federal authorizing veteran educational benefits
program, or 2.) the individual is an active duty military person, or
activated or temporarily mobilized National Guard member, or 3.)
the individual is a covered person under Section 702 of the Veterans Access, Choice, and Accountability Act of 2014 or subsequent
legislation. Students may be required to submit a DD214, current
military orders, birth certificate, tax return, marriage certificate, and/
or Affidavit of Domestic Partner Relationship in order to qualify for
the exemption. Additionally, a person, or his or her spouse or dependent child, who has moved to the state of Iowa as the result of
military or civil orders from the federal government, and the minor
children of such persons, are entitled to immediate Iowa residency
status.
Change of Residency Status
The student shall remain a non-resident for tuition purposes unless
the student changes his or her permanent residence to the state
of Iowa and submits a Request to Change Residency Status to the
Registrar. In order for the Request to Change Residency Status
to be considered, an address change must be on file with the Records and Registration Office. The Request to Change Residency
Status must be submitted within the first week of the term for which
the change is sought. In order for the request to be granted, the
student must also submit a brief statement explaining his or her
main purpose in moving to the state of Iowa, as well as three supporting documents that include a date 90 days prior to the start of
the term for which the change is sought. A student who is in the
state of Iowa primarily for educational purposes cannot be granted
residency status.
Testing
The Iowa Western Community College Testing Center proctors
tests for prospective, new, and current Iowa Western Community College students, including the COMPASS skills assessment
and admissions tests for specific programs. In addition, the Testing Center proctors a variety of other examinations, including, but
not limited to, tests for online courses, College-Level Examination
Program (CLEP) tests, and Iowa Dental Board accreditation tests.
These tests are administered to both Iowa Western Community
College and non-Iowa Western Community College students. Students may be charged a fee for proctoring services.
Re-Test Policy
COMPASS scores are used for placement into English and math
courses, and minimum scores are required for admission to some
programs. Students may retake the COMPASS one time after
waiting 30 days and paying a $15 retest fee. We recommend that
9
you: (1) are within ten points of the cutoff for your desired course
or program requirement, or (2) have completed recent and relevant
coursework in high school or college that does not correlate with
your COMPASS placement scores. Recent coursework is defined
as high school or college coursework completed in the last 12
months. We also recommend that you brush-up before testing by
reviewing sample test questions and other resources.
After taking COMPASS twice, students must complete relevant
coursework in order to be eligible for subsequent retests. Students
must pay the $15 retest fee for all additional retests and must wait
30 days from the last COMPASS test date.
RECORDS & REGISTRATION
For the purposes of this catalog, regular-term classes are defined
as sixteen-week classes that follow the semester dates on the Academic Calendar as approved by the Board of Trustees.
Registration Process
New students and returning students (students who have experienced a break in enrollment) are required to register for classes
with the assistance of an Admissions Advisor. Most new, returning, and continuing students (students who have not experienced a
break in enrollment) can register for classes online through Student
Self Services in Iowa Western Community College’s online student
portal, Reiver Online Campus (ROC). Assistance is available, and
encouraged, through an assigned academic advisor. Class attendance is not permitted until the registration process has been completed. Registration dates and instructions are available in ROC
and at the Records and Registration Office.
Late Registration
Students have until the day before the start of a term or session to
complete their initial registration. To provide students with the best
chance to succeed, students are not allowed to register once the
term or session has begun regardless of whether or not the course
has met. This policy applies to, but is not limited to, the fall and
spring terms, as well as all accelerated sessions, including summer
and winterim.
Changes in Registration
Changes in registration include adding and dropping classes. Students can make changes to their registration online through Student Self Services in ROC through the first week of a semester.
Students who wish to make changes to their schedule after the
first week of the semester must complete a Change of Registration
form, secure a signature from their assigned advisor, and then take
the completed form to the Records and Registration Office before
the correlating deadline. A change in registration is not official until it is received by the Records and Registration Office. It is the
responsibility of the student to see that all forms, with appropriate
signatures, reach that office.
Adding a Class
After initial registration, students may add a regular-term day class
to their schedule through the first week of the term, and they may
add a regular-term night or weekend class prior to the second
meeting of the class. Deadlines for adding all classes are posted
online at www.iwcc.edu and in ROC, and they are also available
at the Records and Registration Office. After the posted deadline
for adding a class has passed, students may register for classes
under extenuating circumstances only with the permission of the
instructor, as well as the appropriate Academic Division Dean and
the Dean of Admissions and Records. Regular tuition and fees will
be charged for all added classes.
Dropping a Class
Students may drop a class from their schedule any time up to the
posted last day to drop for the term in which the class is scheduled. Specific drop dates are posted online at www.iwcc.edu and
in ROC, and they are also available at the Records and Registration Office. Students who drop a class before the term begins will
display no activity for that class on their transcript. Students who
drop a class after the term begins will display a grade of “W” for that
class on their transcript. Please refer to the Refund of Tuition and
Fees section of this catalog for information regarding the financial
impact of dropping a class.
Sixteen-week term: A student may drop a class through the twelfth
week of a sixteen-week term.
Eight-week term: A student may drop a class through the sixth
week of an eight-week term.
Interim classes: A student may drop an interim class through threefourths of the length of the class.
Students who fail to drop by the aforementioned deadlines must
remain enrolled in scheduled classes. Failure to attend class once
registered does not cancel registration or tuition and fees. Failure
to drop a class will potentially result in a failing grade being recorded on the student’s transcript.
Official Withdrawal from College
Withdrawing from college means dropping all classes for which a
student is registered in any given semester. Students who find it
necessary to withdraw from college may do so through Student
Self Services in ROC through the last day to drop. Students who
need to withdraw from college can also complete a Withdrawal
Form, secure a signature from their assigned advisor, and then
take the completed form to the Records and Registration Office
before the last day to drop, as outlined above. Specific drop dates
are posted online at www.iwcc.edu and in ROC, and they are also
available at the Records and Registration Office. Students who
withdraw from college before the semester begins will display no
activity for those classes on their transcript. Students who withdraw from college after the semester begins will display a grade of
“W” for those classes on their transcript. A withdrawal is not official
until it is received by the Records and Registration Office. It is the
responsibility of the student to see that all forms, with appropriate
signatures, reach that office.
Students who register for classes but do not plan to attend must
do one of three things prior to the first day of the semester in order
to avoid being subject to Administrative Withdrawal or potentially
receiving failing grades: withdraw online through Student Self Services in ROC, complete a Withdrawal Form, or notify the Records
and Registration Office in writing. Failure to attend class once registered does not cancel registration. Students who fail to withdraw
by the last day to drop must remain enrolled in scheduled classes.
Failure to officially withdraw from college will potentially result in
failing grades being recorded on the student’s transcript.
Please refer to the Refund of Tuition and Fees section of this catalog for information regarding the financial impact of withdrawing
from college. Information is also available in ROC.
10
Medical Withdrawal from College
A student who documents medical reasons for withdrawing from
classes will be permitted to withdraw from classes, with a “W” recorded on the transcript, beyond the official drop date. The student
must present a document from an appropriate medical professional
citing the reason for the required withdrawal. The document must
list the date of the first medical visit and the date the student will be
permitted to return to regular classes. The request for withdrawal
must be presented prior to the last day of the semester for which
the withdrawal is desired. The student must withdraw from all
classes scheduled in the semester of the request. No refund will
be given in the case of a medical withdrawal.
Administrative Withdrawal
The college may administratively withdraw a student at any point
in a semester or term, from a single class or multiple classes, for
reasons that include but are not limited to the following: non-attendance, non-payment, and violations of the student code of conduct.
Administrative Withdrawal for Non-Attendance
Students who are administratively withdrawn for non-attendance
will be subject to an Administrative Withdrawal Fee of $10.00 per
registered credit hour at the time of the withdrawal, and will not be
charged tuition and college service fees. Students who are administratively withdrawn for non-attendance will not receive a grade
and, therefore, will display no activity for those classes on their
transcript. Students who are administratively withdrawn for nonattendance are eligible to register for classes in the current term
or any subsequent term after paying their balance in full. However,
they will not be eligible to re-enroll in the classes from which they
were administratively withdrawn.
Administrative Withdrawal for Non-Payment
Students who are administratively withdrawn for non-payment will
be subject to an Administrative Withdrawal Fee of $10.00 per registered credit hour at the time of the withdrawal, and will not be
charged tuition and college service fees. Students who are administratively withdrawn for non-payment will receive a grade of “W”
for those classes, which will display on their transcript. Students
who wish to continue in classes from which they were withdrawn
may re-enroll in those classes prior to the end of the semester or
term after making payment for full tuition, college service fees, and
late fees. Students who re-enroll in classes will receive a Re-enrollment Refund equal to one half of the assessed Administrative
Withdrawal Fee.
Administrative Withdrawal for Violations of the Student Code
of Conduct
Students who violate the student code of conduct are subject to
disciplinary sanctions, including but not limited to administrative
withdrawal from a single class or multiple classes, as well as the
imposition of registration restrictions at the course, discipline, or
program level. Registration restrictions may also limit students’ access to register for classes based on the course delivery method.
Students who are administratively withdrawn for violations of the
student code of conduct will be charged full tuition and fees for the
classes from which they were administratively withdrawn. Students
who are administratively withdrawn for violations of the student
code of conduct will receive a grade of “W” for that class or for
those classes, which will display on their transcript. Eligibility to
register for classes in subsequent terms and sessions will depend
on the violation. Students who have been sanctioned with a registration restriction will have a registration hold placed on their ac-
count, and they will be required to register for classes through the
Records and Registration Office after meeting with their assigned
advisor or designated college official. Students who are eligible to
register for classes in subsequent terms or sessions may do so
after paying their balance in full. Some students will not be eligible
to register for classes in subsequent terms and sessions.
Repeating a Course
Students may repeat a course as many times as they wish for an
improved grade. However, students may not repeat a course and
then choose the better of the grades. The most recent grade will
be used to determine the cumulative grade point average, and only
credits from the repeated course will be counted toward graduation requirements. Courses taken at other institutions are accepted
for replacement of courses taken at Iowa Western. However, the
original grade will remain on the student’s Iowa Western record,
and will be used to determine the cumulative grade point average.
Academic Transcripts
Official transcripts may be ordered online through the National Student Clearinghouse, www.studentclearinghouse.org, for a nominal
fee. No transcript of credit will be issued until all financial and other
obligations to the College have been met. Unofficial transcripts are
available to students through Self Services in ROC, and can be
requested at the Records and Registration Office in Clark Hall. Unofficial transcripts provided by the Records and Registration Office
will be marked “Student Copy”.
Legal and Preferred Name
Iowa Western Community College recognizes that some students
choose to identify themselves within the campus community with
a preferred first name that differs from their legal name. As long as
the use of the preferred first name is not for the purpose of misrepresentation, the college acknowledges that a preferred name can
and should be used wherever possible, except when use of legal
name is required for college business or legal need.
LEGAL NAME CHANGE
Students who wish to change their legal first, middle, and/or last
name must request the change through the Registrar’s Office. Legal name changes require legal documentation, including but not
limited to legal ID, driver’s license, passport, birth certificate, court
order or other legal document, or marriage license. Examples of
use of required use of legal name during the course of college business include but are not limited to college transcripts, employment
and payroll documents, financial aid documents, account statements, and immigration documents.
PREFERRED NAME CHANGE
Students who wish to add or change their preferred first name must
request the change through the Registrar’s Office. After a change
to preferred first name has been processed, it may be necessary
to request a new ID card, username, and/or email account name
through the Help Desk. Preferred first name will be used whenever
possible during the course of college business, including but not
limited to course rosters, student/staff ID cards, housing records,
and IWCC email accounts. It is a violation of this policy to indicate
a preferred name for the purposes of misrepresentation or fraud.
Fraud and misrepresentation may also violate Iowa Western Community College Code of Conduct. In some situations, it may be
necessary for students who have changed their preferred name to
clarify that their preferred name is different from their legal name.
11
Retention of Student Records
Iowa Western Community College retains the official academic
record of enrollment and credit earned in the college’s credit programs (transcript) in perpetuity. All other student enrollment documents are destroyed three years after the student’s last semester
of enrollment at the college.
Students who believe there is an inaccuracy in their official academic record (transcript) must notify the Records and Registration
Office immediately. After student enrollment documents are destroyed, the official academic transcript cannot be changed. The
transcript is the final, accurate record of academic accomplishment.
Access to Student Information
Student rights concerning access to educational records are
spelled out in Federal Public Law 98-380 as amended by Public
Law 93-568 and in regulations published by the Department of Education. The law and regulations require educational institutions to:
• Provide students the opportunity to inspect their educational
records.
• Provide students the opportunity to challenge through a hearing the content of their educational records if it is believed that they
contain information that is inaccurate, misleading or in violation of
the right of privacy. Grades are not subject to challenge.
• Limit disclosure of information from the student’s record to
those who have the student’s written consent or to officials specifically permitted within the law, such as college officials and – under
certain conditions – local, state, and federal officials.
•
Students who wish to grant access to their educational and/
or financial records may do so by submitting an Access to Student
Information Consent Form to the Records and Registration Office.
Access to education records is limited to the following elements of
the student’s educational record: class schedule, transcript of final
grades, and progress reports. Access is given only at the Records
and Registration Office and only when the person presents photo
identification. Under no circumstances will information be disclosed
over the phone. Access to financial records is limited to the following elements of the student’s financial record: grants, loans, financial aid documents, statements and billing. Access is given by
Financial Aid and the Cashier by phone only when the designated
person provides the privacy clue established by the student. The
authorization is valid while the student is enrolled at Iowa Western
Community College. The consent to release information may be
revoked at any time by written request from the student.
The federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974
(FERPA) prohibits Iowa Western from releasing protected information on current or former students to external third parties for purposes of solicitation without students’ express written permission.
No exceptions to these prohibitions are permissible pursuant to this
policy statement. Iowa Western is permitted to disclose, without
consent, information considered to be “directory” information. In
effort to protect the privacy of current and former students, Iowa
Western typically does not honor third-party requests for Directory
Information, even though the college is permitted to do so, unless
the release of information unless required by law, court order, or
through data-sharing agreements. The following information is
considered to be Directory Information:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
student’s name
address
phone number
major field of study
participation in officially recognized activities
athletic team members’ weight and height
dates of attendance
degrees
awards received
most recent previous educational institution attended
enrollment status (full-time, part-time, or not enrolled)
Students who object to the disclosure of any of the above information may notify the Records and Registration Office in writing.
Students may file a complaint with the Department of Education if
they believe that their rights under the law have been violated and
if efforts to resolve the situation through Iowa Western Community
College appeal channels have proven unsatisfactory.
Student Self Services
Student Self Services is an interactive web-based tool that allows students to access their academic information. All students
can search for available courses each semester, and register for
classes online. In addition, students can view official grades, print
an unofficial transcript, view financial aid and billing information,
print a class schedule, run a program evaluation, and much more.
Students have secure access to Student Self Services through
Iowa Western Community College’s online portal, Reiver Online
Campus (ROC).
TUITION AND FEES
Tuition and fees are assessed to a student’s account upon registration. For the purposes of this catalog, regular-term classes are
defined as sixteen-week classes that follow the semester dates on
the Academic Calendar as approved by the Board of Trustees.
Tuition Schedule
Iowa Resident…………............…….$157.00 per credit hour
Non-Iowa Resident……...........…….$162.00 per credit hour
International Student..…...............…$162.00 per credit hour
Fee Schedule
College Services Fee........................$17.00 per credit hour
International Student Fee………......$100.00 per credit hour
Administrative Withdrawal Fee..........$10.00 per credit hour
First Time Enrollment Fee.........................................$35.00
Payment Plan Fee.....................................................$25.00
Late/Missed Payment Fee.........................................$25.00
Additional fees may be assessed for other services, as well as for
specific programs and courses. The Board of Trustees reserves
the right to change the tuition and fee schedule at any time without
prior notification to either applicants or students.
Payment Arrangements
Payment arrangements that cover the entire balance of a student’s
account, including tuition, fees, campus housing, and meal plans,
must be made each semester by the payment deadline. The payment deadline is posted online and is available at the Business
Office. Payment arrangements include Financial Aid, paying in
full, setting up an automatic payment plan through eCashier, or a
12
combination of these options. Payment in full can be made online
through eCashier, over the phone with a debit card or credit card,
by mail with a check, or by going to the Cashier’s window and
paying with cash, check, debit card, or credit card. The College
reserves the right to administratively withdraw students who fail to
make payment arrangements by the payment deadline. Students
who fail to make payment arrangements by the Payment Deadline
may be assessed a monthly Late/Missed Payment Fee until payment arrangements have been made.
e-Cashier Automatic Payment Plan
Iowa Western Community College partners with a company called
Nelnet to offer students the e-Cashier Automatic Payment Plan to
help them finance their education. The payment plan must be set
up every semester by the payment deadline, and it is available
under the following terms and conditions: the student must have
a balance of $200 or more; the payment plan must be used only
for tuition, fees, books and supplies, campus housing, and meal
plans; the student must enroll in the plan online and pay a $25 fee;
and the student must make all payment installments as scheduled.
Specific dates for payment are posted online and are available at
the Cashier’s Window. The College reserves the right to administratively withdraw students who fail to meet the terms and conditions of the payment plan.
Reiver Card
Iowa Western Community College Partners with Bank Mobile Disbursements to offer students college refund options with two choices for financial aid and tuition refund delivery: electronic deposit
to another bank account or electronic deposit to a Bank Mobile
Vibe account. All Iowa Western Community College students, except high school students, who are enrolled in 6 or more credits,
will receive a Refund Selection Kit during their first semester of
enrollment. This kit contains a ReiverCard which can serve as a
school ID as well as a personal code for making the student’s refund preference selection. Once it arrives, the student will need
to visit www.ReiverCard.com to select a refund preference. If the
student chooses to select a direct deposit to another bank account,
the refund will be processed by Bank Mobile Disbursements to the
bank account specified. If the student chooses to open a Vibe account, the ReiverCard will be activated as a functioning Debit MasterCard® and linked to the student’s Vibe account.
Refund of Tuition and Fees
Students who officially withdraw from college or drop classes before the first calendar week of a regular term will be refunded all
tuition and fees, including first-time enrollment, college services,
program, and course fees. Students who withdraw from college or
drop classes during the first week of a regular term will be refunded
all tuition and fees except the first-time enrollment fee. Students
who withdraw from college or drop classes during the second week
of a regular term will be refunded fifty percent of tuition as well as
fifty percent of program and course fees; neither college services
fees nor the first-time enrollment fee will be refunded. Even if a
student adds a class in place of the one that is dropped, no fees
will be refunded on the dropped class. Students who withdraw
from or drop classes after the second week of a regular term will
not be refunded any tuition or fees. Deadlines for refund of tuition
and fees for all terms and sessions are posted online at www.iwcc.
edu and in ROC, and they are also available at the Records and
Registration Office.
Tuition Credit for Active Military Duty
Students called to active military duty may be provided tuition credit
for courses in which he or she is currently enrolled and cannot
complete. In order to receive the tuition credit, the student must
request one of the following options: 1.) apply current tuition and
fees to a future term, 2.) receive a full refund for current term, 3.)
arrange with each instructor a procedure for completion of course
requirements, agreeing to a time limit consistent with college incomplete procedures, or 4.) receive a partial tuition and fees credit
for classes for which completion arrangements are not possible.
The request for tuition credit must be made in writing to the Registrar, and must be accompanied by a copy of the Involuntary Activation Mobilization Orders from the military unit of assignment.
FINANCIAL AID
Iowa Western Community College provides financial aid to students needing help in financing their college education. Most financial aid is awarded to students who demonstrate financial need.
Through coordination with federal and state agencies, assistance
is available in the form of grants, loans, and college work study.
Application Procedures
The student must first complete an Application for Admission to
Iowa Western Community College. Financial aid cannot be awarded until the student is accepted to a program of study leading to a
degree, certificate, or diploma. The student must then complete
a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The FAFSA
is available online at www.fafsa.ed.gov and must be completed in
order for the college to determine eligibility for grants, loans, and
college work study. Within a week of submitting the FAFSA, the
student, as well as any colleges listed on the FAFSA, will receive
a Student Aid Report (SAR). The SAR summarizes the financial
information the student entered on the FAFSA, and it is used by
the college to determine how much federal and state aid to offer
the student. The Financial Aid Office may be required to request
forms and documentation from the student, such as federal tax
transcripts, in order to determine eligibility. Finally, the student will
receive a Financial Aid Award Notification, which is prepared and
sent by the Iowa Western Community College Financial Aid Office.
The Award Notification indicates all types of financial aid for which
the student is eligible. If the student wishes to borrow from the loan
program, the student will need to authorize his or her loans in ROC.
in addition to completing Loan Entrance Counseling and a Master
Promissory Note.
Application Dates
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) may be submitted anytime during the year. However, priority consideration will
be given to application information received by the dates below.
Application information received after these dates is processed
only as funding allows. Students who want maximum consideration
for financial aid should apply early so the required information is
received in the Financial Aid Office by the following dates:
Fall Semester..................May 1
Spring Semester.............November 1
Summer Term….............March 1
The Financial Aid Office will make every effort to meet the financial
needs of each qualified student. The amount of assistance will de-
13
pend on enrollment and eligibility criteria, as well as the availability
of federal, state, and other agency funds.
Types of Financial Aid
There are three major types of financial aid available: Grants, which
are awarded on the basis of need and do not need to be repaid;
Loans, which are awarded on the basis of need and/or eligibility
and must be repaid once the student leaves college or does not
continue in college on at least a half-time basis; and Employment
(College Work Study), which is awarded on the basis of need and
requires work for paid wages. Sources of Financial Aid include the
State of Iowa and the United States Federal Government.
Awarding Process
Each applicant will receive an Award Notification that indicates
his or her financial aid eligibility. This Award Notification will be
sent only after requested forms and verification documents have
been received and reviewed, and eligibility has been determined.
Forms and documents required for verification, as determined by
the Federal Government or the Iowa Western Community College
Financial Aid Office, often include, but are not limited to, federal
tax transcripts, proof of citizenship status, and proof of selective
service registration.
Financial aid funds will be used to pay tuition, fees, campus housing, meal plans, and books, in that order. Any balance of remaining
funds will not be released directly to the students before the fourth
week of class. Balances will be released only after all institutional
bills have been paid in full. The e-Cashier Automatic Payment Plan
is available through the College Business Office for students unable to pay their account balance at the beginning of the term. The
e-Cashier Automatic Payment Plan is also available for students
whose financial aid award does not cover their account balance.
Eligibility
In order to be eligible to receive Federal Student Aid, the student
must meet eligibility requirements. The student must be a “declared student,” which is defined as a student who has applied for
admission to a program of study offered by the College, has met
the requirements for admission to the program, and been accepted
into the program. The student must also be enrolled in an eligible
program, which is defined as a program of study that admits declared students who are either high school graduates or have received a high school equivalency diploma. The eligible program
must also offer a degree, diploma, or certificate. In addition, the
student must be enrolled in eligible courses. Only courses required
for graduation from an eligible program will qualify for financial aid
eligibility. Non-credit classes do not qualify for aid eligibility, and
credits received by transfer or credit by exam, including CLEP, do
not count as eligible courses for financial aid. Students receiving
aid may repeat a course once after receiving a grade of A, B, C,
D, P, or Q.
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP Policy)
Iowa Western has established a Satisfactory Academic Progress
(SAP) policy in accordance with federal financial aid regulations.
These regulations require a student to move toward the completion
of a degree, diploma, or certificate within an eligible program when
receiving financial aid. Federal financial aid regulations state that
all periods of enrollment count when assessing progress, regardless of whether or not aid was received.
Timing/Frequency of Satisfactory Academic Progress Calculation
Satisfactory Academic Progress for financial aid recipients will be
calculated after each term of attendance.
Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards
As required by federal financial aid regulations, Iowa Western’s
Satisfactory Academic Progress policy has three standards by
which a student’s cumulative academic record must be compared.
To be considered in compliance, a student must meet all three
standards outlined in the policy.
Standard 1: Pace of Completion
A student must achieve a minimum pace. Pace is the percentage of total attempted credit hours that are completed. A student must complete at least 67% of cumulative credit hours
attempted. Pace is calculated by dividing the cumulative number of completed credits by the cumulative number of attempted credits. Grades of A, B, C, D, P and Q are considered completed for purposes of financial aid. Grades of F, I, and W are
not considered completed for purposes of financial aid.
Standard 2: Cumulative Grade Point Average
A student must earn and maintain a minimum cumulative
grade point average of 2.00.
Standard 3: Maximum Timeframe
A student must complete a degree, diploma, or certificate
within a 150% timeframe. Timeframe is calculated by multiply
ing the total number of credits required for the degree, diploma, or certificate by 150% (e.g. an associate degree that requires 64 credits must be completed with a maximum of 96
credit hours). Hours attempted are the sum of all credit hours
recorded at Iowa Western, all transfer hours accepted for
credit toward the applicable program of study, all developmental education credits, all ESL credits, all courses passed
by examination, and all credit earned through prior learning.
All periods of the student’s enrollment count, even periods in
which the student did not receive financial aid.
Satisfactory Academic Progress Statuses
A student will be assigned one of four Satisfactory Academic progress statuses each term which determines a student’s eligibility for
financial aid.
Status 1: Good Standing
This status is assigned to a student who meets all three Sat-
isfactory Academic progress standards or who applies for
financial aid for his or her first term of attendance at Iowa Western. To remain in Good Standing, a student must meet
all three SAP standards each term. A student in Good Standing is eligible for financial aid.
Status 2: Warning
This status is assigned to a student after his or her first
term of not meeting the minimum pace of completion and/or
minimum cumulative grade point average. A student on Warning is eligible for financial aid.
Status 3: Termination
This status is assigned to a student when he or she has two consecutive terms of not meeting the Satisfactory Academic standards. A student on Termination is not eligible for further
financial aid.
14
Status 4: Probation
This status is assigned to a student when his or her financial
aid appeal has been approved. A student on Probation is eligible for financial aid.
Treatment of Courses for Satisfactory Academic Progress
When it comes to assessing and calculating Satisfactory Academic
Progress, the college treats various courses and credit opportunities in a manner that is specific to each.
Audited Courses
A student may not use financial aid to pay for audited
courses. The credits earned through audited courses do not
count toward the number of attempted credits or the number
of earned credits. They do, however, count toward the maximum timeframe.
Repeated Courses
A student may use financial aid to repeat a course that he or
she failed, which is defined as earning a grade of a “F.” A student may also use financial aid to repeat a successfully completed course one time. Successful completion of a course is
defined as earning a grade of “D” or higher; it also includes
“P” and “Q” grades. Repeated courses count in the calculation
of pace of completion, grade point average, and maximum
time frame.
College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
A student may not use financial aid to pay for CLEP exams.
The credits earned through CLEP count as attempted and
earned credits and they count toward the maximum timeframe,
but they do not affect the cumulative grade point average.
Transfer Courses
Credits transferred to Iowa Western from another institution
count as attempted and earned credits, and they count toward
the maximum timeframe. They do not, however, affect cumulative grade point average.
English-as-a-Second Language (ESL) Courses
ESL courses count in the calculation of pace of completion
and cumulative grade point average, and they count toward
the maximum timeframe.
Developmental Courses
A student admitted into a financial-aid-eligible program is eligible to receive federal aid for up to 30 developmental credit
hours. Developmental credit hours count as attempted and
earned credits, and they count toward the maximum timeframe. They also affect the cumulative grade point average.
Concurrent Enrollment Courses
A high school student enrolled in Iowa Western courses that
will apply toward his or her high school graduation requirements and earn him or her credits at Iowa Western at the
same time is not eligible for federal aid. When a concurrent
enrollment student graduates from high school, enrolls in a
financial-aid-eligible program at Iowa Western, and applies for
financial aid, credits for Iowa Western courses taken under a
concurrent enrollment program count as attempted and completed credits and they count toward the maximum timeframe.
These credits also affect the cumulative grade point average.
Earning an Additional Degree
Once a student has earned an academic credential (certificate, diploma, or associate degree) at the college, he or she may pursue
additional academic credentials. The maximum timeframe standard still applies. Once a student reaches the maximum timeframe
for his or her declared program of study, he or she will be placed
on financial aid termination and an approved appeal is required to
receive further financial aid.
Student Notification
Financial aid recipients will be notified of their status once Satisfactory Academic Progress is calculated after the end of each term.
Notice will be sent via the U.S. Postal Service and notice will be
sent to his or her official Iowa Western email.
Reinstatement of Good Standing
A student can return to Good Standing by raising his or her cumulative grade point average to 2.00 or higher and by raising his or her
cumulative credit completion rate to 67% or higher, as long as he
or she has not reached or exceeded the maximum timeframe for
his or her program of study.
Financial Aid Appeal Process
To regain eligibility for financial aid after Termination, a student is
required to attain a minimum cumulative grade point average of
2.00 or higher and/or to raise his or her pace of completion to 67%
at his or her own expense. The student may also appeal Termination status by completing a Termination Appeal Form and Academic Improvement Plan.
Circumstances for Appeal
A student may submit a written appeal documenting the special circumstances that prevented him or her from meeting the
three minimum standards. Special circumstances that may be
considered include: personal illness or accident, serious illness or death within immediate family, or other circumstances
beyond the reasonable control of the student.
Filing an Appeal
The student must complete an appeal form, which is available online at www.iwcc.edu. In addition, appeal forms are
available at the Welcome Center. An Academic Improvement
Plan is required as part of the appeal process. The student
will be directed to meet with an Enrollment Advisor to develop
an Academic Improvement Plan that must be submitted with
the appeal.
After review by the Satisfactory Academic Progress Committee, a written response of the Committee’s decision will be
communicated to the student by a notice sent to his or her
official Iowa Western email. If approved, the student will have
his or her financial aid reinstated; however, he or she will remain on Probation for the next term.
A student on Probation must pass all of his or her classes
each term and achieve a 2.00 term grade point average or
he or she will be placed on Termination. A student must follow
the Academic Improvement Plan until his or her record meets
the minimum Satisfactory Academic Progress standards. If a
student fails to follow the Academic Improvement Plan, he or
she will be placed on Termination after the next Satisfactory
Academic Progress calculation.
15
Filing an Appeal of the Satisfactory Academic Progress
Committee’s Decision
A student who is denied an appeal may appeal the decision of
the Satisfactory Academic Progress Committee to the Director of Financial Aid. The Director will review the written appeal
with a Satisfactory Academic Progress Committee member
and respond to the appeal within 72 hours from the date the
appeal was received. In order to be considered, the appeal
must have documentation that was not part of the original appeal to the Satisfactory Academic Progress Committee. The
Director’s decision of this appeal is the final step of the Financial Aid Appeal Process.
Return of Federal Financial Aid Funds
Students who receive Title IV financial aid (Federal Pell Grant,
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, and Federal
Direct loans) are subject to federal return of Title IV funds statutes. These regulations apply to recipients of Title IV financial aid
who completely withdraw from college or who stop attending all
classes during the enrollment period. The College must determine
the amount of Title IV financial aid the student earned and return
the unearned aid to the respective federal financial aid programs.
Unearned aid will be returned to the federal programs in the following order: Loans (Federal Unsubsidized Loans, Federal Subsidized
Loans, and Federal PLUS Loans), Grants (Federal Pell Grant and
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant), and then
other Title IV funds. The College must return the funds as soon
as possible but must do so no later than 45 days after the College
determines the withdrawal date or last date of attendance.
If a student officially withdraws from the college prior to completing
60% of the semester, financial aid awards will be adjusted accordingly and unearned aid will be returned to the appropriate federal
financial aid program. If a student officially withdraws from the college after completing 60% or more of the semester, no financial
aid adjustment or return of funds is necessary. The percent of the
semester completed is based on calendar days from the first day of
the semester through the last scheduled day of finals. This includes
weekends and mid-semester breaks of less than five days. Students who do not go through the official withdrawal process will be
treated as having attended through the midpoint of the semester,
unless the last day of attendance can be documented.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Scholarships
Both institutional and privately funded scholarships are administered by Iowa Western Community College. Iowa Western Community College scholarships are awarded on the basis of academic
achievement, involvement and/or financial need, as well as the
availability of funds. Iowa Western scholarship opportunities are
available for new and continuing students, and students can apply for most of them through a single application that is available
online and in the Welcome Center at the Council Bluffs campus.
Upon completion of the application, students will be considered for
all available scholarships. The priority deadline for consideration
for the fall semester is March 15, and priority deadline for consideration for spring semester is November 15. Applications remain
on file for one academic year. All scholarship recipients must be
a high school graduate, or the equivalent, or have received a high
school equivalency diploma. More information regarding the availability of and application procedures for the various scholarships is
available online.
Veteran Services
Iowa Western Community College is committed to assisting all students who are eligible to receive Veterans Administration educational entitlements. Staff members are available to assist in the application process as well as any activity that is unique to Veterans
Administration requirements. Inquiries concerning eligibility and
pay should be made directly to the Regional Veterans Administration Office (1-888-442-4551) by the student. Additional information
is also available at www.gibill.va.gov.
Vocational Rehabilitation
Vocational Rehabilitation provides assistance through the area
vocational rehabilitation office. The student must contact the office for application information. Eligibility for the Federal Pell Grant
program must be determined to receive Vocational Rehabilitation
assistance.
Workforce Investment Act
Workforce Investment Act funds, which can help pay for tuition as
well as housing, transportation, and childcare costs, may be available for students who meet the eligibility requirements of the Act.
For more information and application materials, please call (712)
325-3210.
ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Student Responsibility for Catalog Information
Each student is responsible for the information contained within
this catalog. Failure to read the regulations will not be considered
sufficient reason for noncompliance with such regulations.
The Board of Trustees of Iowa Western Community College reserves the right to revise and modify any curriculum, instructional
program, and/or course of study without prior notification of applicants or students. Such revisions and modifications will apply to
prospective students and may be applicable to students currently
enrolled.
General Education Philosophy
General education courses are an important component of the
community college learning experience. General education imparts
common knowledge, promotes intellectual inquiry, and stimulates
the examination of different perspectives, thus enabling people to
function effectively in a complex and changing world.
General education is not exclusively related to a student’s technical or professional field but is the part of a degree or diploma program that prepares students to meet personal, social, and lifelong
learning needs. At Iowa Western Community College, the goal of
general education is to enhance the development of the individual
into a responsible, understanding, and productive citizen. The integration of career goals, with a knowledge of culture, society, global
issues, and challenges, will prepare the student for his or her place
in the future.
General education requirements will vary depending on whether
the student is enrolled in an Associate of Arts, Associate of Science,
Associate of General Studies, or Associate of Applied Science degree program, or a diploma or certificate program. Students should
refer to the degree requirements section of the catalog for specific
requirements.
16
Arts and Sciences/College Transfer Programs
All Arts and Sciences college transfer students must select a program of study, and they are encouraged to seek an Associate Degree. Each program of study is designed to provide the opportunity
to explore in depth a specific area of academic interest. The Associate of Arts and Associate of Science degrees are transferable
to four-year institutions. Each of the Arts and Sciences programs
have been developed by the faculty in that specific field and are to
be used as guidelines for student planning and academic advising.
Career and Technical Programs
A career and technical program is a professionally developed sequence of learning experiences designed to prepare students for
immediate entry into the workforce. Graduates of these programs
receive certificates, diplomas, or Associate of Applied Science degrees. Students enrolling in Career and Technical programs are required to consult with the program chair to develop their individual
program plans. In many instances, a carefully developed program
plan provides for transferability of courses leading to a Bachelor’s
degree.
Academic Load
Twelve or more credit hours is considered full-time status for the
fall and spring semesters, as well as the summer session. The normal course load for a student expecting to graduate with an Associate in Arts, Associate in Science, or Associate in General Studies
degree is 16 credit hours per semester. Students in Career and
Technical programs must follow the approved curriculum.
Students are limited in the number of hours they may carry. In the
fall and spring semesters, students in Arts and Science programs
may take up to 20 hours, and students in Career and Technical programs may take up to 21 hours. In the summer term, all students are
limited to 12 hours. This limitation is intended to help the student,
and, if good scholarship is demonstrated, a petition for increased
load may be granted in subsequent terms. Students who wish to
petition for an academic overload should meet with an Enrollment
Advisor in the Advising and Academic Success department.
Academic Classification
A student’s academic classification is determined by the number
of semester credit hours of academic credit he or she has earned.
A student who has earned 1 through 32 credits is classified as a
freshman, and a student who has earned 33 or more credit hours
is classified as a sophomore.
Attendance Policy
Attendance will be taken and recorded for every class meeting.
Instructors are responsible for developing and implementing their
own system and forms for recording class attendance that can be
checked and verified by sources from both on and off campus.
These include, but are not limited to, Iowa Western Community
College Student Services Personnel, the Veterans Administration,
federal, state, county, private human services agencies, and scholarship granting organizations. This policy is subject to the limitations as outlines in The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act.
Academic Standards
It is the policy of Iowa Western Community College to promote
academic progress for each individual student. To encourage each
student to strive for the highest academic achievement of which he
or she is capable, the following policy has been adopted:
A student who has attempted six or more semester hours of academic credit is required to maintain a cumulative minimum grade
point average of 2.0. A student who fails to maintain this average
will not be in “Good Academic Standing” at the College for the following semester. If the grade point is not at least 2.0 at the conclusion of the following semester, the student may be placed on
academic suspension. A student who earns at least 2.0 GPA for
an academic semester may avoid suspension even though he or
she is not in “Good Academic Standing” until the cumulative GPA
reaches 2.0.
A student who is academically suspended from the College may
not reenroll in Iowa Western Community College unless he or she
has written permission from the Vice President of Academic Affairs.
This policy is independent of Financial Aid Satisfactory Academic
Progress Criteria.
Arranged Course Study
Students may enroll in a course on an individual basis with special
permission of the appropriate Division Dean and the Vice President
of Academic Affairs. Normally, this will only be permitted when a
specific course has not been scheduled during the semester or
when a serious schedule conflict has occurred.
Independent Study
Students may enroll in an independent study course for no more
than three credits after completing six credit hours in the subject
area. A maximum of six credits of independent study may be used
to meet degree requirements. An interested student must meet
with the instructor and submit a detailed description of the approved project at least one week prior to registering for the course.
This type of course involves a specific educational project in a
special interest area. The student works under the direction of a
faculty member in the appropriate department. Final approval is
required of the appropriate Division Dean and the Vice President
of Academic Affairs.
Audit Course Study
Audit enrollment in courses provides students the opportunity to
attend class as a noncredit participant.
A student may enroll in any course on an audit basis. Audit enrollments require that the student and instructor agree about what
portions of the course the student plans to audit and the requirements the instructor has about the student’s class attendance and
participation in class work. If the student fulfills the agreement for
the audit, he or she will receive the symbol of “N” (Audit) for the
course and it will be entered on the student’s academic transcript.
If the student does not fulfill the audit agreement, the Records and
Registration Office, upon request of the instructor, will delete the
course from entry on the student’s academic transcript.
The audit enrollment symbol carries no credit or grade point value
and is not eligible for student financial aid. With the permission of
the instructor and the Records and Registration Office, a student
may change from credit enrollment status to audit status through
the twelfth week of the semester or comparable summer semester
period. Registration procedures and fees are the same as for regular class enrollment.
Cooperative Education/Internship Programs
Students may earn and apply up to eight semester hours of cooperative education and/or internship credit toward a degree or
diploma.
Cooperative Education
This program enables students to participate in periods of off-campus work experience closely related to classroom theory and educational goals. Cooperative Education students may or may not be
paid for their services, depending on an agreement between employer and student. Cooperative Education stems from the principle that the vast world of experience has a lot to offer students and
can enhance classroom learning. Work experience contributes to
the development of positive work habits such as honesty, punctuality, courtesy, cooperative attitudes, and willingness to learn. Some
work experience may modify ideas and plans concerning career
choices.
All Cooperative Education courses require approval of the program
chair. In addition, the student must have successfully completed a
minimum of twenty semester hours toward their degree and have
achieved a grade point average of 2.0 or greater.
Internships
This program enables students to participate in periods of offcampus work experience closely related to classroom theory and
educational goals. Students participating in the internship may or
may not be paid for their experience, depending on the agreement
between employer and student. The internship provides the opportunity for the student to enhance his or her education by gaining
actual work experience in his or her program of study. The experience contributes to the development of positive work habits such
as honesty, punctuality, courtesy, cooperative attitudes, and willingness to learn. Technical skills are enhanced.
All internship courses require approval of the program chair. Students must have successfully completed a minimum of twenty semester hours in their program and have achieved a grade point
average of 2.0 or greater.
Alternative Credit
When applicable, Iowa Western Community College awards alternative credit to students who have attained knowledge and skills
through experience and training outside the traditional college
classroom, including non-collegiate institution training, such as
armed forces and service schools, and non-credit courses. Students may also earn credit by demonstrating proficiency through
successful completion of standardized examinations and departmental exams.
Credit by Standardized Examination
Students may earn and apply credit hours toward an associate
degree, diploma or certificate by meeting minimum score requirements, as recommended by the American Council on Education
(ACE) College Credit Recommendation Service, on approved subject-matter tests of the College Level Examination Program (CLEP),
Advanced Placement (AP), and DSST (formerly DANTES). All test
scores must be sent directly from the testing agency to the College.
Credit will be transcripted only after the term of initial enrollment
has begun. Only credit that can be applied toward the student’s
degree requirements will be transcripted. Credit received by standardized examinations may not be used to satisfy the residence
credit requirement for any degree, diploma or certificate. The credit
17
is recorded on the student’s transcript without a grade, and, therefore, will not be calculated in the student’s G.P.A.
Credit by Departmental Examination
An Iowa Western Community College student may, by requesting and receiving approval of the appropriate program chair and
academic dean, challenge an Iowa Western Community College
course for which there is no College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) test. Credit by departmental examination is a means of
being granted alternative credit by satisfactorily demonstrating
subject-matter competency through an examination developed,
administered, and evaluated by college faculty. Before seeking approval to take a departmental examination, a student should be
prepared to show evidence that he or she has attained equivalent
knowledge and skills through work experience, training, or noncredit programs and courses. The student will be assessed 50% of
tuition for a challenged course and must pay prior to attempting the
departmental exam; charges are not rescinded, nor is payment refunded, if the student does not successfully challenge the course. A
course may be challenged by departmental examination one time
only. A course may not be challenged if the student has already received a grade in the course at Iowa Western Community College.
The credit for a successfully challenged course, defined as a grade
of “C” or higher on the departmental examination, is recorded on
the student’s transcript with a grade of “T” and, therefore, will not be
calculated in the student’s G.P.A. Credit received by departmental
examination shall be used to fulfill degree, diploma and certificate
requirements. Course credit by departmental examination may not
be used to satisfy the residence credit requirement for any degree,
diploma, or certificate. Students challenging courses are hereby
given notice that credit awarded by departmental examination may
not be accepted for transfer by other institutions.
High School Articulation
Students may earn college credit for an Iowa Western Community
College career and technical program by demonstrating knowledge and skills while in a high school career and technical program. Local high school instructors and Iowa Western Community
College instructors have mutually agreed upon the competencies
(knowledge and skills) and levels of performance transferable between select high schools and Iowa Western Community College
programs.
Credit Through Training by Non-Collegiate Institutions
An Iowa Western Community College student may be awarded
credit for applicable armed service school experiences and training, non-collegiate institution training, or earned professional certifications and licensures. Where applicable, credit shall be awarded
in accordance with The American Council on Education’s College
Credit Recommendation Service, the ACE Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Services, or other
approved organizations. Credit will be transcripted only after the
term of initial enrollment has begun. Only credit that can be applied
toward the student’s degree requirements will be transcripted.
Credit received through training by non-collegiate institutions shall
be used to fulfill degree, diploma and certificate requirements. The
credit is recorded on the student’s transcript without a grade, and,
therefore, will not be calculated in the student’s G.P.A. Credit received through training by non-collegiate institutions may not be
used to satisfy the residence credit requirement for any degree,
diploma or certificate.
18
Credit Through Non-Credit Course Completion
A student who completes a pre-approved non-credit course section
at Iowa Western Community College may be eligible to earn semester hour credit that can be applied toward a degree, diploma or
certificate. In order for credit to be awarded, the non-credit course
must meet the competencies of a credit course, as determined and
approved by the appropriate academic dean, as well as the Vice
President of Academic Affairs, prior to the start of each course section offering. The student must successfully complete the course,
as defined in the pre-approval process, in order for credit to be
transcripted. The credit is recorded on the student’s transcript without a grade, and, therefore, will not be calculated in the student’s
G.P.A. Credit received by non-credit course completion shall be
used to fulfill degree, diploma and certificate requirements. Credit
received by non-credit course completion may be used to satisfy
the residence credit requirement for any degree, diploma or certificate. Transcription of such credit doesn’t indicate acceptance to
the College; a student must submit an application for admission
and meet all requirements for admission in order to enroll in credit
courses.
Course content will be delivered in a manner conducive to learning
for the length of the session.
Military Science
2. Advancing the students’ understanding of specific course content and related civic learning objectives.
Strong reflective components are built into the course not only to
help students consider relationships between their service and the
course curriculum but also to help students consider the impact
their service has on their personal values and professional goals.
There are more than one hundred nonprofit agencies in Council
Bluffs and the surrounding areas that utilize volunteers on a regular
basis. There are a number of courses in a variety of disciplines at
Iowa Western Community College that include a service-learning
component within their curriculum.
Iowa Western Community College offers Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps courses through the University of Nebraska
at Omaha and Army Reserve Officers Training Corps courses
through Creighton University.
Iowa Communications Network (ICN)
Iowa Western Community College offers courses over the ICN, an
interactive technology that allows college credit classes to be televised across our district. The fiber optics sites include the Council
Bluffs campus, Clarinda Center, Cass County Center (Atlantic),
Shelby County Center (Harlan), and high schools throughout
Southwest Iowa. The ICN provides opportunities to enroll in college
credit classes without having to travel great distances.
Online Courses
Iowa Western Community College offers a variety of courses and
degrees delivered entirely online. Online courses allow Iowa Western Community College to deliver convenient education to citizens
locally, regionally and around the world. Iowa Western Community College delivers online classes through Reiver Online Campus
(ROC), Iowa Western Community College’s student portal. Online
courses give students the utmost in flexibility and convenience.
More information regarding online courses offered at Iowa Western
Community College is available online.
Hybrid Courses
Iowa Western Community College offers hybrid courses in recognition of ongoing changes in education and technology. Students in
hybrid courses still spend time in the classroom; however, a portion
of the required classroom time is supplanted with self-guided learning activities, usually through the use of technology, including, but
not limited to, online instruction. These courses provide the flexibility of self-guided learning without losing the personal connection
of face-to-face instruction.
Interim Session Courses
Iowa Western Community College offers at least one interim session, lasting approximately two weeks, each academic year. Since
the number of days that constitutes an interim session varies from
year to year, so too will the number of actual hours spent in class.
Service-Learning and Community Service
Service-learning, community service activities, and civic engagement are essential components of the comprehensive education
Iowa Western Community College provides its students. Iowa
Western Community College offers a variety of ways for students
to learn how to become active citizens in both the local community
and in our larger diverse global society. Iowa Western Community
College students participate in service-learning projects connected
to courses, provide valuable community service for local nonprofit
organizations, and are encouraged to become active in civic issues.
Faculty and staff, in partnership with representatives of nonprofit
community organizations, design service-learning projects based
on two main objectives:
1. Meeting community needs, which helps strengthen the community.
Course Numbering System
Beginning with the 2006 Fall semester, Iowa Western Community
College converted to a statewide common course numbering system. The Iowa community colleges developed a systematic numbering system for all credit courses offered by Iowa community colleges. The goal of the numbering system is to facilitate transfer
and articulation processes for community college students in Iowa.
Other colleges differ in their curriculum requirements. Students anticipating transfer to another institution are encouraged to plan a
program of study in accordance with the degree requirements of
the institution to which they plan to transfer. The evaluation of credits for transfer is always made by the accepting institution. Students
receiving less than a grade of “C” in any course may experience
difficulty in transferring such credit to another institution.
All courses in Arts and Science programs are considered to be
transferable to other institutions. Career and Technical courses are
designed to prepare students for a specific occupation and are not
necessarily designed to be transferable. However, Iowa Western
Community College has transfer agreements for Career and Technical courses with several institutions.
Unit of Credit
The semester hour is the basic unit of credit of Iowa Western Community College. A semester hour of credit usually represents one
hour of class work or two to four hours of laboratory work each
week for a semester, although variation from this standard is possible in some courses.
19
Grading System
The grading system used at Iowa Western Community College is
stated below.
A Indicates superior work and excellent progress.
B Indicates work and progress above the average standard.
C Indicates work and progress that meets the average standard.
D Indicates work and progress below the average standard.
F Indicates work and progress below the minimum standard.
I
Indicates that course requirements have not been completed.
(This grade must be completed by the following semester
or the “I” will revert to an “F,” unless the instructor and student
request that the Records and Registration Office extend the
time limit.)
W Indicates withdrawal from the course. Grade is not
calculated in grade point average.
T
Indicates credit by exam.
N Indicates audit of a course — no credit granted.
X Repeated course. (Used prior to Fall 2003.)
PPass.
Q No credit — no pass.
R Required — no credit.
LLaboratory.
OG On-going course.
Pass/No Pass Course Grading Policy
Iowa Western Community College offers a limited number of courses that can be taken on a pass/no pass basis. In order for a course
to be considered specifically for pass/no pass grading, it must be
designated as a pass/no pass through curriculum action and noted
in the course description in the college catalog.
The grade award for pass/no pass courses shall be:
P - Pass
Q - No pass/no credit
Credits earned through course work as P-Pass shall count toward
the total number of credits earned by the student while enrolled at
Iowa Western Community College. However, no numerical value
is assigned to a P-Pass grade. P-Pass course grades are not used
in calculating the student’s term or cumulative grade point average.
Grade Point System
A grade system is used to compute a student’s grade point average. The numerical value assigned to each grade is as follows:
Each semester hour of A
Each semester hour of B
Each semester hour of C
Each semester hour of D
Each semester hour of F =
=
=
=
=
4 points
3 points
2 points
1 point
0 points
A student’s grade point average is computed as follows:
1. For each course, multiply the credits earned by the numerical
value of the grade received in that course.
2.
Compute the sum of all grade points received for all courses.
3. Divide the total grade points by the number of credits attempted. Disregard the credits attempted for any course in which
an I, T, W, P, Q, or N mark was received.
Transfer of Credit from Other Institutions
Iowa Western Community College will accept the credits awarded
to a student who has done successful work, defined as a “C” or
higher, at a regionally accredited college or university. A grade of
“C” or higher is required for the credit to transfer, however, only the
credit will be transferred. Grades for transfer credit will not affect
the student’s cumulative grade average and will not appear on the
student’s Iowa Western Community College transcript. Courses
taken for pass/fail or satisfactory/unsatisfactory grades may only
be transferred if the pass or satisfactory grade is equivalent to at
least a “C” or higher. All acceptable college credit will be evaluated
by the Registrar and then transfer credit applicable to the student’s
program of study will be awarded. This transfer credit information
will be available upon request during the initial term of enrollment.
The College will accept a maximum of sixteen semester hours of
Career and Technical credits from another regionally accredited institution as elective credit only towards the Associate in Arts or the
Associate in Science degree. The College will accept a maximum
of thirty semester hours of Career and Technical credits as elective
credit only toward the Associate of General Studies degree.
Official transcripts must be sent directly from the institution where
credit was earned to the Iowa Western Community College Records and Registration Office. It is the responsibility of the student
to have international transcripts translated into English and evaluated by World Education Services (WES) or Educational Credential Evaluators (ECE). Records submitted to the College as part of
the admissions procedure become part of the official file and cannot be returned to the student or forwarded to another institution.
Iowa Western Community College cannot guarantee how other
colleges may treat the acceptance of transfer credits.
President’s Honor Roll
All full-time students who earn a semester grade point average of
3.5 or above will be listed on the President’s Honor Roll.
Honor Society – Phi Theta Kappa
Students who have successfully completed a minimum of twelve
credit hours towards an Associate’s degree and who have a cumulative grade point average of 3.5 or above will be invited to join Phi
Theta Kappa. This national honor society initiates students during
the fall and spring semesters of each year. PTK graduates are eligible to wear the PTK gold stole and tassel at graduation.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Meeting Graduation Requirements
It is the responsibility of the student to know and to observe the
requirements of his or her curriculum and the rules governing academic work. Although the advisor will attempt to help the student
make wise decisions, the final responsibility for meeting these requirements for graduation rests with the student.
In those instances where a student receives information from an
advisor that might have an impact upon graduation requirements
or application of credits toward graduation, the student is advised
to secure such commitment in writing. It is further advised that
such commitment be retained by the student until the sequence of
events is such that it would be no longer necessary to demonstrate
the establishment of such a commitment.
20
It is recommended that students have their credits evaluated for
graduation by the Registrar two semesters before actual graduation. This is to ensure all graduation requirements will have been
met by the time the student plans to graduate.
Continuous Enrollment Policy
Graduation requirements in effect at the time of a student’s initial
enrollment will remain in effect as long as the student is continuously enrolled at Iowa Western Community College. Continuous
enrollment is defined as consecutive fall and spring terms, and is
subject to a five-year limitation. If changes occur in graduation requirements subsequent to initial enrollment, the student may elect
to graduate under the most recent requirements. A student must
satisfy the most recent requirements if a break in enrollment in the
College for two or more consecutive semesters occurs. Students
who elect to change their major must satisfy requirements in effect
at the time of the change.
Dual Degrees/Multiple Degrees
A student who has met the requirements for an Associate’s degree
at Iowa Western Community College must complete a minimum of
eighteen additional semester hours at Iowa Western Community
College for a second Associate’s degree and an additional eighteen semester hours for each successive Associate’s degree. The
student must meet all degree requirements as specified by each
program. The student must submit a new Application for Graduation for each degree, even when the student wishes to have them
conferred at the same time.
In addition, at the conclusion of the fall, spring and summer terms,
as well as the winter interim session, the Records and Registration
Office will identify students who have met graduation requirements
for a degree, diploma and/or certificate, and will automatically graduate such students, even though no application for graduation was
submitted and regardless of the major on file. These students will
be marked as graduates on their official transcript, and they will be
notified of their respective award.
Commencement
Iowa Western Community College conducts three commencement
ceremonies each year. At the Council Bluffs campus, winter commencement is held in December, spring commencement is held
in May, and summer commencement is held in late July or early
August.
Although voluntary, participation in commencement is strongly encouraged. In order to participate, students must submit an application for graduation and indicate on that application their intention to
participate, or otherwise notify the Records and Registration Office
of their intention to participate. Participation does not guarantee
that students will officially graduate, as final grades are not verified
and final audits are not conducted until after the ceremony.
Diplomas
The purpose of the Honorary Associate’s degree is to recognize
individuals in the community who have distinguished themselves
through their professional careers or who have made an outstanding contribution to the college or the community. Honorary degrees
are awarded to individuals in the following categories:
Diplomas are mailed to the student’s address on file within four
weeks of the conclusion of the term in which students graduate,
after final grades are recorded and the Registrar has verified that
all requirements for graduation have been satisfied. Diplomas are
not presented at the commencement ceremony. All financial obligations to the college must be met before the college will release a
student’s diploma. A student may order a replacement diploma by
notifying the Records and Registration Office; the cost for the replacement shall be the student’s responsibility and it must be paid
before a replacement will be ordered.
Graduation with Honors
Honorary Degree
l
l
l
Alumni who have achieved significant success in their
personal and public lives;
Individuals from within the college’s service area who
have contributed significantly to the progress and development
of the college; and
Citizens who have contributed significantly to the progress
and development of Iowa Western Community College.
Individuals are not eligible for this award if they are currently employed by the college or serving on the Board of Trustees. A separation from such employment or service of at least two years is
a prerequisite for eligibility. Recommendations for such honorary
degrees shall be made to the President and approval granted by
the President and his Cabinet prior to the award being made.
Graduation Application and Automatic Graduation
Students who plan to earn a degree, diploma, or certificate should
submit a graduation application at the beginning of the term in
which they plan to complete all requirements. At the conclusion of
the fall, spring and summer terms, as well as the winter interim session, the Records and Registration Office will verify final grades,
and then students who have completed graduation requirements
for their program of study will be marked as graduates on their
official transcript. Students who do not meet all requirements for
graduation will be promptly notified by the Records and Registration Office, at which time a new course of action for degree attainment will be recommended.
Any graduate who has attained a cumulative grade point average of 3.5-3.69 shall be graduated with “Honors.” A graduate who
has attained a cumulative grade point average of 3.7-3.89 shall
be graduated with “High Honors.” Graduates who have attained a
cumulative grade point average of 3.9 or above shall be graduated
with “Highest Honors.” Honors will be recognized on the official
academic transcript.
Graduation Requirements
Iowa Western Community College is authorized by the State of Iowa
to grant the following degrees, diplomas, and certificates upon satisfactory completion of a specific curriculum or degree program.
21
Associate of Arts
(in effect Fall 2015)
Associate of Science
Candidates for this degree must:
A. Complete a minimum of 64 semester hours of academic credit of which at least 50% or the last 20 semester hours shall be in
residence.
B. Attain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0.
C. Select a major or program that will be recognized on the student’s official transcript.
D. Complete the following minimum requirements:
Communications9 credits
Courses must include Composition I, Composition II, and one
Speech course, either Public Speaking or Interpersonal Communications.
residence
Communications
9 credits
Courses must include Composition I, Composition II, and one
Speech course, either Public Speaking or Interpersonal Communications.
Social Sciences
9 credits
Courses must be selected from Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology.
Humanities and Social Sciences
9 credits
Courses must be selected from Art, Cultural Studies, Film and Theatre, Foreign Language, Humanities, Literature, General Music,
Philosophy, Religion, Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology.
Science and Mathematics
10 credits
Courses must include a minimum of four credit hours of laboratory science and a minimum of three credit hours of mathematics.
Courses must be selected from Biology, Chemistry, Environmental
Science, Mathematics, Physical Science, and Physics; at least one
mathematics course must be selected from MAT 121-227.
Humanities
9 credits
Philosophy, and Religion.
Distributed Requirement
3 credits
Course must be selected from Communications, Social Sciences,
Science and Mathematics, and Humanities.
General Electives
24 credits
Courses may include up to 16 semester hours of career/technical
courses.
Diversity Requirement
3 credits*
Course must be selected from the following:
ANT 105, ECE 287, EDU 245, FLS 141, FLS 142, FLS 241,FLS
242, GEO 121, HIS 253, HIS 257, ITP 165, LIT 130, LIT 134, LIT
190, MGT 195, MKT 190, MUS 204, MUS 205, POL 121, REL 101,
SOC 198, SOC 200, SOC 210, and SPC 120.
*The Diversity Requirement does not increase the number of credits required for graduation; the course taken to fulfill the diversity
requirement will also fulfill requirements in Social Sciences, Humanities, Distributed Requirement or General Electives.
Additional Recommendations:
A. Candidates for the A.A. degree are encouraged to complete a
foreign language course.
B. Students are encouraged to check with the transfer institution
when selecting courses to ensure as seamless a transition to a
four-year institution as possible.
20 credits
Courses must include a minimum of four credit hours of laboratory science and a minimum of three credit hours of mathematics.
Science, Mathematics, Physical Science, and Physics; all mathematics courses must be selected from MAT 121-227.
3 credits
Course must be selected from Communications, Humanities and
Social Sciences, and Science and Mathematics.
General Electives
23 credits
courses.
3 credits*
requirement will also fulfill requirements in Humanities and Social
Sciences, Distributed Requirement or General Electives.
Additional Recommendations:
A. Candidates for the A.S. degree are encouraged to complete a
computer science course.
B. Students are encouraged to check with the transfer institution
when selecting courses to ensure as seamless a transition to a
four-year institution as possible.
22
Associate of General Studies
Associate of Applied Science
A. Complete a minimum of 64 semester hours of a c a d e m i c
credit of which at least 50% or the last 20 semester hours shall be
in residence
residence.
Communications
3 credits
Course must be selected from ENG 105, ENG 110, or ENG 111.
Communications
9 credits
Courses must be selected from:
ENG 105, ENG 106, ENG 110, ENG 111, SPC 112, and SPC 122.
Social Sciences
9 credits
Courses must be selected from Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology.
Humanities and Social Sciences
3 credits
Course must be selected from Art, Cultural Studies, Film and Theatre, Foreign Language, Humanities, Literature, General Music,
Philosophy, Religion, Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology.
7 credits
Courses must include a minimum of four credit hours of laboratory
science and at least one mathematics course from MAT 102-227.
Science, Mathematics, Physical Science, and Physics.
Mathematics
3 credits
If mathematics is taught in the program core, another general elective must be selected.
Humanities
6 credits
Philosophy, and Religion.
3 credits
Course must be selected from Communications, Humanities and
Social Sciences, and Science and Mathematics.
General Electives
30 credits
courses.
3 credits*
requirement will also fulfill requirements in Social Sciences, Humanities, or General Electives.
The Associate in General Studies degree allows students to combine a core of basic courses with a program that can be customized to their academic goals. This degree may be appropriate for
those students undecided about future educational or career goals.
However, because of the flexibility of this degree, it may not fulfill
requirements for transfer to a four year institution. Students should
work closely with their advisor for program planning assistance.
Career/Diversity Requirement
3 credits*
Course must be selected from either MGT 195 Workplace Empowerment or MGT 900 Documentation and Evaluation of Experiential
Learning.**
Program Specific Courses
credits vary
Programs of study that lead to an A.A.S. degree include specific
courses required for the degree in addition to the general education
requirements listed above. Refer to individual A.A.S. programs of
study in this catalog to learn specific degree requirements.
requirement may also fulfill requirements in Humanities and Social
Sciences, or, in very limited cases, in Program Specific Courses.
**In order to satisfy the Diversity Requirement, students who take
MGT 900 Documentation and Evaluation of Experiential Learning
must also take one of the following courses: ANT 105, ECE 287,
EDU 245, FLS 141, FLS 142, FLS 241,FLS 242, GEO 121, HIS
253, HIS 257, ITP 165, LIT 130, LIT 134, LIT 190, MGT 195, MKT
190, MUS 204, MUS 205, POL 121, REL 101, SOC 198, SOC 200,
SOC 210, and SPC 120.
23
Diploma
Certificate
Candidates for the diploma must:
Candidates for the certificate must:
A. Complete at least 50% of the program in residence.
C. Select a program that will be recognized on the student’s
official transcript.
A. Complete a minimum of 16 semester hours of academic credit of which at least 50% shall be in residence.
C. Select a program that will be recognized on the student’s
official transcript.
D. Complete the required courses as listed in the program of
study.
General Education Courses Programs more than 12 months in length must include 9 semester
hours of general education credit of which 6 credits must be in
communications. One course must be Writing for the Workplace,
Composition I or Technical Writing. The other course must be selected from the aforementioned courses or from Composition II,
Public Speaking, and Interpersonal Communication. The remaining 3 credits must be outside the major program.
Two-semester programs and programs that are less than twelve
months must include 6 semester hours of general education credit
of which 3 credits must be selected from Writing for the Workplace,
Composition I or Technical Writing.
Program Specific Courses
Programs of study that lead to a diploma include specific program
courses that are required in addition to the general education requirements listed above. Refer to individual diploma programs of
study in this catalog to learn specific requirements.
Iowa Western Community College values diversity and supports
learning experiences that promote intellectual growth and human
enrichment. To achieve this goal, all graduates earning an associate degree must take at minimum a three-credit hour course for
which the primary focus leads to an understanding and awareness
of one or more of the following: gender, race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, people with disabilities, religion and/or global relations.
This requirement may be satisfied with courses taken to satisfy
other core requirements.
Courses must be selected from the following:
*Social Science
ANT 105 Cultural Anthropology
GEO 121 World Regional Geography
HIS 253 American Indian History and Culture
HIS 257 African American History
POL 121 International Relations
SOC 198 The Middle East
SOC 200 Minority Group Relations
SOC 210 Men, Women and Society
*Humanities
FLS 141 Elementary Spanish I
FLS 142 Elementary Spanish II
FLS 241 Intermediate Spanish I
FLS 242 Intermediate Spanish II
LIT 130 African American Literature
LIT 134 Multicultural Literature
LIT 190 Women Writers
MUS 205 Jazz, History and Appreciation
REL 101 Survey of World Religions
General Electives
ITP 165 Foundations of Deaf Culture and Community
MGT 195 Workplace Empowerment
MKT 190 International Marketing
*SPC 120 Intercultural Communications
*Courses listed under Social Science and Humanities, as well as
any other asterisked course, will also satisfy the Distributed requirement.
24
SERVICES FOR STUDENTS
Because students come to Iowa Western Community College with
diverse backgrounds and interests, the College provides a wide variety of services and activities to make sure that every student has
the best possible chance to succeed and grow while participating in
the various instructional programs offered by the College. Students
who have questions about any of the services offered or about how
to access the services should contact the various departments on
the Council Bluffs campus or the center director. Students can also
access information online in ROC.
Advising
Academic Advising
Upon registering for their first semester, all students are assigned
an academic advisor in their program of study. Student advisees
are ultimately responsible for all aspects of their education, including course selection and awareness of their current academic
status; however, advisors can provide guidance and assistance
regarding program and graduation requirements. In addition, students should feel that they can freely discuss personal interests,
values, and goals with their advisor and should seek their advisor’s assistance in developing academic, social, and career goals.
Students should always consult with their advisor before making
any important academic decision, such as changing a program of
study, adding or dropping courses, or withdrawing from school. Advisor assignments and advisor contact information are accessible
online in Student Self Services.
Career Planning
Iowa Western Community College offers students a variety of services and resources that are designed to help them gather information, which in turn enables them to make informed decisions
regarding major and ultimately career selection. These resources
also provide an opportunity for students to make a connection
between a program of study, or major, and the related job possibilities. A student’s assigned advisor will serve as an important
resource when it comes to questions about careers but students
are also encouraged to take it upon themselves to research opportunities through online resources such as the Iowa Western Community College Career Planning web pages and IhaveaPlanIowa.
gov, both of which are accessible online. Students who have questions should meet with their assigned academic advisor or meet
with an Enrollment Advisor in the Advising and Academic Success
department for more information.
Transfer Planning
Iowa Western Community College offers valuable resources and
assistance to students who intend to transfer. These resources include a transfer web site, trained academic advisors, one-on-one
and group visits from four-year colleges and universities, transfer
fairs, and articulation (transfer) agreements. Students who intend to transfer should begin the planning process early in their
academic careers to help make informed decisions regarding their
major and the institution to which they ultimately plan to transfer.
Students who have questions should meet with their assigned academic advisor or meet with an Enrollment Advisor in the Advising
and Academic Success department for more information.
Student Support and Resources
Intercultural and International Students
The Office of Admissions provides services for students outside the
United States seeking F-1 visas as well as services for non-native
English speaking students. Services include issuing the I-20 form
(Certificate of Eligibility for Nonimmigrant Students). English proficiency for all non-native English speaking students is determined
by this office. The office also assists non-native English speaking students with the application process, including completing the
Free Application for Federal Student Aid. For more information,
contact the Office of Admissions.
Mental Health Support
Iowa Western provides short-term, solution-focused counseling
and assessment to help students cope with stressors that are affecting their academic, career, or personal goals. Students are
urged to seek help for stressors including homesickness, depression, anxiety, relationships, and other college struggles. Mental
health support services are offered for free through the Office of
Student Support and Outreach.
Services for Students with Disabilities
In accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Iowa
Western Community College provides reasonable accommodations to students with documented disabilities. Staff will assist
students in arranging necessary access and/or academic accommodations. Students who request an accommodation must have
disability documentation on file with the Coordinator of Disability
Services prior to receiving accommodations. Therefore, students
are strongly encouraged to provide documentation of their disability and make arrangements early in their semester registration process in order to receive timely services. All disability documentation files are kept strictly confidential. For more information, contact
the Disability Services Office.
TRiO/Student Support Services
TRiO Programs, including Student Support Services, are federal
grant programs that are fully-funded by the Department of Education under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965. The overall
goal of TRiO is to support students in continuing their education
by increasing the number of graduates and assisting students in
transferring to four-year institutions to obtain baccalaureate degrees. Meant to assist disadvantaged or underprepared students
in overcoming barriers to a post-secondary education, TRiO provides academic advising, career advising, access to Math/Science/
Writing Specialists, peer mentoring, transfer assistance, financial
aid assistance, financial literacy advising, computer training, TRiO
Minority Leadership Group, academic improvement workshops,
cultural and educational activities, volunteer opportunities, and
personal development workshops. For more information, contact
the Director of TRiO.
Tutoring
The Academic Support Center (ASC) is located on the second floor
of the Student Center and offers free academic assistance in a
variety of “core” subjects, specializing in assistance for math and
writing classes. ASC Peer Tutors are academically successful students trained to assist other students with many of the general requirement courses necessary for most associate’s degrees. Peer
tutors maintain regular hours and are available on a walk-in basis.
Group tutoring is also available, but must be scheduled in advance.
Iowa Western also offers free 24/7 online tutoring through ROC.
For more information about the free tutoring available to all Iowa
Western Community College students, contact the Academic Support Center.
25
COLLEGE SERVICES
In addition to the variety of services available for students, the college offers many College Services. Students who have questions
about any of the services offered or about how to access the services should contact the various departments on the Council Bluffs
campus or the campus/center director. Students can also access
information online in ROC.
College Store
The College Store is a student’s source for textbooks and supplies. In addition, the College Store sells Reiver gifts and clothing,
as well as food items, and has student-priced software available
for purchase. Books and supplies are also available at the Clarinda, Cass County (Atlantic), Shelby County (Harlan), and Page/
Fremont (Shenandoah) centers before the start of each semester.
Students can also purchase or rent textbooks and get more information online at www.iwcccollegestore.com.
Cyber Library
Iowa Western Community College offers a technology-based resource center that provides 24/7 access to full-text journal articles,
books, and other resources through an electronic database. Students, faculty, and staff are able to search all available learning
resources with one click. The Cyber Library, located on the Council
Bluffs campus, is a learner-centered environment that has laptops
available for students to check-out, individual study rooms, library
research assistance, free printing, and free wi-fi service. Library
facilities are also available for students at the Clarinda Center. For
more information, contact the Cyber Library.
Early Childhood Education Center
The Iowa Western Community College Early Childhood Education
Center at Council Bluffs provides a quality early childhood education program on campus. The center is licensed by the Department of Human Services and accredited by the National Academy
of Early Childhood Programs. For more information, contact the
Director of the Early Childhood Education Center.
Food Service
The Food Service Department offers a variety of services including
buffet style meals, ala carte menu choices, snacks, meal plans,
and catering services.
Vocational Rehabilitation Services
CAMPUS LIFE
A college education expands a student’s academic and personal
development. Supplementing both areas are a number of extracurricular activities, which include intramurals, social events, community events, and student organizations. Students are encouraged to
participate and assist in the planning of events through the various
clubs and organizations.
Residence Life
Residence Life provides an atmosphere that nourishes the learning, growth, and personal development of each resident within a
cooperative community. Three types of housing are available at the
Council Bluffs campus. Students may choose to live in the Reiver
Suites, Reiver Village, or Reiver Tower. The Reiver Suites are designed to house four students comfortably with four bedrooms and
two bathrooms per suite. The apartment-style Reiver Village is designed to house four students. A double room in the Reiver Tower
houses two male residents. In addition to the services and facilities
provided, there are many activities, programs, and leadership opportunities available in Residence Life to help individuals, as well
as the community, achieve educational and personal goals. For
more information, contact the Residence Life Office.
Student Life
The Student Activities and Campus Life Office is designed to complement the academic experience. By sponsoring events and activities
that are co-curricular to academics, students have the opportunity to
learn life skills, leadership skills, and interpersonal relationship skills.
This is accomplished by providing experience in leadership, organizational management, service, decision-making, and planning.
Through volunteerism, student organizations, student government,
and committees, the Student Activities and Campus Life Office provides a learning experience outside of the classroom that helps to
expose students to new ideas, people, and possibilities.
Intramural Activities
Iowa Western Community College provides a wide range of intramural
sports and recreation opportunities for students at the Council Bluffs
campus. Team activities such as flag football, sand volleyball, basketball, bowling, and Ulitmate Frisbee are offered throughout the year
and are free to all students. For more information on intramural activities, contact the Student Activities and Campus Life Office.
Students with medical conditions or disabilities that are either
physical or mental may apply for services from the State of Iowa
Rehabilitation Education and Services Branch of the Department
of Education. Qualified students may receive services that include
medical diagnosis, counseling, assessment, post secondary training, on-the-job training, career planning, job placement, and employment follow-up. Educational tuition and expense grants may
be provided for attendance at the College.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Workforce Development Resource Center
Iowa Western Community College is a member of the National Junior College Athletic Association (NJCAA) and the Iowa Community College Athletic Conference (ICCAC). Participants must meet
all academic requirements for participation, as outlined by both the
NJCAA and ICCAC.
The Workforce Development Resource Center is available to assist
students who are seeking career guidance and/or employment. Program graduates as well as currently enrolled students can take advantage of the services offered through the resource center. These
services include career research, career assessment, job listings
and access to internet job search sites, resume preparation, access
to resource library materials and labor market information, and skill
upgrade programs. For more information, please call (712) 2422121 or visit the resource center at 300 W. Broadway, Suite 13 in
Council Bluffs.
Students at the Council Bluffs campus may participate in the following intercollegiate varsity athletic programs:
Women:
Men: basketball, cross country, golf, soccer, softball,
track, volleyball
baseball, basketball, cross country, football, golf,
soccer, track, wrestling
Spirit Squads
Students at the Council Bluffs campus may participate in two programs designed to support the College’s athletic teams, the Reiver
Cheer Team, which competes locally, regionally, and nationally,
26
and the Sapphires Dance Team. The team members are selected
through tryouts. For more information, contact the Spirit Coordinator through the Athletic Office.
Choir/Band
The Iowa Western Community College Music Department offers a
wide range of performance ensembles in vocal and instrumental
music. Students are selected through audition for most ensembles.
For more information, contact the Music Department.
Theatre
The Iowa Western Community College Theatre Department offers
opportunities for involvement in two productions a year. Auditions
for theatre productions are open to anyone. Work on the productions can be for credit or non-credit. For more information, contact
the Theatre Department.
Iowa Western Programs
Program Name:
Accounting: Para-Accounting
Accounting Technician Agribusiness Technology Agriculture Transfer Applied Business: Experiential Learning/Portfolio Applied Business: Individualized Technical Program Art
Athletic Training Audio Engineering
Automotive Maintenance and Light Repair Automotive Technology Aviation Maintenance Technology Aviation Maintenance Technology: Airframe Certificate Aviation Maintenance Technology: Powerplant Certificate Biological Sciences Business Administration Chemistry Coaching Communication Studies Computers: Application and Web Programming Computers: Computer Science Computers: Cyber Security
Computers: Desktop Support Certificate Computers: Management Information Systems Computers: Network and System Administration Computers: Programming Certificate Computers: System Administration Certificate Construction Technology Construction Technology: Residential Construction Technology: Sustainable Construction Certificate Criminal Justice Culinary Arts: Baking and Pastry Art Culinary Arts: Culinarian Culinary Arts: Food Service Culinary Arts: Food Technology Certificate Culinary Arts: Restaurant and Hospitality Management Dental Assistant Dental Hygiene Design Technology
Diesel Mechanics Diesel Technology Early Childhood Education Early Childhood Studies Early Childhood Studies Diploma Early Childhood: Administration Certificate Early Childhood: Child Development Certificate Education: Grades K - 12 Electrical Maintenance Certificate Electrical Maintenance Specialist Electronic Engineering Technology Entrepreneurship Certificate Fire Science Technology Forensic Investigation General Studies AA General Studies AGS General Studies AS Degree Type:
A.A.S.
DIP
A.A.S.
A.S.
A.A.S.
A.A.S.
A.A.
A.S.
A.A.S.
DIP
A.A.S.
A.A.S.
CER
CER
A.S.
A.A.
A.S.
A.A.
A.A.
A.A.S.
A.A.
A.A.
CER
A.A.
A.A.S.
CER
CER
A.A.S.
DIP
CER
A.A.
A.A.S.
A.A.S.
DIP
CER
A.A.S.
DIP
A.A.S.
A.A.S.
DIP
A.A.S.
A.A.
A.A.S.
DIP
CER
CER
A.A.
CER
DIP
A.A.S.
CER
A.A.
A.S.
A.A.
A.G.S.
A.S.
Program Name:
Degree Type:
Graphic Communications Graphic Communications Diploma Health and Human Performance Health Information Technology Certificate Human Services: Addictive Studies Human Services: Generalist Human Services: Pre-Social Work Transfer Human Services: Youth Worker Literature Management and Human Resources Marketing Marketing: Fashion Marketing: Lodging and Hospitality Management Marketing Management Marketing: Sports Mathematics Media Studies: Media Production Media Studies: Radio Performance and Production Media Studies: Radio Promotions, Sales and Web Media Studies: Radio/Television/Video Media Studies: Sports Media Technology Medical Assistant Microbiology Transfer Music Music Technology Nursing: Advanced Placement Associate Degree Nursing: Associate Degree Nursing Nursing: Practical Nursing Nursing: Advanced Nursing Certificate Paralegal Studies Personal Trainer Certificate Physical Therapist Assistant Pre-Engineering Pre-Law Pre-Medicine Pre-Occupational Therapy Pre-Pharmacy Pre-Physician Assistant Pre-Physical Therapy Pre-Respiratory Therapy Psychology Robotics/Automated Systems Technology Sign Language Interpreting Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Sports Medicine: General Education Sterile Processing Certificate Surgical Technology Sustainable Energy Technology: Renewable Energy Sustainable Energy Technology: Renewable Energy Certificate Technical Theatre Theatre Veterinary Technology A.A.S.
DIP
A.S.
CER
A.A.
A.A.
A.A.
A.A.
A.A.
A.A.S.
A.A.S
A.A.S.
A.A.S.
A.A.
A.A.
A.S.
A.A.S.
A.A.S.
A.A.S.
A.A.
A.A.S.
DIP
A.S.
A.A.
A.A.
A.A.S.
A.A.S.
DIP
CER
A.A.
CER
A.A.S.
A.S.
A.A.
A.S.
A.S.
A.S.
A.S.
A.S.
A.S.
A.A.
A.A.S.
A.A.S.
A.A.
A.A.
A.A.
A.S.
CER
A.A.S.
A.A.S.
CER
A.A.
A.A.
A.A.S.
Accounting Technician
Location: Council Bluffs campus
The Accounting Technician program of study prepares students for a
career in accounting as a general ledger, accounts payable, accounts
receivable or payroll clerk. The program is built on a solid base of
accounting theory and includes specialized courses in computer
operations. Graduates of this program are awarded a diploma.
Students must complete the curriculum described below:
Recommended Course Sequence
First Semester
ACC 121
BCA 212
CSC 110
BUS 102
MAT 711
ENG 105
Principles of Accounting I
3.0
Introduction to Computers
3.0
Introduction to Computer Business
Applications OR
Introduction to Business
Business and Financial Mathematics
Composition I
Credits
Second Semester
ACC 122
Principles of Accounting II
ACC 311
Computer Accounting
SPC 122
Interpersonal Communication OR
ACC 161
FIN
121
Payroll Accounting
Personal Finance
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
BCA 152
Comprehensive Spreadsheets
3.0
MGT 195
Credits
Workplace Empowerment
Credits
36.0 Total Semester Hours Required
**May substitute with MAT 121-227.
ACC 121
3.0
BCA 212
Applications
3.0
CSC 110
ENG 105
3.0
Summer
First Semester
3.0
Public Speaking
Spreadsheets OR
The Para-Accounting program of study prepares students for a career in
the field of accounting. Upon graduation, students are able to analyze,
communicate, distinguish, record and summarize economic events for a
profit-oriented and/or not-for-profit business entity. Fluency in oral and
written communication is stressed. The program offers advanced
accounting computer courses allowing students to seek advanced level
employment in government offices, public accounting firms and general
businesses. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of
Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree.
BUS 102
SPC 112
BCA 142
Accounting: Para-Accounting
15.0
3.0
18.0
3.0
3.0
2
MAT 711
Introduction to Computers OR
3.0
Composition I
3.0
Business and Financial Mathematics **
Credits
Second Semester
3.0
15.0
ACC 122
3.0
ACC 311
Computer Accounting
3.0
ACC 161
FIN
121
SPC 122
SPC 112
BCA 142
BCA 152
Summer
MGT 195
Payroll Accounting
Personal Finance
3.0
Comprehensive Spreadsheets
3.0
3.0
Credits
Credits
Governmental and Nonprofit Accounting
3.0
Principles of Microeconomics
3.0
General Elective
3.0
ECN 120
Principles of Macroeconomics OR
ACC 932
Accounting Internship
Credits
Fourth Semester
ACC 221
Cost Accounting
PHI
Ethics in Business OR
ACC 261
PHI
142
105
ACC 932
BUS 121
3.0
3.0
Business Law I
ECN 130
18.0
Intermediate Accounting I
BUS 185
ACC 251
3.0
Public Speaking
Spreadsheets OR
Third Semester
ACC 211
3.0
3.0
2.0
17.0
3.0
Income Tax Accounting
3.0
Introduction to Ethics
3.0
Accounting Internship
Business Communications
General Elective
Credits
**May substitute with MAT 121-227.
2.0
3.0
3.0
17.0
Agribusiness Technology
The Agribusiness Technology program of study provides students with the
opportunity to develop skills, abilities and an understanding of the
technical aspects of agriculture and agribusiness that allow preparation for
a variety of career paths. Careers in agribusiness, farm management,
production agriculture, agriculture research as well as domestic and
international agriculture and ag-related sales, service, and supply
industries can be pursued. Students are provided with classroom
instruction, lab and field experience opportunities. Graduates of this
program are awarded an Associate in Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree.
CSC 110
BCA 212
AGS 113
AGA 115
AGP 333
AGC 215
MAT 743
Applications
Survey of the Animal Industry
AGP 457
AGB 235
AGS 226
Summer
AGB 804
AGA 376
3.0
Career Seminar
1.0
Credits
17.0
Grain and Forage Crops
4.0
Introduction to Agriculture Markets
3.0
Second Semester
AGA 212
3.0
4.0
Technical Mathematics *
Agronomic Applications of Site Specific
Management
A.A.S. Communications Requirement (ENG
105, 110 or 111)
Beef Cattle Science
Social Science Elective
Credits
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
6.0
3.0
3.0
AGA 154
Fundamentals of Soil Science
3.0
AGB 330
AGA 284
Farm Business Management
Credits
18.0
AGB 211
Agricultural Law, Taxation and Records
AGB 336
Agricultural Selling
AGA 165
AGB 814
3.0
3.0
Fourth Semester
AGB 331
3.0
Social Science/Humanities Elective
Pesticide Application Certification
Entrepreneurship in Agriculture
Agricultural Fertilizers and Chemicals
Agricultural Internship II
Credits
*May substitute with MAT 102 or higher.
3.0
AGA 115
*Principles of Agronomy
4.0
Principles of Macroeconomics
3.0
112
General Biology I
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
16.0
4.0
*Survey of the Animal Industry
3.0
Credits
17.0
Second Semester
ENG 106
Composition II
3.0
AGA 212
*Grain and Forage Crops
4.0
BIO
113
General Biology II
*Agriculture Elective **
A.S. Mathematics Requirement
(MAT 121-227)
Credits
Third Semester
CHM 166
AGB 330
AGA 154
General Chemistry I
125
SPC 112
3.0
17.0
3.0
4.0
18.0
5.0
3.0
*Fundamentals of Soil Science
3.0
*Agriculture Elective **
Credits
BIO
4.0
*Farm Business Management
ENV 111
Credits
Commodity Marketing
Composition I
BIO
19.0
3.0
MGT 195
AGB 437
ENG 105
Fourth Semester
3.0
Third Semester
First Semester
3.0
Agricultural Internship I
Integrated Pest Management
The Agriculture Transfer program of study provides students with course
work commonly found in the first two years of a university agriculture
science-emphasis baccalaureate degree. Graduates of this program are
awarded an Associate of Science (A.S.) degree.
ECN 120
Principles of Agronomy
Precision Farming Systems
Agriculture Transfer
AGS 113
First Semester
3
*Plant Biology OR
3.0
3.0
17.0
*Environmental Science
4.0
3.0
Credits
13.0
Public Speaking
One elective must also satisfy the diversity requirement.
*Required courses for the program
**Agriculture Electives must be selected from
the following:
AGB 235 Introduction to Agriculture Markets 3
AGB 437 Commodity Marketing 3
AGS 226 Beef Cattle Science 3
AGA 284 Pesticide Application Certification 3
3.0
3.0
Applied Business: Experiential Learning/Portfolio
The Applied Business Experiential Learning/Portfolio Option program of
study is designed for the individual who has reached supervisory, journey
person, paraprofessional or equivalent proficiency in his/her trade or
occupation and desires an associate’s degree for career enhancement,
career change and/or personal achievement. Prior learning from
apprenticeships, on-the-job training, non-collegiate coursework, or work
experience is evaluated and translated into college credit awarded for
experiential learning. An individualized program of study will be designed
to augment experiential learning with college courses. The intent of this
degree is to broaden the student’s opportunities for promotion, career
enhancement or personal achievement. While this degree may be
recognized by four-year colleges, it is not the intent of Iowa Western
Community College to imply transferability. Graduates of this program are
awarded an Associate of Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree.
Documentation and Evaluation of
Experiential Learning
3.0
105, 110 or 111)
3.0
3.0
A.A.S. Mathematics Requirement
102 or higher)
(MAT
3.0
General Electives **
22.0
Credits
35.0
Experiential Learning ***
The Applied Business Individualized Technical Program Option program of
study provides students an opportunity to adapt an existing college
program of study to their individual needs and career goals. The intent of
this option is to craft a program of study that meets a student’s specific
technical career goal. While this degree may be recognized by four-year
colleges, it is not the intent of Iowa Western Community College to imply
transferability. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of
Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree.
First Semester
105, 110 or 111)
Technical Area of Concentration
Credits
MGT 900
Applied Business: Individualized Technical Program
1.0
** A minimum of 22 credit hours of general elective classes
designed to strengthen and improve occupational skills are
required for this degree. The general electives, which will be
part of an approved program of study, will allow the student to
individualize their program to meet specific career goals and
needs. A computer science course is strongly recommended if
student skills in this area are weak or occupational qualifications
would be strengthened by enhanced computer proficiency.
*** A minimum of 1 credit hour of Experiential Learning is
required for this degree; a maximum of 30 credit hours of
Experiential Learning can be earned. Experienced employees,
paraprofessionals and certified journey persons who
demonstrate a level of skill through the portfolio will be eligible
to receive from 1 to 30 credit hours for documented training and
work-based learning. Credits will be awarded for experiential
learning as determined from evaluation of the professional
portfolio. The experiential learning credits may be awarded in
the career clusters of marketing, agriculture, business,
consumer and family science, industrial technology, or health
occupations and will apply only to the Applied Business degree
program.
At least the last 20 credit hours must be earned at Iowa
Western Community College, not including those awarded
from evaluation of the portfolio.
51.0
30.0
93.0
Second Semester
102 or higher)
Credits
Third Semester
Credits
Fourth Semester
MGT 195
Credits
3.0
12.0
15.0
(MAT
15.0
18.0
3.0
12.0
15.0
12.0
15.0
12.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
In addition, a student must declare this major prior to
completing 30 semester hours of coursework at Iowa Western
Community College. The specific individualized program of
study will be designed with the guidance of the applied business
chair and the registrar, and will be approved by the appropriate
division dean prior to the declaration of this major. It is required
that a coherent program of study consisting of related technical
courses, as well as related general education courses, be
developed and followed to degree completion.
18.0
3.0
18.0
3.0
18.0
4
Art
The Art program of study prepares students to transfer to four-year
schools and/or art schools to continue their studies. The program
produces graduates who (1) are self-directed learners, critical thinkers,
problem-solvers and effective medium/community communicators (2) have
demonstrated competence in the process of creating visual art forms (3)
have demonstrated a practical as well as a conceptual knowledge of the
visual arts (4) have knowledge of, participated in, and comprehend their
responsibility to the art community (5) are prepared to pursue advanced
degree studies in the visual arts. Graduates of this program are awarded
an Associate of Arts (A.A.) degree.
*Art Appreciation
3.0
ENG 105
Composition I
3.0
SPC 112
*2-D and 3-D Foundations
Public Speaking
A.A. Mathematics Requirement
121-227)
3.0
(MAT
Credits
Second Semester
ENG 106
3.0
15.0
Composition II
First Semester
PET
140
3.0
PSY 111
PET
240
*Athletic Training Practicum I
3.0
Introduction to Psychology
3.0
Composition I
*Taping and Bracing
(MAT 121-227)
Credits
4.0
Second Semester
16.0
PET
3.0
PET
160
*Athletic Training Practicum II
BIO
157
*Human Biology
230
ENG 106
Composition II
Credits
15.0
Third Semester
*Art Electives **
9.0
BIO
Third Semester
Mathematics/Science Elective
3.0
General Elective
3.0
Credits
Fourth Semester
3.0
18.0
*Studio Practices
3.0
General Elective
3.0
*Art Elective **
3.0
Lab Science Requirement
4.0
Credits
16.0
**Art Electives must include one of the following course
sequences:
ART 133 Drawing 3 and ART 134 Drawing II 3
ART 143 Painting 3 and ART 144 Painting II 3
ART 151 Design I 3 and ART 152 Design II 3
ART 184 Photography 3 and ART 185 Photography II 3
3.0
Credits
PET
170
168
SPC 112
PET
235
3.0
3.0
15.0
181
PET
250
PET
260
173
16.0
4.0
4.0
16.0
*Athletic Training Practicum III
3.0
5.0
17.0
3.0
*Human Anatomy and Physiology I with Labs
4.0
*Athletic Injury Evaluation
3.0
Public Speaking
Fourth Semester
BIO
4.0
3.0
Credits
PET
2.0
2.0
*Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries
3.0
9.0
1.0
*Introduction to Sports Medicine
*Art Electives **
ART 193
The Athletic Training program is designed for students who plan to pursue
a career in athletic training. The curriculum is transfer-oriented and
designed to meet the requirements generally expected in the first two
years of college, with emphasis on hands-on practicum related to athletic
injury evaluation, treatment, and rehabilitation. Graduates of this program
are awarded an Associate of Science (A.S.) degree.
ENG 105
ART 101
ART 147
Athletic Training
PEC 230
First Semester
5
*Athletic Training Practicum IV
*Human Anatomy and Physiology II with
Labs
*Introduction to Modalities
Humanities Elective
3.0
3.0
16.0
1.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Credits
16.0
*Athletic Training Internship
Students must earn a "C" or higher in all required courses in
order to graduate.
2.0
Audio Engineering
The Audio Engineering program of study is designed to prepare students
for a wide variety of opportunities in the music industry and media
production. This program is designed as a two-year terminal degree with
no option to transfer to a four-year university. Graduates can go on to
become live audio engineers, own and operate their own studio as
recording and mixing engineers, or apply their music and audio skills to
post-production for other media such as video, video games, and the web.
Graduates of this degree are awarded an Associate of Applied Science
(A.A.S.) degree.
First Semester
MUS 102
Music Fundamentals
MUS 306
Digital Audio Production I
MUS 305
MUS 320
ENG 110
ENG 105
3.0
Technical Music Practicum I
1.0
Composition I
3.0
AUT 114
Writing For The Workplace OR
102 or higher)
(MAT
3.0
MUS 307
Digital Audio Production II
3.0
MUS 328
Virtual Instrument and Processing Plug-Ins
Second Semester
MUS 321
MKT 110
Credits
1.0
14.0
Mix Listening II
Credits
Popular Music Analysis
Technical Music Practicum III
Introduction to Web Design
Introduction to Entrepreneurship
Credits
3.0
17.0
3.0
Technical Music Internship
3.0
3.0
AUT 222
AUT 878
AUT 704
1.0
Audio Mastering
Credits
Automotive Lab II
AUT 524
3.0
MUS 335
AUT 919
Summer
1.0
Technical Music Practicum IV
Advanced Automotive Electricity
3.0
Recording Project III
Audio Mixing II
AUT 652
3.0
MUS 312
MGT 195
1.5
MAT 743
3.0
Technical Music Practicum II
Fourth Semester
MUS 935
Automotive Lab I
Principles of Marketing
3.0
MUS 323
AUT 918
AUT 155
Audio Mixing I
MUS 331
4.0
Automotive Suspension and Steering
1.0
MUS 330
BUS 130
Automotive Electricity/Electronics
AUT 404
Recording Project I
1.0
BCA 155
AUT 615
Shop Fundamentals and Minor Service
Second Semester
3.0
Recording Project II
MUS 322
Automotive Shop Safety
3.0
MUS 311
MUS 333
AUT 115
Mix Listening I
Third Semester
MUS 326
First Semester
16.0
MUS 310
The Automotive Maintenance and Light Repair program of study is a
one-year program admitting students in the spring and fall semesters.
Students in this program can expect to find greater than average
opportunities for employment in all types of automotive service facilities. A
combination of theory classes, hands-on training in the lab and shop, and
industry relevant on-line training prepare students to become entry-level
vehicle maintenance and light repair technicians. Graduates of this
program are awarded a diploma. The Iowa Western Automotive
Technology program is nationally Accredited by N.A.T.E.F. (National
Automotive Technicians Education Foundation) and A.S.E. (Automotive
Service Excellence), 13505 Dulles Technology Dr., Suite 2, Herndon, VA
20171-3421. The program is locally endorsed by the Lake Manawa Auto
Dealers Association.
3.0
Credits
MUS 325
Automotive Maintenance and Light Repair
Introduction to Audio
3.0
3.0
1.0
3.0
17.0
6
1.0
4.0
4.0
3.0
17.5
3.0
Automotive Engine Design and Systems
2.0
Automotive Brake Systems and Service
4.0
1.5
Basic Automotive Drive Lines
2.0
105, 110 or 111)
3.0
Automotive Lab III
Credits
AUT 190
Hybrid Fundamentals
AUT 920
Automotive Lab IV
1.5
17.0
2.0
Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning
4.0
Credits
7.5
1.5
Automotive Technology
The Automotive Technology program of study is designed to prepare
students to become proficient, entry-level automotive technicians.
Students desiring to enter this high-tech profession can take advantage of
the training offered in all eight of the A.S.E. certification areas to acquire
the skills needed to succeed. Instruction includes a wide variety of theory
classes and up-to-date practical experience as well as on-line training
comparable to many manufacturer training programs. Graduates of this
program are awarded an Associate in Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree.
The Iowa Western Automotive Technology program is nationally
Accredited by the National Automotive Technicians Education Foundation
(NATEF) and Automotive Service Excellence (ASE), 13505 Dulles
Technology Dr., Suite 2, Herndon, VA 20171-3421. The program is locally
endorsed by the Lake Manawa Auto Dealers Association
First Semester
AUT 115
Automotive Shop Safety
AUT 615
Automotive Electricity/Electronics
AUT 114
AUT 404
AUT 918
MAT 743
1.0
Shop Fundamentals and Minor Service
4.0
Automotive Suspension and Steering
4.0
Automotive Lab I
Technical Mathematics
4.0
1.5
3.0
Credits
17.5
AUT 652
Advanced Automotive Electricity
3.0
AUT 919
Automotive Lab II
1.5
Second Semester
AUT 155
AUT 524
AUT 222
AUT 878
Summer
Automotive Engine Design and Systems
Automotive Brake Systems and Service
4.0
Automotive Lab III
1.5
Credits
17.0
Basic Automotive Drive Lines
105, 110 or 111)
AUT 190
Hybrid Fundamentals
AUT 920
Automotive Lab IV
AUT 704
7.5
AUT 921
Automotive Lab V OR
Automotive Engine Performance Diagnosis
Automotive Internship I
Credits
Fourth Semester
AUT 163
Automotive Engine Repair
AUT 200
Automotive Automatic
Transmissions/Transaxles
AUT 303
AUT 922
AUT 903
MGT 195
2.0
Credits
Automotive Computerized Engine Controls
AUT 532
3.0
4.0
AUT 842
AUT 901
2.0
Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning
Third Semester
AUT 852
2.0
1.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.0
15.0
3.0
Advanced Brakes and Alignment
3.0
Automotive Manual Drive Train and Axles
3.0
Automotive Lab VI OR
Automotive Internship II
3.0
4.0
3.0
AUT 653
Advanced Automotive Systems
4.0
AUT 904
Automotive Internship III
2.0
Summer
AUT 923
Credits
Automotive Lab VII OR
Credits
*May substitute MAT 102 or higher.
19.0
6.0
Aviation Maintenance Tech: Airframe Certificate
The Aviation Maintenance Technology Airframe Certificate is for those
individuals who already hold a current and effective Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA) issued Powerplant Mechanic License or who have
taken and passed the FAA General Subject Areas per 14 Code of Federal
Regulations 147 Appendix B at an FAA approved aviation maintenance
technician school. Graduates of this program are awarded a certificate.
AVM 181
Aviation Airframe I
7.5
AVM 183
Aviation Airframe III
8.0
AVM 182
AVM 184
Aviation Airframe II
Aviation Airframe IV
Credits
7.5
8.0
31.0
7
Aviation Maintenance Tech: Powerplant Certificate
The Aviation Maintenance Technology Powerplant Certificate is for those
individuals who already hold a current and effective Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA) issued Airframe Mechanic License or who have
taken and passed the FAA General Subject Areas per 14 Code of Federal
Regulations 147 Appendix B at an FAA approved aviation maintenance
technician school. Graduates of this program are awarded a certificate.
AVM 191
Aviation Powerplant I
7.0
AVM 193
Aviation Powerplant III
8.5
AVM 192
AVM 194
Aviation Powerplant II
Aviation Powerplant IV
Credits
7.5
7.5
30.5
8
Aviation Maintenance Technology
The Aviation Maintenance Technology program of study provides the
necessary instruction and practical experience required by the Federal
Aviation Administration Regulations for those individuals who wish to
become a Certificated Aviation Maintenance Technician with an Airframe
and Powerplant rating. The curriculum follows the guidelines set forth by
the Federal Aviation Administration in FAR Part 147 and provides students
with training on both fixed-wing and rotor-winged aircraft along with
training in reciprocating and turbine-powered aircraft systems. The student
must take the required FAA written/oral and practical tests to receive a
Mechanic’s certificate with Airframe and Powerplant ratings. Graduates of
this program are awarded an Associate of Applied Science (A.A.S.)
degree.
First Semester
AVM 120
Aviation Mechanics General I
7.0
MAT 743
3.0
AVM 130
Aviation Mechanics General II
Credits
Second Semester
AVM 181
Aviation Airframe I
ENG 105
Composition I OR
AVM 182
ENG 111
Summer
AVM 183
Aviation Airframe II
AVM 191
18.0
7.5
7.5
Technical Writing
3.0
Aviation Airframe III
8.0
Credits
Credits
Third Semester
AVM 184
8.0
Aviation Airframe IV
Aviation Powerplant I
Credits
Fourth Semester
18.0
8.0
8.0
7.0
3.0
18.0
AVM 192
Aviation Powerplant II
7.5
MGT 195
3.0
Aviation Powerplant IV
7.5
AVM 193
Summer
AVM 194
Aviation Powerplant III
Credits
Credits
8.5
19.0
7.5
Biological Sciences
The Biological Sciences program of study provides a background in
various areas of the life sciences. This program is intended for students
who plan to transfer and study biological sciences at four-year institutions.
Some areas of opportunity for graduates having this major and a
baccalaureate degree include medicine, the allied health fields, science
education, wildlife conservation, forestry, soil conservation, fishery
management, and many others. Graduates of this program are awarded
an Associate of Science (A.S.) degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
Composition I
3.0
CHM 166
General Chemistry I
5.0
BIO
112
*General Biology I
(MAT 121-227)
Credits
Second Semester
4.0
3.0
18.0
3.0
Business Administration
Business Administration is a program of study that enables graduates to
enter four-year institutions with junior standing in the College of Business
Administration. This program consists of a series of both required and
elective courses that meet the Pre-Business Core curriculum requirements
of a university’s College of Business, as well as the comprehensive
requirements of the university. Iowa Western Community College
maintains articulation agreements with many regional four-year
institutions. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of Arts
(A.A.) degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
4.0
ACC 121
19.0
CSC 110
BUS 102
Composition I
121-227)
3.0
Credits
CHM 176
General Chemistry II
5.0
MAT 157
Humanities Elective
Credits
Third Semester
SPC 112
BIO
168
ENV 111
3.0
Environmental Science
4.0
Human Anatomy and Physiology I with Labs
OR
Credits
Fourth Semester
173
BIO
186
15.0
Public Speaking
General Electives
BIO
3.0
Human Anatomy and Physiology II with Labs
OR
Microbiology
3.0
4.0
4.0
Social Science/Humanities Electives
6.0
BUS 185
3.0
15.0
3.0
3.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
*Business Law I
Credits
Third Semester
SPC 112
ECN 120
PHI
142
Public Speaking
3.0
17.0
4.0
3.0
16.0
3.0
*Principles of Macroeconomics
3.0
3.0
Ethics in Business
Credits
ECN 130
16.0
Composition II
Statistics
Fourth Semester
4.0
Credits
ACC 122
14.0
Biology Elective
ENG 106
4.0
Second Semester
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
*General Biology II
3.0
*Introduction to Business
Composition II
113
(MAT
*Principles of Accounting I
ENG 106
BIO
9
*Principles of Microeconomics
3.0
4.0
16.0
3.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
3.0
Credits
18.0
*Business Elective **
General Electives
**Business Elective must be selected from the following:
ACC 122 Principles of Accounting II 3
ACC 311 Computer Accounting 3
BUS 121 Business Communications (Business) 3
BUS 130 Introduction to Entrepreneurship 3
BUS 186 Business Law II 3
FIN 121 Personal Finance 3
MGT 101 Principles of Management 3
MGT 130 Principles of Supervision 3
MGT 170 Human Resource Management 3
MKT 110 Principles of Marketing 3
3.0
6.0
Chemistry
The Chemistry program of study encompasses the first two years of a
university chemistry major. Chemists are in demand worldwide in
technological fields, including plastics, medicine, pharmacology, vaccines,
recombinant DNA, and other related areas. Graduates of this program are
First Semester
Coaching
The Coaching program of study is designed for transfer to four-year
institutions with similar programs at the baccalaureate level. Students
acquire fundamental skills in sports psychology, sports physiology, and
coaching theory. This program of study may lead to coaching authorization
in the state of Iowa or Nebraska. Graduates of this program are awarded
ENG 105
Composition I
3.0
First Semester
MAT 211
*Calculus I
5.0
PEH 142
CHM 166
*General Chemistry I
Credits
Second Semester
5.0
3.0
16.0
PEC 101
*Introduction to Coaching
ENG 105
Composition I
PSY 111
*Introduction to Psychology
121-227)
Composition II
3.0
MAT 217
*Calculus II
5.0
Second Semester
16.0
PEC 155
*General Chemistry II
Humanities Elective
Credits
Third Semester
SPC 112
Public Speaking
PHY 210
*Classical Physics I (Calculus based)
CHM 263
PHY 211
5.0
3.0
3.0
157
ENG 106
5.0
PHY 221
*Classical Physics II Lab
1.0
*Classical Physics II (Calculus based)
Credits
4.0
6.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
Credits
16.0
BIO
151
*Nutrition
PET
240
*Taping and Bracing
3.0
3.0
*Theory of Coaching II
3.0
2.0
Principles of Weight Training
3.0
Humanities Electives
6.0
Credits
17.0
Fourth Semester
PSY 210
*Sport and Exercise Psychology
SPC 112
*Public Speaking
HSC 272
PEC 230
PEH 908
16.0
4.0
Humanities Elective
PEH 170
4.0
3.0
PEC 157
*Organic Chemistry II
15.0
3.0
19.0
CHM 273
3.0
Composition II
Third Semester
Fourth Semester
(MAT
*Theory of Coaching I
1.0
6.0
3.0
*Human Biology
*Classical Physics I Lab
Credits
PHY 220
BIO
5.0
3.0
Credits
*Organic Chemistry I
4.0
3.0
*First Aid
ENG 106
CHM 176
10
3.0
*Certified Personal Trainer
Introduction to Sports Medicine
3.0
3.0
*Cooperative Education
1.0
Credits
16.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
18.0
Communication Studies
Communication Studies majors will learn about concepts and practices of
human communication. Courses focus on communication within business
and organizations and among people with diverse cultural backgrounds.
This program prepares students for a variety of avenues within a business
environment, or for transfer to a four-year program in business or
communications. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of
Arts (A.A.) degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
SPC 112
SPC 122
Composition I
SPC 120
MGT 101
BUS 102
MKT 110
CIS
Credits
16.0
Composition II
3.0
Sociology Elective
3.0
*Intercultural Communications
*Principles of Management OR
*Introduction to Business OR
*Principles of Marketing
Third Semester
HUM 287
3.0
3.0
Credits
BUS 121
3.0
*Interpersonal Communication
Second Semester
ENG 106
3.0
A.A. Mathematics Requirement (MAT
121-227)
General Elective **
*Business Communications
4.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
Leadership Development Studies
Credits
Fourth Semester
3.0
15.0
CSC 110
3.0
SPC 160
*Voice and Diction
3.0
3.0
Credits
17.0
SPC 140
PHI
142
*Oral Interpretation OR
Ethics in Business
**Recommended General Electives:
BCA 184 Comprehensive Web Page Design Software 3
BUS 154 E-business 3
ENG 111 Technical Writing 3
GRA 137 Digital Design 3
JOU 110 Introduction to Mass Media 3
The Application & Web Programming program of study prepares students
for entry-level professional careers as programmers in the business world.
Upon successful completion, students in this course of study are proficient
in multiple programming languages, and World Wide Web technologies.
Students gain experience in these languages while working hands-on with
current technology and multiple computer environments. Graduates of this
program are awarded an Associate of Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree.
First Semester
Psychology Elective
*Public Speaking
Computers: Application & Web Programming
3.0
5.0
CSC 114
CIS
207
171
CSC 121
SPC 122
Introduction to Information Technology
Fundamentals of Web Programming
Java
Operating Systems
102 or higher)
(MAT
Interpersonal Communication
Credits
Second Semester
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
18.0
CIS
213
Advanced Client Side Scripting
3.0
CIS
139
Programming I
3.0
CIS
134
NET 142
CIS
332
Web Design
Network Essentials
3.0
105, 110 or 111)
3.0
Database and SQL
18.0
Fundamentals of Network Security
3.0
Server Side Web Programming
3.0
CIS
227
Advanced Web Design
CIS
175
Java II
CIS
CIS
215
144
MGT 195
3.0
Credits
Third Semester
NET 612
3.0
Programming II
Credits
Fourth Semester
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
18.0
CIS
780
Computer Projects OR
CIS
151
Programming III
3.0
CIS
187
ASP.NET MVC with C#
3.0
NET 810
CIS
158
Computer Internship
Web e-Business
Credits
6.0
3.0
3.0
18.0
11
Computers: Computer Science
The Computer Science program of study prepares students for transfer to
four-year colleges and universities to complete undergraduate degrees.
Students can choose one of four areas of concentration: Programming,
Networking, Web Development, or E-Commerce. Students acquire credit
in a broad base of general education courses and have the opportunity to
obtain knowledge in information technology. Graduates of this program are
awarded an Associate of Arts (A.A.) degree.
First Semester
CSC 110
CSC 114
ENG 105
*Introduction to Information Technology
121-227)
(MAT
3.0
Composition I
*CIT Concentration **
Credits
Second Semester
ENG 106
3.0
4.0
3.0
15.0
Composition II
The Cyber Security program of study prepared students to transfer to a
four-year cyber security or information assurance program. Students will
learn security fundamentals in programming, systems and networking
courses. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of Arts
(A.A.) degree.
First Semester
6.0
16.0
6.0
3.0
CIS
171
CSC 114
CSC 121
Composition I
121-227)
*Operating Systems
Credits
Second Semester
ENG 106
NET 418
NET 142
Composition II
*LINUX Administration
*Network Essentials
Credits
15.0
Third Semester
9.0
CIS
Third Semester
Public Speaking
Credits
Fourth Semester
3.0
4.0
Credits
SPC 112
175
NET 612
16.0
Humanities Elective
Credits
Social Science Electives
6.0
CRJ
Credits
**Students must choose one of the four following areas of
concentration and take all of the courses for that area of
concentration:
Programming
First Semester:
CIS 171 Java 3
CSC 121 Operating Systems 3
Second Semester:
CIS 332 Database and SQL 3
CIS 139 Programming I 3
Third Semester:
CIS 175 Java II 3
CIS 144 Programming II 3
NET 612 Fundamentals of Network Security 3
Systems
First Semester:
CSC 121 Operating Systems 3
NET 785 Fundamentals of Desktop Support 3
Second Semester:
NET 142 Network Essentials 3
NET 313 Windows Server 3
Third Semester:
CIS 127 Introduction to Programming 3
NET 343 Windows Directory Services 3
NET 612 Fundamentals of Network Security 3
Web Development
First Semester:
CIS 127 Introduction to Programming 3
CIS 207 Fundamentals of Web Programming 3
Second Semester:
CIS 134 Web Design 3
CIS 332 Database and SQL 3
CIS 213 Advanced Client Side Scripting 3
Third Semester:
CIS 227 Advanced Web Design 3
CIS 215 Server Side Web Programming 3
e-Commerce
First Semester:
Second Semester:
CIS 134 Web Design 3
BUS 154 E-Business 3
Third Semester:
ACC 121 Principles of Accounting I 3
6.0
18.0
15.0
3.0
16.0
3.0
6.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
18.0
3.0
Fourth Semester
3.0
3.0
*Fundamentals of Network Security
100
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Public Speaking
*Java II
3.0
3.0
3.0
(MAT
*Java
Humanities Elective
SPC 112
Computers: Cyber Security
ENG 105
*Introduction to Computers OR
12
3.0
3.0
4.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
*Introduction to Criminal Justice
Credits
3.0
6.0
15.0
Computers: Desktop Support Certificate
The Desktop Support Certificate program of study prepares students for
careers in support of computer users. Students are able to install and
manage computer hardware and operating systems. Graduates of this
program are awarded a certificate.
First Semester
SPC 122
3.0
CSC 114
NET 785
Fundamentals of Desktop Support
3.0
Desktop Support Practicum
1.0
NET 790
CSC 121
NET 795
PC Support I
Operating Systems
Credits
order to graduate.
3.0
3.0
3.0
16.0
Computers: Management Information Systems
The Computer Science Management Information Systems program of
study prepares students to integrate computer technology with business
practices and management skills. Students will acquire knowledge of
business functions, information technology processes, decision-making
skills, and management skills. Students will grow and develop into
professionals who can apply information technology tools to the spectrum
of business issues. Students acquire credit in a broad base of general
education courses and have the opportunity to obtain knowledge in
information technology. Graduates of this program are awarded an
Associate of Arts (A.A.) degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
CIS
127
CIS
207
CSC 114
Composition I
121-227)
(MAT
*Introduction to Programming
*Fundamentals of Web Programming
Credits
CIS
134
CIS
332
NET 142
Composition II
BUS 102
BUS 154
3.0
15.0
3.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
*Network Essentials
3.0
*Web Design
*Database and SQL
Credits
Public Speaking
*Introduction to Business OR
*E-business
3.0
3.0
15.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
Humanities Elective
Credits
Fourth Semester
ACC 121
4.0
Humanities Elective
Third Semester
SPC 112
3.0
3.0
Second Semester
ENG 106
3.0
3.0
16.0
3.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
*Principles of Accounting I
3.0
3.0
Credits
18.0
6.0
13
Computers: Network and System Administration
The Network and System Administration program of study provides
students with the necessary training to install, maintain and administer
network operating systems. Students learn current network technologies
used to connect, route, and secure network traffic. Students also become
proficient with installing and maintaining hardware and software for
servers and desktops. Graduates of this program are awarded an
Associate of Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree.
3.0
PC Support I
3.0
CSC 114
NET 785
3.0
1.0
NET 790
CSC 121
NET 795
3.0
Operating Systems
3.0
332
NET 213
NET 313
NET 418
NET 478
Credits
3.0
LINUX Administration
3.0
3.0
NET 343
Windows Directory Services
105, 110 or 111)
3.0
Routing & Switching Essentials
3.0
3.0
Introduction to Programming
3.0
3.0
Fundamentals of Network Security
3.0
Credits
18.0
Fourth Semester
NET 226
Scaling Networks
CIS
Computer Projects
MGT 195
SPC 122
Operating Systems
Windows Server
3.0
Virtual Infrastructure
NET 810
CSC 121
Java
3.0
Cisco Networking
NET 495
780
171
Fundamentals of Web Programming
Database and SQL
18.0
NET 227
CIS
207
CIS
Credits
NET 612
CIS
19.0
Third Semester
127
CSC 114
Credits
3.0
CIS
First Semester
Second Semester
(MAT
Information Storage and Management
NET 225
The Programming Certificate program of study prepares students for
entry-level professional careers as programmers in the business world.
Upon successful completion, students in this course of study have a basic
understanding of programming languages, and World Wide Web
technologies. Students are introduced to programming languages while
working hands-on with current technology and multiple computer
environments. Graduates of this program are awarded a certificate.
3.0
102 or higher)
Second Semester
CIS
Computers: Programming Certificate
First Semester
SPC 122
Connecting Networks
Computer Internship
Credits
14
3.0
3.0
18.0
3.0
6.0
6.0
3.0
21.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
15.0
CIS
213
Advanced Client Side Scripting
3.0
CIS
139
Programming I
3.0
134
NET 142
CIS
332
Web Design
3.0
Network Essentials
3.0
Credits
15.0
Database and SQL
order to graduate.
3.0
Computers: System Administration Certificate
The System Administration Certificate program of study provides students
documentation of proficiency with installing and maintaining hardware and
software for servers and desktops. Graduates of this program are awarded
a certificate.
First Semester
SPC 122
3.0
CSC 114
NET 785
3.0
1.0
NET 790
CSC 121
NET 795
PC Support I
Operating Systems
Credits
Second Semester
CIS
332
NET 213
NET 313
NET 418
NET 478
3.0
3.0
CON 114
3.0
Information Storage and Management
Credits
order to graduate.
16.0
Windows Server
LINUX Administration
The Construction Technology program of study provides a basic
knowledge of carpentry and related skills used in residential and
commercial construction. Residential construction involves the building or
remodeling of homes, apartments and similar structures. Commercial
construction involves advanced skills in concrete, metal building
construction, advanced blueprint reading, and commercial interior/exterior
wall finishes. The program provides the opportunity to learn and apply all
phases of the industry with emphasis on carpentry. Graduates of this
3.0
3.0
Cisco Networking
Construction Technology
First Semester
Database and SQL
3.0
3.0
3.0
15.0
15
MAT 743
Technical Mathematics **
CON 180
Principles of Building Construction I
ENG 110
CON 170
ENG 105
Residential Print Reading
Building Construction Techniques I
Composition I
Credits
Second Semester
CON 244
CON 181
CON 171
MGT 195
CON 118
Summer
CON 425
Related Trade Applications
Principles of Building Construction II
Building Construction Techniques II
3.0
3.0
3.0
6.0
3.0
18.0
3.0
3.0
6.0
3.0
Introduction to Sustainable Construction
3.0
Internship
4.0
Credits
Credits
Third Semester
18.0
4.0
CON 250
Principles of Commercial Construction I
3.0
CON 115
Commercial Print Reading
3.0
CON 251
CON 325
Commercial Construction Techniques I
Estimating
Credits
Fourth Semester
6.0
3.0
3.0
18.0
CON 253
Principles of Commercial Construction II
3.0
CON 348
Supervision and Leadership in Building
Construction
3.0
CON 254
WEL 149
CON 119
Commercial Construction Techniques II
Arc Welding
Construction Materials and Inspection
Credits
**May substitute with MAT 102 or higher.
6.0
3.0
3.0
18.0
Construction Technology: Residential
The Residential Construction Technology program of study provides a
basic knowledge of carpentry and related skills used in the residential
construction industry. Residential construction involves the building or
remodeling of homes, apartments and similar structures. The program
provides the opportunity to learn and apply all phases of the industry with
emphasis on carpentry and the related areas of electricity, HVAC, blueprint
reading, and math. Graduates of this program are awarded a diploma.
First Semester
MAT 743
3.0
Residential Print Reading
3.0
CON 170
Building Construction Techniques I
6.0
Composition I
3.0
ENG 110
ENG 105
Principles of Building Construction I
Credits
Second Semester
3.0
18.0
CON 244
Related Trade Applications
3.0
CON 171
Building Construction Techniques II
6.0
Introduction to Sustainable Construction
3.0
Internship
4.0
CON 181
MGT 195
CON 118
Summer
CON 425
Principles of Building Construction II
Credits
Credits
The Sustainable Construction Technology certificate introduces the
students to the principles and techniques utilized in residential
construction, which will have a positive impact on our environment.
Graduates of this program are awarded a certificate.
CON 316
Sustainable Construction Science
3.0
CON 318
Sustainable Foundations
3.0
CON 317
CON 114
CON 180
Construction Technology: Sustainable Construction
Certificate
3.0
3.0
18.0
4.0
CON 319
SER 120
CON 425
Sustainable Building Materials
Interior and Exterior Energy Principles
3.0
4.0
Introduction to Renewable Energy
3.0
Credits
20.0
Internship **
**The Internship is optional; it is not required for graduation.
4.0
16
Criminal Justice
The Criminal Justice program of study is designed to provide students with
the background necessary to enter the justice field and/or to continue their
education at a four-year institution upon graduation. Graduates of this
program are awarded an Associate of Arts (A.A.) degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
Composition I
CRJ
*Police and Society
CRJ
100
111
SPC 112
3.0
3.0
3.0
Public Speaking
3.0
3.0
Credits
15.0
Second Semester
ENG 106
Composition II
3.0
CRJ
*Constitutional Criminal Procedures
3.0
CRJ
120
133
*Introduction to Corrections
Humanities Elective
121-227)
(MAT
Credits
Third Semester
CRJ
CRJ
130
258
3.0
3.0
15.0
*Criminal Law
3.0
4.0
16.0
3.0
*Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice
3.0
4.0
Distributed Requirement **
Social Science Elective **
3.0
3.0
Credits
16.0
6.0
Fourth Semester
3.0
Social Science Elective **
3.0
Credits
**Recommended Social Science, Distributed and General
Electives:
CRJ 160 Introduction to Forensic Investigation 3
CRJ 240 Criminal Investigation 3
CRJ 290 Criminal Justice Cooperative Education 3
HIS 151 United States History to 1877 3
POL 111 American National Government 3
POL 201 The United States Constitution 3
PSY 111 Introduction to Psychology 3
PSY 241 Abnormal Psychology 3
SOC 110 Introduction to Sociology 3
SOC 200 Minority Group Relations 3
SOC 230 Juvenile Delinquency 3
SOC 235 Gangs 3
SOC 240 Criminology 3
6.0
18.0
17
Culinary Arts: Baking and Pastry Art
The Culinary Arts program of study, Baking and Pastry Art prepares
students for a challenging career in the bake shop. The curriculum
emphasizes fundamental techniques in culinary arts, and baking. Students
will be introduced to the techniques of producing artisan breads, classic
pastries, pies, tarts and petit fours, celebration cakes, confections and
showpieces. Throughout the program students will develop
professionalism and proficiency in preparation procedures, production
methods and presentation techniques of pastries, baked goods and
desserts, as well as related instruction in cost controls, food handling
safety, purchasing, menu planning, dining service, and nutrition and
wellness. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of Applied
Science (A.A.S.) degree.
First Semester
HCM 186
Culinary Foundations I
HCM 191
Quantity Food Production I Lab
4.0
HCM 100
Sanitation and Safety
2.0
MAT 711
3.0
HCM 111
HCM 113
HCM 200
Principles of Baking I
Culinary Baking
Dining Service
Credits
Second Semester
3.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
17.0
HCM 187
Culinary Foundations II
3.0
HCM 192
Quantity Food Production II Lab
4.0
3.0
Credits
16.0
Baking Internship
2.0
HCM 112
HCM 121
Principles of Baking II
Culinary Baking II
105, 110 or 111)
Summer
HCM 517
Credits
Third Semester
HCM 240
Menu Planning and Design
HCM 343
Recipe Costing and Menu Pricing
HCM 230
HCM 255
HCM 257
HCM 267
Nutrition and Wellness
Purchasing
Advanced Baking I
Baking Science
Advanced Baking Lab Electives **
Credits
Fourth Semester
HCM 278
Cost Control
HCM 273
Baking Seminar
HCM 258
HCM 330
HCM 525
MGT 195
2.0
1.0
3.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
2.0
4.0
19.0
2.0
Advanced Baking II
3.0
Hospitality Personnel Management
3.0
Baking Capstone
Advanced Baking Lab Electives **
Credits
**Advanced Baking Lab electives must be selected from
the following:
HCM 216 Pastries 1
HCM 217 Artisan Breads 1
HCM 218 Cakes 1
HCM 219 International Breads 1
HCM 220 Chocolate and Sugar 1
HCM 221 Cake Decorating 1
HCM 222 Convenience Food 1
HCM 223 Laminated Doughs 1
1.0
1.0
4.0
3.0
17.0
Culinary Arts: Culinarian
Culinary Arts: Food Service
First Semester
The Culinary Arts program of study, Culinarian prepares students who
enjoy working with food for a challenging career in all facets of the
hospitality industry. The curriculum emphasizes fundamental and
intermediate techniques in culinary skills and kitchen management. The
curriculum enables students to develop supervisory skills as well as
training to become a culinarian. Related instruction emphasizes
supervision, cost controls, purchasing, nutrition and wellness, advanced
culinary garde manger, advanced soups and sauces, and â la carte
cookery principles. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate
of Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree.
First Semester
HCM 186
3.0
HCM 111
2.0
HCM 113
Culinary Baking
1.0
HCM 200
Dining Service
2.0
HCM 191
HCM 100
MAT 711
Credits
Second Semester
HCM 187
4.0
2.0
3.0
Culinary Baking II
1.0
4.0
Credits
2.0
1.0
Purchasing
3.0
3.0
Soups and Sauces Lab
2.0
Garde Manger/Charcuterie Lab
2.0
Garde Manger/Charcuterie
Regional Wine History
Credits
Fourth Semester
1.0
2.0
18.0
HCM 176
World Cuisine
2.0
HCM 248
A la Carte Cooking
2.0
HCM 249
HCM 330
HCM 532
MGT 195
3.0
Cost Control
A la Carte Cooking Lab
2.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
Culinary Capstone
Credits
Culinary Baking
Dining Service
Credits
2.0
18.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
17.0
HCM 187
3.0
HCM 192
4.0
MGT 195
3.0
Credits
16.0
HCM 121
HCM 517
Soups and Sauces
HCM 278
2.0
2.0
HCM 197
MAT 711
HCM 200
Culinary Internship
HCM 247
2.0
Summer
HCM 343
HCM 246
16.0
2.0
HCM 244
HCM 100
Credits
HCM 243
4.0
3.0
HCM 240
HCM 255
HCM 113
3.0
Third Semester
HCM 230
HCM 191
105, 110 or 111)
HCM 512
HCM 111
HCM 112
HCM 121
Summer
HCM 186
3.0
2.0
Second Semester
HCM 192
The Food Service program of study prepares students for a challenging
career in restaurant, hotel, motel, institutional, health care and private club
facilities. The curriculum emphasizes fundamental and intermediate
techniques of food preparation, production and baking skills. It enables
students to develop culinary skills as they prepare for entry or intermediate
positions in the industry. Related instruction emphasizes the use and
selection of equipment, safety and sanitation, mathematical applications,
meal service, product selection, and computer skills. Graduates of this
program are awarded a diploma.
17.0
HCM 112
18
HCM 512
Culinary Baking II
Communications Requirement (ENG 105,
110 or 111)
Culinary Internship OR
Baking Internship
Credits
2.0
1.0
3.0
2.0
2.0
Culinary Arts: Food Technology Certificate
The Food Technology Certificate program of study prepares students for a
challenging career in restaurant, hotel, motel, institutional, health care and
private club facilities. The curriculum emphasizes the fundamental
techniques of food preparation and production skills. It enables the
students to develop culinary skills as they prepare for entry level positions
in the industry. Related instruction emphasizes the use and selection of
equipment, safety and sanitation, measurement math applications, and
product selection. Graduates of this program are awarded a certificate.
Culinary Arts: Restaurant & Hospitality Management
The Culinary Arts program of study, Restaurant and Hospitality
Management prepares students for a challenging career in all facets of the
hospitality industry. The curriculum emphasizes fundamental techniques in
culinary arts with an emphasis in restaurant and institutional management.
The curriculum enables students to develop management, marketing, and
supervisory skills emphasizing cost controls, nutrition and wellness, fine
dining management, human relations and personnel. Graduates of this
HCM 100
2.0
First Semester
HCM 191
4.0
HCM 111
4.0
HCM 186
HCM 187
HCM 192
Credits
3.0
3.0
16.0
HCM 186
HCM 191
4.0
HCM 100
2.0
MAT 711
3.0
HCM 113
HCM 200
Culinary Baking
Dining Service
Credits
Second Semester
3.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
17.0
HCM 187
3.0
HCM 192
4.0
105, 110 or 111)
3.0
HCM 112
HCM 121
Summer
HCM 512
Culinary Baking II
3.0
Culinary Internship
2.0
Credits
Credits
HCM 240
HCM 343
HCM 255
BUS 185
BUS 102
3.0
Business Law I
Credits
HCM 330
MGT 195
2.0
Purchasing
Cost Control
MKT 110
2.0
3.0
HCM 278
HCM 214
16.0
Fourth Semester
HCM 245
1.0
Third Semester
HCM 230
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
16.0
2.0
Design and Layout of Food Service Facilities
3.0
Culinary Media/Networking
3.0
Credits
3.0
3.0
3.0
17.0
19
Dental Assistant
The Dental Assistant program of study prepares students to assist dentists
in four-handed dentistry and to perform chairside related procedures. This
program includes clinical experience at a dental school and in area dental
offices. We adhere to CDC and OSHA guidelines. A copy of our infection
control policy is located in the office of the Health Division. Graduates of
this program are eligible to take the Dental Assistant National Board and
become a Certified Dental Assistant. Graduates are also eligible to take
the Iowa Dental Assistants Registration Exam and become an Iowa
Registered Dental Assistant. Graduates of this program are awarded a
diploma. The program in dental assisting is accredited by the Commission
on Dental Accreditation (CODA), a specialized accrediting body
recognized by the Council on Postsecondary Accreditation and the United
States Department of Education. The Commission on Dental Accreditation
can be contacted at (312) 440-4653 or at 211 East Chicago Avenue,
Chicago, IL 60611.
First Semester
HSC 125
Survey of Anatomy for Allied Health
2.0
DEA 403
Dental Materials
3.0
Radiography I
2.0
DEA 271
DEA 502
DEA 314
Dental Theory I
Dental Assisting Principles
110 or 111)
6.0
4.0
3.0
Credits
20.0
DEA 320
Radiography II
2.0
DEA 706
Procedures for the Dental Office
Second Semester
DEA 602
DEA 275
DEA 582
Summer
DEA 585
DEA 933
Dental Specialties
Dental Theory II
Dental Assisting Experience I
4.5
2.5
5.0
2.0
Psychology Elective
3.0
Dental Assisting Experience II
5.0
Credits
6.0
Credits
Internship Seminar
Courses with DEA prefix must in the sequence listed above.
Students must earn a "C" or higher in all Dental Assisting courses in
order to graduate.
19.0
1.0
20
Dental Hygiene
The Dental Hygiene program of study prepares students to become
preventive health professionals who provide educational and clinical
services to support oral health. These services include: evaluation;
charting oral disease and conditions; removing deposits from teeth;
exposing and processing dental radiographs; and applying fluoride and
sealants to teeth. Graduates can seek positions in general or specialty
dental practices, hospitals, research or academic institutions, public
health, business and industry, or armed services. The rigorous scienceoriented curriculum is the foundational framework for applying principles
from the social sciences and biomedical areas to patient oral care.
Didactic courses are offered at Iowa Western; clinical experiences occur at
the clinic-affiliated site, Creighton UniversitySchool of Dentistry, and at
extramural community sites. We adhere to CDC and OSHA guidelines. A
copy of our infection control policy is located in the office of the Health
Division. Upon program completion, graduates are awarded an Associate
of Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree. To become a licensed professional,
graduates must successfully complete both the National Board
Examination and a state or regional exam. CPR certification is required.
The program in dental hygiene is accredited by the Commission on Dental
Accreditation [and has been granted the accreditation status of “approval
without reporting requirements.”] The Commission is a specialized
accrediting body recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. The
Commission on Dental Accreditation can be contacted at (312) 440-4653
or at 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611.
Prerequisite: Grades of “C” or higher in Anatomy and Phyisology I with Lab,
Anatomy and Physiology II with Lab, and Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry.
Requirements for the Degree:
SPC 112 Public Speaking 3
ENG 105 Composition I 3
First Semester
BIO
186
Microbiology
DHY 174
Principles of Dental Hygiene
DHY 114
Dental Hygiene Anatomical Sciences
DHY 120
DHY 155
DHY 157
Oral Histology and Embryology
0.5
Radiology
2.0
Radiology Lab
Credits
Second Semester
DHY 183
Dental Hygiene I Theory
DHY 153
Dental Emergencies
DHY 184
DHY 211
DHY 228
DHY 132
Clinical Dental Hygiene I
Periodontology
Local Anesthesia and Pain Control
Clinical Dental Hygiene II
Biomaterials for the Dental Hygienist
Credits
Fourth Semester
DHY 293
Dental Hygiene III Theory
DHY 252
Community Dentistry
DHY 141
Credits
Community Oral Health
DHY 230
1.0
2.0
1.0
2.5
6.5
2.0
1.0
General and Oral Pathology
DHY 255
MGT 195
3.0
Periodontology II
Dental Hygiene IV Theory
PSY 111
1.0
2.0
4.0
DHY 303
DHY 241
3.0
Clinical Dental Hygiene III
Fifth Semester
DHY 304
2.0
13.0
DHY 288
DHY 213
16.5
Credits
Dental Hygiene II Theory
DHY 295
1.0
2.0
Dental Pharmacology
DHY 275
DHY 226
4.0
Clinical Preventive Denistry
Third Semester
DHY 286
4.0
5.0
Clinical Dental Hygiene IV
Dental Ethics
3.0
3.0
13.0
2.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
Oral Health Nutrition
2.0
Credits
Students must earn a "C" or higher in all DHY courses in
order to graduate.
3.0
18.0
Design Technology
Diesel Mechanics
First Semester
Location: Atlantic center
The Design Technology program prepares students to assist engineers in
the design of products or the solution to problems utilizing computerized
drawings for all types of machines and manufacturing industries.
Coursework emphasizes the Product Lifecycle Management (PLM) model
of industrial product management. Students will learn various CAD
techniques as well as understanding various materials used in
manufacturing. Students will earn an Associate of Applied Science degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
Composition I
3.0
EGT 113
Introduction to PLM
3.0
EGT 155
EGT 171
CAD 129
Engineering Drawing Practices
Manufacturing Processes
CAD I
Credits
Second Semester
3.0
Design Statics
3.0
Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing
3.0
Design Technology Internship
6.0
EGT 167
Summer
CAD 933
CAD 3D-NX
Credits
Credits
Third Semester
SPC 122
EGT 176
CAD 203
CAD 238
EGT 184
Credits
105
CAD 213
CAD 222
CAD 234
Component Design
6.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
16.0
3.0
4.0
Credits
14.0
*May substitute with MAT 121 and MAT 130.
4.0
4.0
6.0
3.0
17.0
Hydraulic/Air Brakes
4.0
DSL 856
Diesel Lab II **
6.0
DSL 829
3.0
General Elective
4.0
DSL 654
18.0
Advanced CAD 3D-NX
Design Problems
Electrical Systems
Credits
Summer
3.0
Design Communications
Diesel Lab I **
4.0
Principles of Design
Strength of Materials
DSL 846
3.0
3.0
Fourth Semester
PHI
5.0
Electric Power and Electronics
Introduction to Diesel
DSL 144
DSL 674
EGT 153
CAD 197
DSL 324
15.0
Precalculus *
Second Semester
MAT 129
MGT 195
The Diesel Mechanics program of study equips students with necessary
skills to become entry-level diesel mechanics. It emphasizes the
maintenance of over-the-road diesel trucks. Students receive instruction
through a combination of theory classes and practical experience.
Graduates of this program are awarded a diploma.
3.0
3.0
21
Chassis/Driveline
110 or 111)
Credits
DSL 742
Air Conditioning/Refrigeration
DSL 863
Diesel Lab III **
4.0
3.0
17.0
2.0
Preventative Maintenance
2.0
Credits
7.0
**Students must complete 15 semester credit hours of
laboratory courses.
3.0
Diesel Technology
The Diesel Technology program of study prepares students to be proficient
diesel truck technicians having skills to be competitive in the diesel truck
maintenance industry. Students study all phases of the diesel truck
including engines, transmissions, drive axles, electrical systems, and
auxiliary systems. Instruction includes a wide variety of theory classes and
up-to-date practical experiences. Graduates of this program are awarded
an Associate of Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree.
First Semester
DSL 324
Introduction to Diesel
DSL 846
Diesel Lab I
DSL 144
Electrical Systems
102 or higher)
(MAT
Early Childhood Education
The Early Childhood Education program of study is designed for students
who wish to become early childhood teachers in birth through grade three
classrooms. The curriculum provides students with a foundation in best
practices with an emphasis in planning, leading, and evaluating learning
experiences through observation, discussion and active participation.
Students apply research and theory by demonstrating newly acquired
skills in the Laboratory School. The program is designed for transfer to
institutions that offer teacher certification. Graduates of this program are
4.0
First Semester
6.0
ECE 170
4.0
3.0
ECE 103
*Introduction to Early Childhood Education
3.0
ECE 153
*Early Childhood Curriculum I with Lab
4.0
Composition I
3.0
ECE 244
*Child Growth and Development
17.0
DSL 654
Hydraulic/Air Brakes
4.0
Second Semester
DSL 856
Diesel Lab II
6.0
ECE 133
DSL 674
Summer
DSL 742
DSL 863
DSL 829
Chassis/Driveline
4.0
105, 110 or 111)
3.0
Credits
17.0
Air Conditioning/Refrigeration
2.0
Preventative Maintenance
2.0
Diesel Lab III
Credits
Third Semester
DSL 354
Engines I
DSL 876
Diesel Lab IV OR**
DSL 444
DSL 883
MGT 195
Fuel Systems
DSL 886
Diesel Lab V OR **
DSL 544
DSL 883
Summer
DSL 893
DSL 881
4.0
17.0
Engines II
Transmissions/Drive Axle
Diesel Internship II **
Credits
Diesel Lab VI OR **
Diesel Internship I **
Credits
**Students must complete 30 credit hours of laboratory courses
OR complete a minimum of 21 credit hours of laboratory
courses and a maximum of 9 credit hours of internship, with any
combination of laboratory and internship credit hours within that
range being acceptable.
*Early Childhood Curriculum II with Lab
Composition II
121-227)
3.0
4.0
4.0
6.0
3.0
17.0
3.0
3.0
(MAT
Credits
HIS
Credits
DSL 364
ECE 156
PSY 111
HIS
151
152
SPC 112
LIT
110
101
ENV 111
ART 101
MUS 100
4.0
3.0
16.0
3.0
4.0
17.0
3.0
U.S. History Since 1877
3.0
American Literature to Mid 1800s
3.0
Public Speaking
Physical Science Elective
Fourth Semester
PHI
3.0
U.S. History to 1877 OR
Credits
POL 111
3.0
*Child Health, Safety and Nutrition
7.0
6.0
Fourth Semester
*Infant/Toddler Care and Education
Third Semester
4.0
17.0
ECE 221
ENG 106
4.0
Credits
3.0
Diesel Internship II
ENG 105
3.0
*Early Childhood Guidance with Lab
Credits
Second Semester
22
3.0
3.0
15.0
American National Government
3.0
4.0
Introduction to Philosophy
Art Appreciation OR
Music Appreciation
Credits
3.0
3.0
3.0
16.0
Early Childhood Studies
Early Childhood Studies Diploma
First Semester
The Early Childhood Studies program of study prepares students to
become lead teachers and child specialists in preschools, family child care
homes, and Head Start programs. Students are involved in planning,
leading and evaluating learning experiences through observation,
discussion and active participation. Students culminate their educational
experience with a field experience and practicum in a variety of early
childhood settings. Students must maintain First Aid/CPR certification
throughout the program. Graduates of this program are awarded an
First Semester
ECE 244
Early Childhood Guidance with Lab
ECE 170
Child Growth and Development
ECE 103
ECE 153
SPC 122
4.0
Introduction to Early Childhood Education
3.0
Early Childhood Curriculum I with Lab
4.0
Credits
17.0
Second Semester
3.0
3.0
ECE 120
Communication with Families
2.0
ECE 221
Infant/Toddler Care and Education
3.0
School Age Care
2.0
Credits
17.0
ECE 156
ECE 133
ECE 125
ENG 105
Early Childhood Curriculum II with Lab
Child Health, Safety and Nutrition
3.0
Composition I
3.0
Third Semester
EDU 235
Children’s Literature
ECE 268
Early Childhood Field Experience
ECE 287
ECE 290
4.0
3.0
Exceptional Learner
3.0
4.0
Early Childhood Program Administration
3.0
Credits
16.0
ECE 258
Early Childhood Field Practicum
6.0
BCA 212
Applications
3.0
102 or higher)
Fourth Semester
CSC 110
MGT 195
Credits
(MAT
3.0
3.0
3.0
15.0
23
The Early Childhood Diploma program of study is designed to provide
students with a foundation in best practices with an emphasis in the
development of the young child, planning activities and working with
families. Students apply research and theory by demonstrating newly
acquired skills in the Laboratory School. This program prepares students
to be assistant preschool teachers and nannies. Graduates of this
program are awarded a diploma.
ECE 244
ECE 170
Child Growth and Development
ECE 103
ECE 153
SPC 122
3.0
4.0
Credits
17.0
Second Semester
ECE 120
Communication with Families
ECE 156
Early Childhood Curriculum II with Lab
ECE 133
ECE 221
ENG 110
ENG 105
4.0
3.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
Composition I
Credits
Students must maintain First Aid/CPR certification throughout
the program.
4.0
3.0
15.0
Early Childhood: Administration Certificate
The Early Childhood Administration Certificate program of study is
designed for early childhood professionals who wish to pursue an
administrative career. The certificate provides leadership and
management skills necessary to successfully administer an early
childhood program.
Prerequisite: An associate or higher academic degree to begin this certificate.
ECE 290
Early Childhood Program Administration
3.0
MGT 130
Principles of Supervision
3.0
ECE 268
ACC 111
MGT 175
BUS 130
Early Childhood Field Experience
Introduction to Accounting
Introduction to Law for Managers and
Supervisors
Credits
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
19.0
Early Childhood: Child Development Certificate
The Child Development Certificate program of study prepares students for
careers in the early childhood profession. Students become
knowledgeable in career development; guidance and discipline; health,
safety and nutrition; and curriculum planning. Graduates of this program
are awarded a certificate. Upon completion of the certificate, students are
eligible for CDA certification from the Council for Professional Recognition.
ECE 103
3.0
ECE 133
3.0
4.0
ECE 244
ECE 221
ECE 153
Credits
4.0
3.0
17.0
24
Education: Grades K - 12
Electrical Maintenance Certificate
First Semester
The Education: Grades K-12 program of study is designed for students
who wish to become preschool, elementary or secondary teachers. The
curriculum is structured so that students have the opportunity to explore
the field of teaching. It is designed for transfer to institutions that offer
teaching certificates. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate
of Arts (A.A.) degree.
Composition I
3.0
PSY 111
3.0
EDU 210
ECE 170
PSY 121
*Foundations of Education
*Child Growth and Development OR **
*Developmental Psychology
Credits
Second Semester
3.0
3.0
3.0
15.0
ENG 106
Composition II
3.0
HIS
3.0
HIS
151
152
U.S. History to 1877 OR
SPC 112
Public Speaking
MAT 157
Statistics
EDU 245
BIO
LIT
LIT
105
110
140
EDU 240
3.0
Credits
16.0
4.0
British Literature I
3.0
General Electives
4.0
Credits
17.0
Educational Psychology
Fourth Semester
ENV 111
EDU 235
*Children’s Literature OR **
PSY 224
American National Government
*Adolescent Psychology
ART 101
Art Appreciation OR
PHI
MUS 100
101
4.0
Introductory Biology
American Literature to Mid 1800s OR
POL 111
3.0
*Exceptional Learner
Third Semester
Music Appreciation
Credits
**Elementary Education majors must take ECE 170 and EDU
235, and Secondary Education majors must take PSY 121 and
PSY 224.
The Electrical Maintenance program of study prepares students to be
employed as technicians in the fields of electrical maintenance, installation
and repair. The program was developed especially for industry in the
development, installation and maintenance of complex industrial
processes as well as their electronic, controller and computer devices.
ENG 105
CSC 110
25
3.0
3.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
16.0
ELT
331
Circuit Analysis I
ELT
313
Digital Circuits I
ELT
ELT
ELT
ELT
332
314
616
617
MAT 743
4.0
Circuit Analysis I Lab
1.0
Digital Circuits I Lab
1.0
4.0
Microprocessors I
4.0
3.0
Microprocessors I Lab
Credits
1.0
18.0
Electrical Maintenance Specialist
The Electrical Maintenance Specialist program of study prepares students
to be employed as technicians in the fields of electrical maintenance,
installation and repair. The program was developed especially for industry
and is valuable in the development, installation and maintenance of
complex industrial processes as well as their electronic, controller and
computer devices. Graduates of this program are awarded a diploma.
First Semester
1.0
ELT
1.0
ELT
313
Digital Circuits I
ELT
ELT
ELT
314
616
617
Microprocessors I
Credits
Second Semester
4.0
4.0
4.0
15.0
ELT
523
Electronic Devices
4.0
ELT
158
Industrial Electronics I
4.0
ELT
ELT
524
159
MAT 750
ENG 105
Circuit Analysis I
332
The Electronic Engineering Technology program of study prepares
students for a technical level career in manufacturing, service and sales in
four primary electronics fields: computers, telecommunications,
bio-medical electronics, and industrial electronics. Students learn high
technology theory in industrial electronics, microelectronics and
optoelectronics in conjunction with associated laboratory assignments to
assure practical knowledge. Graduates of this program are awarded an
1.0
331
ELT
Electronic Engineering Technology
First Semester
ELT
Electronic Devices Lab
Industrial Electronics I Lab
Technical Mathematics II **
Composition I
Credits
**Students may substitute Precalculus, Calculus I or Calculus II
for Technical Mathematics II.
1.0
ELT
331
Circuit Analysis I
ELT
313
Digital Circuits I OR
332
EGT 420
EGR 420
ELT
314
ELT
617
ELT
616
PLTW - Digital Electronics OR
PLTW - Digital Electronics
Credits
3.0
ELT
18.0
ELT
523
Electronic Devices
ELT
158
ELT
159
MAT 750
ENG 105
1.0
3.0
Microprocessors I
Second Semester
524
4.0
1.0
5.0
26
ELT
445
446
PHY 156
PHY 157
14.0
1.0
4.0
1.0
Composition I
3.0
Technical Mathematics II **
5.0
Credits
18.0
Industrial Networking I
4.0
Industrial Networking I Lab
1.0
General Physics I
4.0
General Physics I Lab
MGT 195
1.0
Precalculus
5.0
3.0
Credits
18.0
Fourth Semester
ELT
432
Telecommunications
ELT
850
Design Projects Lab OR
433
EGT 470
EGR 470
MAT 752
PHY 158
PHY 159
15.0
Technical Mathematics III OR **
ELT
1.0
4.0
MAT 751
MAT 129
1.0
4.0
Third Semester
ELT
4.0
4.0
Telecommunications Lab
PLTW - Engineering Design and
Development OR
PLTW - Engineering Design and
Development
1.0
1.0
Technical Mathematics IV **
2.0
General Physics II
4.0
General Physics II Lab
Credits
3.0
1.0
16.0
**Students may substitute advanced mathematics courses for
any or all of the courses in the Technical Mathematics sequence
as follows: Differential Equations for Technical Mathematics IV,
Calculus I and/or Calculus II for Technical Mathematics II and/or
Technical Mathematics III.
3.0
18.0
EMS: Emergency Medical Services
The Emergency Medical Services program is an option for those students
preparing themselves for a career in Emergency Medical Services. It is
suitable for those students wanting to gain professional experience in EMS
before proceeding on to the paramedic level. Graduates of this program
are awarded a diploma.
Prerequisite: Current, valid American Heart Association Healthcare Provider CPR,
American Red Cross CPR for Professional Rescuer, or American Heart Association
Basic Life Support (BLS) Instructor certification.
EMS 211
HSC 126
HSC 113
Emergency Medical Technician
6.5
Medical Terminology
2.0
Anatomy for Allied Health
4.0
110 or 111)
3.0
Credits
Second Semester
MGT 195
SPC 112
SPC 122
Mathematics Elective (MAT 110-227)
15.5
3.0
Public Speaking OR
Credits
Entrepreneurship Certificate
The Entrepreneurship Certificate program of study is designed for
individuals interested in developing entrepreneurial skills. Students will
acquire basic knowledge of how to investigate, develop and grow a
business. All required courses may be taken online as well as applied to
selected Associate of Arts degree programs. Graduates of this program
are awarded a certificate.
First Semester
ACC 121
First Semester
4.0
3.0
3.0
12.0
3.0
13.0
27
BUS 130
BUS 185
MGT 101
MKT 110
3.0
3.0
Principles of Management
3.0
Business Law I
General Elective **
Credits
**General Elective should be selected from the student's
entrepreneurial area of interest.
3.0
3.0
3.0
18.0
Fire Science Technology
The Fire Science Technology program of study is designed to enhance the
careers of students already employed as firefighters as well as those
interested in this as a new career. Students progress systematically
through an extended program of study. Courses emphasize stateof-the-art fire fighting techniques, as well as preparing firefighters for
administrative duties. Graduates of this program are awarded an
First Semester
ENG 105
Composition I
121-227)
(MAT
3.0
Humanities Elective
*Fire Science Electives **
Credits
Second Semester
ENG 106
Composition II
4.0
3.0
15.0
6.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
6.0
Credits
15.0
3.0
Third Semester
4.0
Credits
13.0
3.0
Public Speaking
3.0
Fourth Semester
SPC 112
Forensic Investigation
The Forensic Investigation program of study examines the application of
science as it applies to law and criminal investigation. Graduates of this
program are awarded an Associate of Science (A.S.) degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
Humanities Elective
100
CRJ
133
*Constitutional Criminal Procedures
*Fire Science Elective **
3.0
Credits
12.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
3.0
Fifth Semester
*Fire Science Elective **
Credits
**Required Courses for the Program:
FIR 101 Introduction to Fire Protection Technology 3
FIR 131 Codes and Inspection 3
FIR 145 Fire Strategy and Tactics 3
FIR 148 Hydraulics and Pumping Applications 3
FIR 152 Fire Protection Systems 3
FIR 157 Fire Protection Equipment 3
FIR 235 Fire Investigation 3
FIR 270 Survey of Construction 3
BIO
160
157
3.0
9.0
3.0
3.0
*Introduction to Forensic Investigation
3.0
*Human Biology
4.0
3.0
Credits
16.0
Second Semester
ENG 106
Composition II
CRJ
142
*Criminalistics
BIO
168
SOC 110
3.0
3.0
Introduction to Sociology
3.0
4.0
3.0
Credits
16.0
Third Semester
CRJ
CRJ
260
258
PSY 111
CHM 122
6.0
3.0
Composition I
CRJ
CRJ
3.0
28
*Medicolegal Death Investigation
Introduction to General Chemistry
(MAT 121-227)
Credits
111
SOC 200
SOC 240
SPC 112
SPC 122
CRJ
291
CRJ
130
CRJ
240
3.0
Fourth Semester
CRJ
3.0
*Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice
3.0
3.0
16.0
4.0
4.0
17.0
*Police and Society
3.0
Criminology
3.0
3.0
Minority Group Relations OR
Public Speaking OR
*Forensic Investigation Cooperative
Education OR
*Criminal Law OR
*Criminal Investigation
Credits
4.0
16.0
3.0
5.0
17.0
General Studies AA
General Studies AGS
First Semester
First Semester
Location: Council Bluffs campus, Atlantic center, Clarinda center, Harlan
center, Shenandoah center
The General Studies A.A. program of study is designed for students who
plan to transfer to a Bachelor of Arts degree program at a four-year
institution. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of Arts
(A.A.) degree.
SDV 108
ENG 105
*The College Experience
Composition I
121-227)
1.0
(MAT
3.0
Credits
Second Semester
ENG 106
3.0
16.0
17.0
A.G.S. Communications Requirement (ENG
105, ENG 106, ENG 110, ENG 111, SPC
112, and SPC 122)
3.0
A.G.S. Mathematics Requirement
(MAT 102-227)
3.0
Credits
15.0
General Electives
Second Semester
3.0
4.0
6.0
16.0
3.0
105, ENG 106, ENG 110, ENG 111, SPC
112, and SPC 122)
Humanities Elective
3.0
4.0
General Elective
3.0
Composition II
General Elective
Credits
Third Semester
SPC 122
3.0
The General Studies A.G.S. program of study is designed for students
who are exploring career and/or educational options. It may not fulfill
requirements for transfer to a four-year institution. Graduates of this
program are awarded an Associate of General Studies degree.
SPC 112
4.0
3.0
Humanities Elective
General Elective
3.0
29
Public Speaking OR
3.0
3.0
3.0
15.0
3.0
Humanities Elective
6.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
3.0
Credits
17.0
General Electives
To ensure as seamless a transition to a four-year institution as
possible, students are encouraged to check with the transfer
institution when selecting courses.
Third Semester
16.0
General Electives
Fourth Semester
Credits
105, ENG 106, ENG 110, ENG 111, SPC
112, and SPC 122)
4.0
Credits
Humanities Elective
3.0
11.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
General Electives
6.0
Credits
Fourth Semester
General Electives
Credits
3.0
15.0
15.0
3.0
18.0
General Studies AS
The General Studies A.S. program of study is designed for students who
plan to transfer to a Bachelor of Science degree program at a four-year
institution. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of
Science (A.S.) degree.
First Semester
SDV 108
ENG 105
*The College Experience
Composition I
(MAT 121-227)
1.0
3.0
General Elective
Credits
Second Semester
ENG 106
Composition II
4.0
GRA 173
2.0
17.0
3.0
GRA 140
Digital Imaging (Photoshop)
3.0
GRA 104
Introduction to Graphic Communications
3.0
SPC 122
SPC 112
ART 147
Typography
Public Speaking
General Elective
3.0
GRA 121
Credits
Public Speaking OR
3.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
General Electives
7.0
Credits
Fourth Semester
3.0
16.0
3.0
General Electives
10.0
Credits
To ensure as seamless a transition to a four-year institution as
possible, students are encouraged to check with the transfer
institution when selecting courses.
3.0
16.0
GRA 137
Digital Design
GRA 949
Special Topics
GRA 148
ENG 105
CIS
207
BCA 155
3.0
Credits
Second Semester
15.0
3.0
Digital Drawing
3.0
Visual Web Design
3.0
1.0
Composition I
Fundamentals of Web Programming OR
Credits
GRA 141
Digital Imaging II
BUS 154
E-business
MKT 110
MGT 195
1.0
3.0
3.0
102 or higher)
3.0
(MAT
Credits
Fourth Semester
GRA 949
MKT 150
GRA 908
Special Topics
Principles of Advertising
Cooperative Education
Program Electives **
Credits
**Program electives must be selected from the following
courses or subjects:
Courses:
BCA 134 Word Processing 3
BCA 142 Spreadsheets 3
BUS 102 Introduction to Business 3
BUS 121 Business Communications 3
ENG 106 Composition II 3
GRA 165 Digital 3-D 3
JOU 110 Introduction to Mass Media
MKT 140 Principles of Selling 3
MKT 154 Visual Merchandising 3
MKT 184 Customer Service 3
MKT 198 Sports Marketing 3
MMS 113 Introduction to Media Production 3
PHI 142 Ethics in Business 3
Subjects:
ART Art
CIS Computer Programming
CSC Computer Science
3.0
3.0
Special Topics
Program Elective **
3.0
16.0
Third Semester
GRA 949
3.0
3.0
2-D and 3-D Foundations
7.0
Third Semester
SPC 122
Mathematics/Science Electives
SPC 112
The Graphic Communications program of study provides an exciting and
rewarding career for graduates. Graphic Communications provides
students with skills needed for graphic arts in printing and web
development, and with basic skills in marketing and e-commerce. Due to
the enormous growth factor and ever-expanding technological advances,
countless opportunities exist for graduates. Graduates of this program are
4.0
3.0
16.0
Graphic Communications
First Semester
3.0
30
3.0
3.0
19.0
1.0
3.0
3.0
6.0
3.0
16.0
Graphic Communications Diploma
The Graphic Communications Diploma program is designed to provide
graduates with knowledge and skills in to begin a career in the Graphic
Communications industry, or go on and complete the Associate of Applied
Science degree in Graphic Communications. Graduates of this program
are awarded a Diploma.
First Semester
GRA 104
Introduction to Graphic Communications
GRA 173
Typography
GRA 140
SPC 112
SPC 122
Public Speaking OR
Credits
Second Semester
Health & Human Performance
The Health and Human Performance program of study is designed for
transfer to four-year institutions with similar programs at the baccalaureate
level. Students acquire fundamental knowledge and skills in physical
fitness assessment, first-aid practices, health risk appraisal, and the
principles of leisure and recreation. Students will also have the option to
become a Certified Personal Trainer. Graduates of this program are
3.0
First Semester
3.0
ENG 105
3.0
3.0
12.0
BIO
151
PSY 210
PEH 102
*Nutrition
*Health
Credits
3.0
Second Semester
GRA 148
Visual Web Design
3.0
BIO
ENG 105
CIS
207
BCA 155
Composition I
Fundamentals of Web Programming OR
Credits
3.0
3.0
3.0
PEH 142
157
ENG 106
PEA 187
15.0
3.0
Digital Design
Digital Drawing
3.0
Composition I
GRA 137
GRA 121
31
3.0
3.0
15.0
*First Aid
3.0
5.0
17.0
3.0
Human Biology
4.0
Weight Training I
1.0
Composition II
(MAT 121-227)
Credits
Third Semester
3.0
3.0
17.0
3.0
4.0
18.0
PEH 170
3.0
BIO
4.0
HSC 272
168
HSV 259
*Certified Personal Trainer
*Introduction to Chemical Dependency
Credits
Fourth Semester
PSY 121
PEC 230
BIO
173
SPC 112
*Public Speaking
Credits
3.0
3.0
3.0
16.0
3.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
16.0
Health Information Technology Certificate
The Health Information Technology Certificate program of study prepares
the student for an entry-level position in a medical office. The student will
be exposed to health information technology in paper format as well as in
electronic format. Graduates of this program are awarded a certificate.
HSC 125
HSC 113
ENG 110
PSY 111
2.0
Introduction to Electronic Health Records
MAP 140
2.0
Administrative Office Procedures
MAP 128
MAP 124
Principles of Medical Insurance
3.0
Writing For The Workplace
3.0
Medical Terminology
Credits
The Human Services Addictive Studies program of study prepares
students to work in the field of chemical dependency counseling. Upon
graduation, individuals will have met all the educational requirements to be
certified as a Drug and Alcohol Counselor by the Iowa Board of
Certification. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of Arts
(A.A.) degree.
First Semester
2.0
Medical Jurisprudence
Human Services: Addictive Studies
2.0
Survey of Anatomy for Allied Health
MAP 408
2.0
32
ENG 105
Composition I
HSV 259
HSV 140
16.0
3.0
*Social Work and Social Welfare
121-227)
(MAT
Credits
Second Semester
ENG 106
Composition II
HSV 225
*Counseling Techniques
SOC 110
HSV 131
3.0
15.0
3.0
4.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
*Fundamentals of Case Management
3.0
Third Semester
PSY 121
3.0
Credits
SPC 112
3.0
Public Speaking
Developmental Psychology
3.0
4.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
HUM 287
*Leadership Development Studies
3.0
HSV 226
*Fundamentals of Family Counseling
3.0
HSV 115
*Agency and Community Resources
Credits
Fourth Semester
3.0
15.0
PSY 241
*Abnormal Psychology
HSV 180
*Ethics for Human Service Professionals
1.0
3.0
HSV 228
HSV 802
*Group Counseling Techniques
*Internship
Philosophy Elective
Humanities Elective **
Credits
**Recommended Humanities Electives:
FLS 141 Elementary Spanish I 4
LIT 134 Multicultural Literature 3
REL 101 Survey of World Religions 3
3.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
18.0
Human Services: Generalist
The Human Services Generalist program of study prepares students for
careers and further study in the human services field. Upon graduation,
students are prepared to begin working as a human services professional
in such areas as: domestic violence, crisis intervention, child welfare, and
with the elderly. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of
Arts (A.A.) degree.
First Semester
3.0
PSY 111
3.0
HSV 259
3.0
HSV 109
*Introduction to Human Services
121-227)
(MAT
Credits
Second Semester
ENG 106
Composition II
SOC 110
HSV 131
HSV 225
Summer
Credits
Philosophy Elective
Credits
Third Semester
SPC 112
Public Speaking
HUM 287
PSY 121
HSV 115
*Human Services Elective ***
HSV 802
15.0
4.0
16.0
3.0
4.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
***Human Services Electives must be selected from the
following:
HSV 190 Youth Care Issues 3
HSV 226 Fundamentals of Family Counseling 3
HSV 228 Group Counseling Theories and Practices 3
3.0
Credits
16.0
HSV 140
Statistics
*Social Work and Social Welfare
SOC 110
3.0
3.0
Philosophy Elective
3.0
HSV 225
HSV 131
Summer
Credits
Credits
SPC 112
HIS
152
HUM 287
HSV 115
Public Speaking
15.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Credits
15.0
HSV 228
HSV 802
16.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Fourth Semester
POL 111
4.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
General Biology I
PSY 121
3.0
4.0
Composition II
112
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
ENG 106
Third Semester
3.0
Credits
ECN 120
3.0
College Algebra OR
MAT 157
BIO
3.0
1.0
MAT 121
3.0
*Human Services Elective ***
Composition I
Second Semester
15.0
*Internship
ENG 105
3.0
Credits
Fourth Semester
HSV 180
3.0
The Human Services Pre-Social Work program of study is designed for
students intending to transfer to four-year institutions with social work
programs accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The
Human Services Pre-Social Work curriculum stresses general education
coursework. The program listed below is a recommended curriculum.
However, students are encouraged to see their program advisor for
specific course recommendations. Graduates of this program are awarded
First Semester
Composition I
PSY 111
Human Services: Pre-Social Work Transfer
3.0
ENG 105
33
*American National Government
*Internship
Credits
Students should meet with the program chair to discuss transfer
requirements.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
14.0
Human Services: Youth Worker
The Human Services Youth Worker program of study prepares students to
work with children and adolescents within a variety of settings such as
residential treatment centers, group homes, runaway crisis shelters,
hospital-based adolescent programs, and in juvenile detention centers.
Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of Arts (A.A.)
degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
Composition I
3.0
HSV 259
3.0
PSY 111
HSV 109
*Introduction to Human Services
121-227)
(MAT
Credits
Second Semester
3.0
15.0
16.0
Second Semester
Summer
Credits
Philosophy Elective
Credits
Third Semester
3.0
3.0
4.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
SPC 112
Public Speaking
HUM 287
3.0
*Youth Care Issues
3.0
PSY 121
HSV 115
HSV 190
Credits
Fourth Semester
3.0
2.0
HSV 228
*Fundamentals of Family Counseling OR
1.0
3.0
3.0
Credits
15.0
DRA 101
Composition II
Literature Elective
Public Speaking
3.0
3.0
15.0
3.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
18.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
Credits
16.0
Literature Elective
134
3.0
3.0
Introduction to Theatre
Credits
SPC 122
4.0
Short Story/Novel
Humanities Elective
Third Semester
SPC 112
3.0
3.0
LIT
*Internship
3.0
15.0
HSV 802
HSV 226
160
Credits
Fourth Semester
3.0
LIT
3.0
*Adolescent Psychology
HSV 180
ENG 106
3.0
PSY 224
(MAT
CSC 110
3.0
Composition I
4.0
ENG 105
Humanities Elective
HSV 225
HSV 131
First Semester
3.0
3.0
*Juvenile Delinquency
The Literature program of study prepares students to transfer to four-year
colleges and universities to complete undergraduate majors in Literature
and Communication Arts or pursue related fields in education. Students
study American literature, fiction, poetry, and drama. Graduates of this
3.0
Composition II
SOC 230
Literature
121-227)
ENG 106
34
Multicultural Literature
Literature Electives
Credits
Must include 12 credits of Literature Electives.
3.0
3.0
3.0
6.0
3.0
15.0
Management & Human Resources
The Management and Human Resources program of study is designed to
develop entry-level supervisory, managerial, and personnel resource skills.
Students develop a basic foundation in applicable business, supervision
and fundamental management skills. Human relations, accounting,
marketing, teams and quality fundamentals, problem solving, electronic
commerce, communications, and specialized areas of employee training
and evaluation, compensation and benefits, as well as labor/management
relations are intended to provide a background to enhance an individual’s
success as a supervisor or personnel officer in business and industry.
Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of Applied Science
(A.A.S.) degree.
First Semester
3.0
BCA 212
Applications
3.0
CSC 110
MGT 101
PSY 111
ENG 105
ENG 111
3.0
3.0
Technical Writing
3.0
Credits
18.0
3.0
Composition I OR
Social Science/Humanities Elective **
3.0
Second Semester
MGT 130
MGT 175
BUS 121
MGT 138
BUS 154
Introduction to Law for Managers and
Supervisors
3.0
Employee Evaluation and Training
Techniques
102 or higher) ***
3.0
3.0
(MAT
3.0
Credits
18.0
Third Semester
ACC 111
Introduction to Accounting OR
MGT 180
Management and Labor Relations
ACC 121
MGT 165
SPC 122
MKT 110
MGT 190
3.0
Principles of Quality
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Employee Compensation and Benefits
Management
3.0
Credits
18.0
Human Resource Management
3.0
Fourth Semester
MGT 170
ACC 311
Computer Accounting
MGT 932
Internship ****
3.0
Credits
15.0
SPC 112
MGT 195
Public Speaking
**SOC 115 or SOC 110 recommended.
***MAT 711 recommended.
****A minimum of three credits of internship are required.
The Marketing program of study provides students with an opportunity to
develop a technical understanding of marketing/retail principles and
procedures, merchandise selection/buying/distribution, entrepreneurship,
and promotional concepts. Students further develop their management
potential through extensive paid internships. Graduates of this program
are awarded an Associate of Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree.
First Semester
MKT 140
Principles of Selling
MKT 163
Merchandising
MKT 154
MKT 191
3.0
Visual Merchandising
3.0
105, 110 or 111)
3.0
Seminar I: Career Options
Credits
1.0
15.0
MKT 165
Retail Management
MKT 150
MKT 193
Seminar II: Applications in Management
1.0
Marketing/Business Elective *
3.0
Credits
18.0
3.0
BUS 130
MKT 189
BCA 184
Marketing Internship II
Comprehensive Web Page Design Software
OR
General Elective **
Third Semester
MKT 110
MKT 184
Customer Service
MKT 200
Marketing Intership III
MKT 101
Marketing Mathematics ***
BUS 154
MKT 196
E-business
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
2.0
*Marketing/Business Elective
3.0
Credits
MGT 170
BUS 121
MGT 195
3.0
1.0
Fourth Semester
MKT 190
3.0
3.0
Seminar III: Professional Development
International Marketing
Credits
**Computer science course recommended.
3.0
***May substitute with MAT 102 or higher.
20.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
8.0
3.0
Marketing Internship I
Second Semester
3.0
E-business
Marketing
MKT 185
BUS 102
35
*Marketing/Business Electives must be selected from the
following:
ACC 111 Introduction to Accounting 3
APP 150 Clothing Selection 3
APP 210 Apparel Textiles 3
3.0
18.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
15.0
Marketing Management
The Marketing Management program of study prepares graduates to
perform basic marketing functions in industrial, wholesale, retail, and
service areas. Students learn the principles of marketing and marketing
management, including sales, advertising, communication, business
mathematics, and computer skills. Graduates of this program are awarded
First Semester
MKT 140
*Principles of Selling
3.0
MKT 154
ENG 105
Composition I
3.0
Credits
15.0
ECN 120
Second Semester
MKT 150
ECN 130
ENG 106
*Principles of Advertising
3.0
3.0
*Marketing/Business Elective **
Composition II
121-227)
3.0
(MAT
Credits
Third Semester
SPC 112
3.0
15.0
Public Speaking
16.0
3.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
3.0
3.0
Credits
18.0
*International Marketing
3.0
4.0
Credits
16.0
Fourth Semester
MGT 170
4.0
3.0
*Marketing/Business Elective **
MKT 190
3.0
*Human Resource Management
**Marketing/Business Electives must be selected from the
following:
BUS 121 Business Communications 3
BUS 154 E-business 3
MKT 185 Marketing Internship I 2
MKT 189 Marketing Internship II 2
MKT 200 Marketing Internship III 2
3.0
3.0
*Principles of Management
The Marketing program of study, Fashion Marketing Option, prepares
students to be employed as store managers and assistant managers,
department coordinators, fashion coordinators, and consultants. This
program provides students with on-the-job training and knowledge of
retailing operations as well as specialized courses in textiles and clothing
selection. A highlight of this program is a study tour to a fashion center.
Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of Applied Science
(A.A.S.) degree.
3.0
MGT 101
Marketing: Fashion
First Semester
MKT 110
3.0
3.0
6.0
36
MKT 140
MKT 163
Merchandising
MKT 185
MKT 191
Visual Merchandising
105, 110 or 111)
3.0
MKT 165
Retail Management
MKT 150
MKT 189
MKT 193
Clothing Selection
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
2.0
Credits
18.0
3.0
Customer Service
MKT 200
MKT 196
15.0
1.0
MKT 184
BUS 154
1.0
General Elective *
Third Semester
MKT 110
3.0
2.0
Credits
APP 150
3.0
Second Semester
BUS 130
3.0
E-business
3.0
3.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
3.0
Credits
18.0
MGT 170
3.0
BUS 121
MKT 101
Marketing Mathematics **
Fourth Semester
APP 210
MGT 195
MKT 190
Apparel Textiles
Credits
*Computer science course recommended.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
15.0
Marketing: Lodging & Hospitality Management
The Marketing program of study, Lodging and Hospitality Management
Option, provides students an opportunity to develop a technical
understanding of the hospitality industry as a whole. This program option
takes a global look at hotels, clubs and restaurants from a management
viewpoint. It covers some of today’s hottest hospitality management
issues, including diversity, retention, TQM, harassment, leadership, and
ADA. Other features include business ethics, the managers’
responsibilities regarding meetings and conventions, human resources,
marketing and sales, franchising, and more. Graduates of this program are
First Semester
Marketing: Sports
The Sports Marketing program is designed to provide preparation for
marketing positions with professional sports teams, college and university
intercollegiate programs, intramural and recreation programs, and sports
stadiums and arenas. The program is designed to transfer to a four-year
institution. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of Arts
(A.A.) degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
Composition I
MKT 140
*Principles of Selling
CSC 110
MKT 110
121-227)
Hotel Front Office Management
MKT 110
3.0
Second Semester
MKT 191
1.0
MKT 150
MKT 185
105, 110 or 111)
3.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
Credits
15.0
HCM 310
Hospitality Law
3.0
MKT 189
2.0
Second Semester
MGT 170
MKT 193
MKT 165
Retail Management
General Elective *
Marketing/Business Elective **
3.0
1.0
3.0
3.0
18.0
MGT 101
3.0
MKT 184
Customer Service
3.0
2.0
3.0
Third Semester
MKT 101
BUS 154
MKT 200
MKT 196
Marketing Mathematics ***
E-business
Credits
Fourth Semester
MKT 150
BCA 184
BUS 121
MGT 195
MKT 190
Comprehensive Web Page Design Software
OR
Marketing/Business Elective **
3.0
3.0
1.0
18.0
following:
ACC 111 Introduction to Accounting 3
MKT 163 Merchandising 3
MKT 198
15.0
Composition II
ECN 120
Public Speaking
Ethics in Business
Credits
Fourth Semester
MKT 190
ECN 130
3.0
15.0
3.0
3.0
*Sports Marketing
Third Semester
142
16.0
Humanities Elective
Credits
PHI
4.0
3.0
SPC 112
3.0
*Principles of Advertising
*International Marketing
3.0
3.0
15.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
3.0
*Marketing/Business Electives **
Credits
BCA 184 Comprehensive Webpage Design Software 3
MKT 184 Customer Service 3
MKT 300 Sports Marketing Internship 1-8
3.0
*Computer science course recommended.
***May substitute with MAT 102 or higher.
ENG 106
3.0
3.0
(MAT
following:
3.0
Credits
3.0
3.0
3.0
Credits
3.0
Credits
3.0
HCM 598
MKT 140
37
6.0
18.0
Mathematics
The Mathematics program of study prepares students to transfer to a
baccalaureate program in mathematics. Students also have the
mathematics prerequisite needed for science classes at the junior and
senior level. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of
Science (A.S.) degree.
First Semester
MAT 211
ENG 105
*Calculus I
5.0
Credits
16.0
MMS 113
Introduction to Media Production
3.0
SPC 112
Public Speaking
3.0
3.0
*Calculus II
5.0
Composition II
3.0
3.0
Credits
17.0
6.0
Third Semester
SPC 112
*Calculus III
5.0
Public Speaking
3.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
General Elective
3.0
Credits
14.0
Fourth Semester
MAT 225
MAT 227
MAT 157
5.0
General Electives
MAT 220
The Applied Electronic Media Studies: Media Production program of study
will focus on all aspects of storytelling as it relates to video production and
distribution ( i.e. cable, web, and new media applications). The program is
highly specialized and allows for students to work in multiple video
production platforms found in all media environments today. Graduates of
this program are awarded an Associate of Applied Science (A.A.S.)
degree.
*Science Elective with Lab
3.0
Second Semester
ENG 106
Media Studies: Media Production
First Semester
Composition I
General Elective
MAT 217
38
*Differential Equations OR
*Elementary Differential Equations with
Laplace Transforms
3.0
*Statistics
4.0
General Electives
Credits
4.0
3.0
16.0
6.0
17.0
JOU 110
ENG 105
BCA 155
Introduction to Mass Media
3.0
Composition I
3.0
3.0
Credits
15.0
Second Semester
MMS 114
MMS 134
MMS 204
MMS 296
Media Production II
102 or higher)
(MAT
Media Writing
3.0
3.0
3.0
New Media Production
3.0
3.0
Video Practicum I
Credits
Third Semester
1.0
16.0
MMS 231
Advanced Video Production I
3.0
MMS 291
Video Cooperative Education
3.0
MMS 123
MMS 297
HUM 122
Electronic Media Performance
Electronic Media Studies Elective **
Video Practicum II
American Film
Credits
Fourth Semester
MMS 150
MMS 232
MMS 301
MGT 195
Electronic News Writing
Advanced Video Production II
Video Practicum III
Electronic Media Studies Electives **
Credits
**Electronic Media Studies electives must be
selected from the following:
GRA 140 Digital Imaging 3
GRA 165 Digital 3-D 3
MKT 150 Principles of Advertising 3
MMS 190 Broadcast Promotions 3
MMS 135 Copy Writing 3
MMS 260 Electronic Media Sales and Management 3
MMS 291 Video Cooperative Education 3
3.0
3.0
1.0
3.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
2.0
6.0
3.0
17.0
Media Studies: Radio Performance & Production
The Applied Electronic Media Studies: Radio Broadcasting Performance
and Production program of study allows students to work with professional
radio personnel and learn how to develop the skills needed to move
directly into the radio industry after graduation. The program features
extensive work in the areas of on-air performance, vocal and personality
development, and production. In addition, the program includes general
coursework in promotions, sales and management, news writing,
maintaining web sites, and programming. Students enhance their
classroom experience through participation in station operations at
KIWR-FM, 89.7 The River. Graduates of this program are awarded an
First Semester
3.0
MMS 340
Radio Practicum I
1.0
MMS 123
SPC 112
ENG 105
Audio Production
3.0
3.0
Composition I
3.0
Public Speaking
3.0
Credits
16.0
Second Semester
MMS 341
Radio Practicum II
1.0
MMS 205
Advanced Audio Production
3.0
MMS 135
MMS 190
MMS 261
Introduction to Copy Writing
3.0
Broadcast Promotions
3.0
Programming for the Electronic Media
Credits
Third Semester
3.0
3.0
3.0
(MAT
Radio Practicum I
1.0
MMS 123
3.0
Composition I
3.0
MMS 340
SPC 112
ENG 105
3.0
MMS 135
Introduction to Copy Writing
3.0
MMS 261
Programming for the Electronic Media
3.0
3.0
MMS 190
Broadcast Promotions
MKT 110
MGT 130
MKT 140
3.0
Credits
3.0
102 or higher)
3.0
3.0
MGT 195
Credits
**Electronic Media Studies electives must be selected from
the following (minimum of 9 hours):
JOU 211 Ethics in the Media 3
MGT 130 Principles of Supervision 3
MKT 140 Principles of Selling 3
MMS 151 Fall Sports Announcing 3
MMS 152 Spring Sports Announcing 3
MMS 153 Summer Sports Announcing 3
MMS 344 Radio Practicum V 1
MMS 345 Radio Practicum VI 1
MUS 305 Introduction to Audio 3
MUS 306 Digital Audio Production I 3
SPC 140 Oral interpretation 3
3.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
Electronic Media Sales and Management
MGT 195
3.0
Electronic Media Sales and Management
MMS 260
3.0
(MAT
18.0
MMS 290
Radio Cooperative Education
3.0
Credits
3.0
MMS 290
3.0
3.0
Electronic News Writing
1.0
3.0
MMS 150
MMS 260
3.0
15.0
Fourth Semester
Radio Practicum IV
16.0
Second Semester
16.0
MMS 343
3.0
Credits
Credits
Fourth Semester
3.0
Public Speaking
GRA 140
102 or higher)
3.0
Audio Production
Third Semester
BCA 155
MMS 105
16.0
3.0
1.0
JOU 110
BCA 155
Radio Practicum III
Advanced Radio Performance
First Semester
3.0
MMS 342
MMS 223
The Applied Electronic Media Studies: Radio Broadcasting Promotions,
Sales and Web program of study features extensive coursework in the
areas of sales, management, promotions and web design. The program
allows students to work with professional radio personnel to enable
graduates to move directly into the radio industry. Cousework includes
intensive work in sales, marketing, management, promotions and web
design. The program also features general coursework in production, radio
performance and announcing, and programming. Students enhance their
classroom experience through participation in station operations at
KIWR-FM, 89.7 The River. Graduates of this program are awarded an
JOU 110
MMS 105
Media Studies: Radio Promotions, Sales & Web
Radio Cooperative Education
3.0
3.0
3.0
Credits
15.0
**Electronic Media Studies electives must be
selected from the following (minimum of 9 hours):
BCA Comprehensive Web Page Design Software 3
CIS 227 Advanced Web Design 3
JOU 211 Ethics in Media 3
MMS 150 Electronic News Writing 3
MMS 205 Advanced Audio Production 3
MMS 223 Advanced Radio Performance 3
MMS 341 Radio Practicum II 1
MMS 342 Radio Practicum III 1
MMS 343 Radio Practicum IV 1
3.0
39
Media Studies: Radio/Television/Video
The Electronic Media Studies: Radio/Television/Video program of study is
designed as a transfer program with basic core courses in all aspects of
the broadcast industry. The program coursework contains both strong
theoretical and practical applications. Graduates of this program are
First Semester
40
Media Studies: Sports Media Technology
The Applied Electronic Media Studies: Sports Media Technology program
of study prepares students to be employed as sports media specialists.
The two-year program provides students the opportunity to explore and
hone their skills in the sports media industry. Students work to develop
skills in radio, video and sports journalism. Upon completion of the
program, students are awarded an Associate of Applied Science (A.A.S.)
degree.
JOU 110
*Introduction to Mass Media
3.0
MMS 113
*Introduction to Media Production
3.0
First Semester
SPC 112
*Public Speaking
3.0
MMS 105
Audio Production
MMS 113
Introduction to Media Production
3.0
Sports Media Practicum I
1.0
MMS 105
ENG 105
*Audio Production
3.0
Composition I
3.0
Credits
15.0
Second Semester
MMS 135
*Introduction to Copy Writing
3.0
ENG 106
Composition II
3.0
MMS 150
*Electronic News Writing
3.0
3.0
Credits
15.0
3.0
Third Semester
MMS 123
*Electronic Media Performance
3.0
121-227)
3.0
(MAT
Humanities Elective
Credits
Fourth Semester
MMS 260
3.0
15.0
3.0
4.0
3.0
16.0
*Electronic Media Sales and Management
3.0
4.0
3.0
*Electronic Media Studies Elective **
Credits
**Radio students must take Audio Production and Radio
Practicum I. Video/Television students must take Introduction to
Media Production and Video Practicum I.
***Electronic Media Studies electives must be selected
from the following:
BCA 155 Introduction to Web Design 3
MMS 107 Sports Production I - Visual 3
MMS 114 Media Production II 3
MMS 134 Media Writing 3
MMS 190 Broadcast Promotions 3
MMS 204 New Media Production 3
MMS 205 Advanced Audio Production 3
MMS 231 Advanced Video Production I 3
MMS 232 Advanced Video Production II 3
MMS 261 Programming for the Electronic Media 3
MMS 290 Radio Cooperative Education 3
MMS 291 Video Cooperative Education 3
3.0
ENG 105
MMS 123
MMS 146
MMS 306
Composition I
3.0
3.0
3.0
Sports Information and Copywriting
3.0
Credits
16.0
Second Semester
MMS 134
MMS 152
MMS 108
MMS 307
Media Writing
102 or higher)
(MAT
Spring Sports Announcing
Sports Production - Audio
BCA 155
MMS 107
MKT 110
Credits
16.0
3.0
Sports Field Production
Fourth Semester
MMS 930
MMS 309
3.0
3.0
19.0
MKT 198
1.0
MMS 308
MMS 109
3.0
3.0
3.0
Sports Media Practicum II
6.0
MGT 195
3.0
General Elective
Third Semester
JOU 110
3.0
Sports Media Practicum III
Credits
3.0
3.0
1.0
16.0
3.0
Advanced Sports Production
3.0
Sports Marketing
Sports Media Internship
Sports Media Practicum IV
Credits
**Electronic Media Studies electives must be selected from
the following:
JOU 211 Ethics in Media 3
MMS 114 Media Production II 3
MMS 204 New Media Production 3
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.0
16.0
Medical Assistant
The Medical Assistant program serves “to prepare competent entry-level
medical assistants in the cognitive (knowledge), psychomotor (skills), and
affective (behavior) learning domains,”; preparing students to be employed
as administrative and clinical assistants in a medical provider’s office. The
ten-month program includes practical experience of 190 unpaid practicum
hours in a provider’s office. Upon completion, students are eligible to take
the American Association of Medical Assistants (AAMA) examination to
become a Certified Medical Assistant (CMA, AAMA). Graduates of this
program are awarded a diploma. The Medical Assistant Program at Iowa
Western Community College is accredited by the Commission on
Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (www.caahep.org) upon
the recommendation of the Medical Assistant Education Review Board
(MAERB). The program has been placed on Probationary Accreditation as
of July 31, 2014. For more information, contact the Commission on
Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP) at this
address: 1361 Park Street, Clearwater, FL 33756. Phone (727) 210-2350.
http://www.maerb.org.
Microbiology Transfer
The Microbiology Transfer program of study provides the student with the
first two years of an Iowa State University baccalaureate degree in
microbiology. This program meets requirements for the first two years of
the Iowa State University microbiology major. Graduates of this program
are awarded an Associate of Science (A.S.) degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
Composition I
3.0
CHM 166
5.0
BIO
112
*General Biology I
Credits
Second Semester
CHM 176
5.0
PHI
3.0
105
*General Biology II
*Statistics
Credits
Third Semester
Administrative Office Procedures
2.0
CHM 263
Medical Jurisprudence
2.0
Applications
3.0
Fourth Semester
3.0
CHM 273
Credits
20.0
MAP 215
Medical Laboratory Techniques
4.0
MAP 140
Principles of Medical Insurance
3.0
Basics of Pharmacology
3.0
Fundamentals of Medical Assisting I
HSC 113
Medical Terminology
MAP 124
MAP 408
CSC 110
BCA 212
110 or 111)
Second Semester
MAP 338
MAP 128
MAP 514
Summer
MAP 612
MAP 601
Fundamentals of Medical Assisting II
Introduction to Electronic Health Records
4.0
2.0
4.0
2.0
Psychology Elective
3.0
Medical Assistant Externship
3.0
Credits
4.0
Credits
Medical Assistant Seminar
order to graduate.
19.0
1.0
15.0
3.0
113
4.0
MAP 333
3.0
Composition II
BIO
HSC 126
4.0
ENG 106
MAT 157
First Semester
41
SPC 112
BIO
157
Public Speaking
186
4.0
19.0
3.0
5.0
6.0
Human Biology
Credits
BIO
4.0
*Microbiology
Credits
4.0
18.0
4.0
5.0
3.0
12.0
Music
The Music program of study prepares students to transfer credits to the
music programs of four-year colleges and universities. Students majoring
in vocal or instrumental music acquire knowledge of sight singing and ear
training, music theory and performance. Graduates of this program are
First Semester
MUS 400
MUS 410
MUS 185
ENG 105
MUS 100
*Music in Theory and Practice I
3.0
*Ear Training and Sight Singing I
1.0
MUS 411
MUS 186
ENG 106
SPC 112
PSY 121
First Semester
Composition I
3.0
MUS 306
1.0
*Ensemble **
121-227)
1.0
(MAT
Music Appreciation
Credits
3.0
17.0
*Music in Theory and Practice II
*Ear Training and Sight Singing II
*Class Piano II
MUS 412
MUS 187
3.0
18.0
1.0
*Music in Theory and Practice I
MUS 410
MUS 185
ENG 105
3.0
17.0
3.0
Composition I
121-227)
1.0
MUS 186
*Class Piano II
SPC 112
Public Speaking
ENG 106
Composition II
American History Elective
Credits
4.0
Credits
15.0
PSY 121
3.0
Fourth Semester
1.0
MUS 403
Fourth Semester
MUS 403
*Music in Theory and Practice IV
MUS 188
*Class Piano IV
*Ear Training and Sight Singing IV
1.0
*Applied Voice IV OR Instrument IV
2.0
Psychology Elective
3.0
Music Elective
1.0
*Ensemble **
History Elective
Credits
**Students must choose one of the following areas of
ensemble concentration and take all of the courses for that
area of concentration:
Concert Choir
MUS 134 Concert Choir I 1
MUS 141 Concert Choir II 1
MUS 142 Concert Choir III 1
MUS 240 Concert Choir IV 1
Jazz Ensemble
MUS 124 Instrumental Jazz Ensemble I 1
MUS 182 Instrumental Jazz Ensemble II 1
MUS 183 Instrumental Jazz Ensemble III 1
MUS 184 Instrumental Jazz Ensemble IV 1
Marching/Concert Band
MUS 131 Concert Band I 1
MUS 370 Marching Band I 1
MUS 371 Marching Band II 1
MUS 245 Concert Band II 1
1.0
3.0
15.0
18.0
*Ear Training and Sight Singing II
3.0
4.0
MUS 411
MUS 402
17.0
3.0
3.0
*Music in Theory and Practice II
2.0
1.0
3.0
*Digital Audio Production II
*Applied Voice III OR Instrument III
1.0
(MAT
MUS 307
Third Semester
*Class Piano III
1.0
Credits
1.0
*Ear Training and Sight Singing III
3.0
1.0
*Class Piano I
MUS 401
3.0
3.0
*Ear Training and Sight Singing I
1.0
*Music in Theory and Practice III
MUS 400
3.0
*Digital Audio Production I
Second Semester
3.0
Credits
*Introduction to Audio
1.0
Composition II
Public Speaking
MUS 305
3.0
2.0
*Ensemble **
*Ensemble **
MUS 413
4.0
*Applied Voice II OR Instrument II
Third Semester
MUS 402
The Music Technology program of study is designed to prepare students
for all phases of music, including music theory, sight singing and ear
training, keyboard skills, and music performance. In addition to receiving
traditional music training, this program will also introduce aspects of live
music production and digital audio recording. With this combination of
training, students can apply technical music skills to music education or
music performance by operating mixing consoles, recording rehearsals
and performances, and sequencing and notating music. Graduates of this
2.0
Second Semester
MUS 401
Music: Music Technology
*Applied Voice I OR Instrument I
*Class Piano I
42
3.0
1.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
17.0
MUS 330
*Audio Mixing I
MUS 412
*Ear Training and Sight Singing III
1.0
4.0
Credits
15.0
MUS 187
*Music in Theory and Practice III
*Class Piano III
3.0
3.0
1.0
3.0
MUS 310
*Recording Project I
MUS 413
*Ear Training and Sight Singing IV
1.0
3.0
Psychology Elective
3.0
MUS 188
*Music in Theory and Practice IV
*Class Piano IV
Non-Music Humanities Elective
Credits
1.0
3.0
1.0
3.0
15.0
Nursing: Advanced Nursing Assistant Certificate
The Advanced Nursing Assistant Certificate program of study prepares
students for entry level positions in healthcare. The curriculum exposes
students to processes, vocabulary and an overview of the healthcare field.
Upon completion of this program, students are eligible to take the Nurse
Aide written and skills tests and become certified as a Certified Nurse Aid
(CNA). Graduates of this program are awarded a certificate.
HSC 172
Nurse Aide
3.0
CPR and First Aid in the Workplace
1.0
HSC 113
Medical Terminology
MGT 195
3.0
BIO
*
4.0
PEH 130
HSC 126
168
ENG 110
ENG 105
Anatomy for Allied Health OR
Composition I *
Credits
*Students interested in advancing to the Practical or Associate
Degree Nursing program should complete these courses.
2.0
3.0
16.0
Nursing: Advanced Placement Associate Degree
The Advanced Placement Associate Degree Nursing program of study is
designed specifically for the practicing LPN. This program prepares
students in role transition from LPN to RN, building on existing nursing
foundations. With a curriculum designed to encompass care of individuals
and families through the life span, theory and clinical are enhanced
through the use of the nursing process. Graduates of the program are
awarded an Associate of Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree. They are
eligible for the NCLEX-RN exam and are prepared to function in all areas
of nursing.
Program Prerequisite: Current, valid Practical Nursing License.
General Education Courses that must be completed prior to first semester of
nursing:
BIO 168 Human Anatomy and Physiology I with Labs 4
BIO 173 Human Anatomy and Physiology II with Labs 4
BIO 151 Nutrition 3
PSY 121 Developmental Psychology 3
BIO 186 Microbiology 4
MGT 195 Workplace Empowerment 3
First Semester
ADN 131
ADN 133
ADN 631
ADN 132
Bridging LPN to ADN, Theory and Laboratory
**
Health Assessment Across the Life Span
4.0
Credits
8.5
Professional Topics III
ADN 222
Pharmacology
ADN 320
Professional Topics IV
ADN 330
1.0
3.0
Nursing Care Through the Life Span IV
8.5
Credits
12.5
Third Semester
ADN 633
1.5
Nursing Care Through the Life Span III
Second Semester
ADN 632
2.0
1.0
Nursing Care Through the Life Span V
10.0
Credits
11.0
Professional Topics V
**Iowa Western Community College PNN graduates do not
need to complete this course.
Courses with ADN prefix must be completed in the sequence
listed above. Students must earn a “C” or higher in all required
courses in order to graduate.
1.0
43
Nursing: Associate Degree Nursing
Location: Council Bluffs campus, Clarinda center
The Associate Degree Nursing program of study prepares students to
deliver safe patient care in simple and complex situations. Learners focus
on acquiring a knowledge base in basic sciences, oral and written
communication, human behavior, and social sciences. These courses form
a foundation for the study of the nursing care needs of persons of all ages.
A combination of classroom instruction and actual supervised experiences
caring for patients in a variety of health care settings is used to prepare
learners to function in an entry-level staff nurse position after graduation.
Upon completion of the first year of the curriculum, graduates are awarded
a diploma and are qualified to write the National Council of State Board of
Nursing (NCLEX-PN) examination for practical nurses. Upon completion of
the second year of the curriculum, graduates are awarded an Associate of
Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree and qualified to write the National Council
of State Boards of Nursing (NCLEX-RN) examination for registered
nurses.
Program Prerequisite: Current, valid CNA Certificate.
Prerequisite to Fourth Semester: Current Practical Nursing License.
nursing:
First Semester
1.0
PNN 167
Foundations of Nursing
5.0
Credits
12.0
PNN 168
Introduction to Math and Medications
Practical Nursing I
Second Semester
1.0
5.0
PNN 177
Practical Nursing II
4.5
PNN 205
Practical Nursing Pharmacology
1.0
PNN 178
PNN 322
BIO
151
Practical Nursing III
1.0
Credits
14.0
Third Semester
ADN 631
Nursing Care Through the Life Span III
PSY 111
ADN 132
ADN 133
186
3.0
4.0
Professional Topics III
1.0
Health Assessment Across the Life Span
1.5
Credits
Fourth Semester
BIO
4.5
Professional Topics II
Nutrition
Microbiology
3.0
9.5
4.0
ADN 632
Nursing Care Through the Life Span IV
8.5
ADN 320
Professional Topics IV
1.0
Credits
19.5
ADN 222
MGT 195
Pharmacology
Fifth Semester
3.0
3.0
ADN 633
Nursing Care Through the Life Span V
10.0
SOC 110
3.0
ADN 330
Professional Topics V
Credits
Courses with a PNN/ADN prefix must be completed in the
sequence listed above. Students must earn a “C” or higher in all
required courses in order to graduate.
Location: Council Bluffs campus, Clarinda center, Harlan center
The Practical Nursing program of study prepares graduates to provide
direct nursing care for individual clients with common health needs in
structured health care settings under the direction and supervision of a
registered nurse or physician. Graduates are awarded a diploma and are
qualified to write the National Council of State Board of Nursing
(NCLEX-PN) examination for practical nurses. This common core of
nursing knowledge supports an educational ladder concept and serves as
the foundational courses for the Associate Degree Nursing program
offered at the college.
Program Prerequisite: Current, valid CNA certificate.
nursing:
First Semester
PNN 321
Professional Topics I
PNN 167
Foundations of Nursing
PNN 168
Professional Topics I
PNN 201
Nursing: Practical Nursing
PNN 201
PNN 321
1.0
14.0
44
1.0
Introduction to Math and Medications
1.0
Practical Nursing I
5.0
Credits
Second Semester
5.0
12.0
PNN 177
Practical Nursing II
PNN 205
Practical Nursing Pharmacology
1.0
Nutrition
3.0
PNN 178
PNN 322
BIO
151
Practical Nursing III
Professional Topics II
Credits
Courses with PNN prefix must be completed in the sequence
listed above. Students must earn a “C” or higher in all required
4.5
4.5
1.0
14.0
Paralegal Studies
Personal Trainer Certificate
First Semester
The Paralegal Studies program of study prepares students for a variety of
paralegal positions. The program focuses on basic legal courses exploring
the great diversity of the profession and legal subject matter. Significant
emphasis is placed upon practical application as well as general legal
theory. Ethical concerns and legal research and writing skills are
emphasized in each course. An internship is an integral part of the
paralegal studies curriculum. Graduates of this program are awarded an
PRL 101
*Paralegal Studies Orientation
POL 111
ENG 105
3.0
Composition I
121-227)
3.0
(MAT
Credits
Second Semester
PRL 115
ENG 106
POL 201
3.0
15.0
*Legal Research and Writing
Composition II
*The U.S. Constitution
16.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
Credits
16.0
PRL 168
*Property/Probate
BUS 185
*Business Law I
*Torts and Litigation I
Humanities Elective
Credits
Fourth Semester
PRL 281
*Legal Ethics
PRL 933
*Internship **
SPC 112
3.0
3.0
Third Semester
PRL 161
4.0
Humanities Elective
PRL 131
3.0
*Family Law
Public Speaking
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
16.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Credits
17.0
Humanities Elective
Students must have a 2.5 cumulative grade point average to
graduate.
**Students must earn a grade of “B” or higher in their internship
course in order to graduate.
3.0
45
Personal Trainer program will prepare students to work as a Certified
Personal Trainer. This program will consist of academic achievement in
the areas of human anatomy, nutrition, exercise prescription, healthy
lifestyles, and basic sports injury recognition and treatments. Upon
successful completion of the National Personal Training Certification
exam, a student will become certified and eligible to work. Graduates of
this program are awarded a certificate.
HSC 113
BIO
151
PEH 102
HSC 126
PEH 170
HSC 272
Medical Terminology
Nutrition
Health
2.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
3.0
Credits
18.0
Certified Personal Trainer
3.0
Physical Therapist Assistant
The Physical Therapist Assistant program of study prepares graduates to
assume an active role in the provision of physical therapy services under
the direction and supervision of a licensed physical therapist. A
combination of classroom, laboratory and actual supervised clinical
experiences caring for patients is used. Graduates of the program can
seek employment in hospitals, outpatient clinics, long-term care facilities
or other health related agencies. Graduates are awarded an Associate of
Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree. The Physical Therapist Assistant
program at Iowa Western Community College is accredited by the
Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE),
1111 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, VA 22314; telephone:
703-706-3245;
email:
accreditation@apta.org;
website:
http://www.capteonline.org.
Prerequisite: Current, valid American Heart Association Healthcare Provider CPR.
First Semester
BIO
168
4.0
Composition I
3.0
HSC 113
Medical Terminology
2.0
Basic Skills for the Physical Therapist
Assistant
3.0
MAT 743
PTA
PTA
102
105
Summer
BIO
BIO
209
173
Introduction to Physical Therapist Assistant
211
SPC 120
PSY 111
PTA
107
PTA
222
PTA
310
PTA
181
3.0
18.0
Kinesiology
3.0
Credits
7.0
Pathophysiology
3.0
Third Semester
BIO
3.0
Credits
Intercultural Communications
4.0
3.0
3.0
Therapeutic Exercise I
3.0
Documentation for Physical Therapist
Assistant
Therapeutic Modality
Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical I
1.0
3.0
1.0
Credits
17.0
MGT 195
3.0
PTA
Pediatric and Neurological Issues
4.0
Fourth Semester
PTA
215
PTA
227
PTA
248
385
Summer
PTA
415
PTA
280
PTA
480
Orthopedic Issues
Therapeutic Exercise II
Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical II
Credits
Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical III
Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical IV
Physical Therapist Assistant Seminar
Credits
**May substitute MAT 121 or higher.
order to graduate.
Pre-Engineering
The Pre-Engineering program of study prepares students to transfer to a
baccalaureate degree program in engineering. This program provides a
varying number of transfer credits depending upon the type of engineering
and transfer institution requirements. Graduates of this program are
First Semester
MAT 211
*Calculus I
5.0
CHM 166
5.0
EGR 160
*Engineering I
ENG 105
EGR 100
4.0
3.0
3.0
17.0
5.0
6.0
1.0
12.0
Composition I
3.0
*Engineering Orientation
1.0
Credits
17.0
Second Semester
3.0
MAT 217
*Calculus II
5.0
PHY 210
*Classical Physics I (Calculus based)
4.0
EGR 165
*Engineering II
3.0
ENG 106
ENG 105
46
PHY 211
Composition II
*Classical Physics I Lab
Credits
Third Semester
MAT 227
PHY 220
PHY 221
*Elementary Differential Equations with
Laplace Transforms
Classical Physics II (Calculus based)
Classical Physics II Lab
Social Science/Humanities Electives **
3.0
1.0
16.0
4.0
4.0
1.0
6.0
Credits
15.0
MAT 220
Calculus III
5.0
CHM 176
General Chemistry II
5.0
Fourth Semester
SPC 112
Public Speaking
Credits
**Electives should be chosen to match requirements of transfer
institutions.
3.0
3.0
16.0
Pre-Law
Pre-Medicine
First Semester
First Semester
The Pre-Law University Transfer program of study prepares students for a
law career by combining a broad liberal arts education with specific
preparation in both law and business. Students may transfer to a four-year
university to complete their undergraduate training. Students must
complete the curriculum as described and maintain a 3.0 grade point
average for graduation. Graduates of this program are awarded an
ENG 105
SOC 110
POL 111
BUS 185
Composition I
3.0
*Introduction to Sociology
3.0
3.0
*Business Law I
3.0
3.0
Credits
Second Semester
ENG 106
POL 201
Composition II
*The U.S. Constitution
121-227)
(MAT
General Electives
130
SPC 112
CHM 166
MAT 211
Composition I
3.0
5.0
Credits
16.0
*Nutrition
*Calculus I
15.0
Second Semester
3.0
BIO
3.0
4.0
ENG 106
168
CHM 176
SPC 112
Composition II
3.0
Credits
PHI
Humanities Elective
3.0
*Family Law
*Legal Research and Writing
Philosophy Elective
Credits
3.0
3.0
15.0
3.0
3.0
BIO
173
PSY 111
101
Labs
186
CHM 273
PSY 241
4.0
3.0
Credits
Microbiology
3.0
15.0
4.0
5.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
Credits
18.0
Abnormal Psychology
SOC 110
4.0
17.0
15.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
5.0
Fourth Semester
BIO
3.0
Public Speaking
3.0
19.0
5.0
4.0
Literature Elective
17.0
3.0
CHM 263
Credits
PRL 115
151
3.0
Public Speaking
Fourth Semester
PSY 111
BIO
*Criminal Law
General Elective
PRL 161
ENG 105
Third Semester
Credits
8.0
The Pre-Medicine program of study is designed for students who are
interested in pursuing the medical profession as a career. The
Pre-Medicine curriculum emphasizes study in general education
coursework especially in the sciences. It represents a generalized plan of
study for continuing into the junior year of college as a pre-medicine major.
Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of Science (A.S.)
degree.
9.0
Third Semester
CRJ
3.0
47
3.0
3.0
Pre-Occupational Therapy
The Pre-Occupational Therapy program of study is designed for students
who plan to transfer to a four-year institution to complete a bachelor’s
degree in occupational therapy. The curriculum is contoured to meet the
requirements generally expected of students majoring in Pre-Occupational
Therapy. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of Science
(A.S.) degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
Composition I
3.0
CHM 166
5.0
BIO
157
PSY 111
*Human Biology
Credits
Second Semester
ENG 106
BIO
168
CHM 176
Composition II
173
PSY 241
BIO
186
MAT 157
BIO
168
CHM 166
MAT 211
Composition I
4.0
*Calculus I
5.0
Credits
15.0
Second Semester
3.0
BIO
4.0
5.0
ENG 106
173
CHM 176
Composition II
Labs
3.0
CHM 263
*Public Speaking
Labs
3.0
4.0
Abnormal Psychology
3.0
*Statistics
4.0
Microbiology
Credits
PHI
CHM 273
4.0
3.0
Additional Recommended Courses for the Program:
CHM 263 Organic Chemistry I 5
CSC 110 Introduction to Computers 3
HIS 110 Western Civilization-Ancient to Early Modern 3
HIS 111 Western Civilization-Early Modern to Present 3
PHY 156 General Physics I 4
PHY 157 General Physics I Lab 1
HSC 113 Medical Terminology 2
BIO 209 Kinesiology 3
Credits
18.0
Fourth Semester
3.0
PSY 111
*Public Speaking
4.0
Credits
Credits
SPC 112
3.0
13.0
BIO
186
3.0
Third Semester
*College Algebra
SOC 110
ENG 105
18.0
MAT 121
105
First Semester
Credits
Fourth Semester
PSY 121
The Pre-Pharmacy program of study is designed for students who are
interested in pursuing pharmacy as a career choice. The curriculum is
structured for transfer to institutions with professional schools of pharmacy.
Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of Science (A.S.)
degree.
3.0
Third Semester
BIO
3.0
Pre-Pharmacy
General Elective
SPC 112
4.0
48
Microbiology
5.0
17.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
18.0
3.0
5.0
3.0
3.0
14.0
4.0
5.0
3.0
Credits
15.0
MAT 157 Statistics 4
3.0
Pre-Physical Therapy
Pre-Physician Assistant
First Semester
First Semester
The Pre-Physical Therapy program of study is designed for students who
plan to pursue a career as a physical therapist. The curriculum is transferoriented and is contoured to meet the requirements generally expected of
students in their first two years of college. Graduates of this program are
ENG 105
Composition I
3.0
CHM 166
5.0
Credits
16.0
Composition II
3.0
BIO
157
MAT 121
*Human Biology
*College Algebra **
Second Semester
ENG 106
BIO
168
CHM 176
Credits
Third Semester
SPC 112
BIO
173
PSY 121
*Public Speaking
Labs
MAT 157
PSY 111
4.0
5.0
6.0
The Pre-Physician Assistant program of study is designed for students
who plan to pursue a career as a physician assistant. The curriculum is
contoured to meet the requirements generally expected of students in their
first two years of college. Graduates of this program are awarded an
Associate of Science (A.S.) degree.
ENG 105
BIO
157
CHM 166
MAT 121
3.0
4.0
3.0
Credits
16.0
3.0
Composition I
*Human Biology
ENG 106
BIO
168
CHM 176
5.0
Credits
16.0
*College Algebra
Composition II
173
PSY 121
PSY 241
3.0
Credits
18.0
*Public Speaking
Labs
*Abnormal Psychology
Humanities Elective
Credits
*Microbiology
4.0
Fourth Semester
Humanities Elective
3.0
MAT 157
Credits
14.0
*Statistics **
**May substitute MAT 211 Calculus I for MAT 121 College
Algebra and MAT 157 Statistics.
4.0
3.0
BIO
186
3.0
4.0
Third Semester
BIO
4.0
General Elective
SPC 112
3.0
4.0
Second Semester
18.0
3.0
Fourth Semester
186
4.0
BIO
4.0
49
5.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
16.0
*Microbiology
4.0
3.0
Credits
14.0
*Statistics
General Elective
BIO 211 Pathophysiology 3
BIO 209 Kinesiology 3
HSC 113 Medical Terminology 2
4.0
3.0
Pre-Respiratory Therapy
The Pre-Respiratory Therapy program of study is designed for students
who plan to pursue a career as a respiratory therapist. Graduates of this
program are awarded an Associate of Science (A.S.) degree.
First Semester
MAT 121
*College Algebra OR
MAT 211
*Calculus I
CHM 166
BIO
157
PSY 111
*Human Biology
4.0
Credits
Second Semester
4.0
19.0
20.0
SPC 112
3.0
Composition I
3.0
PHY 156
*General Physics I
4.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
168
PHY 157
*General Physics I Lab
Credits
Third Semester
4.0
Labs
4.0
Credits
Fourth Semester
BIO
186
*Microbiology
3.0
6.0
16.0
4.0
3.0
General Electives
4.0
Humanities Elective
Credits
BIO 113 General Biology II 4
CHM 176 General Chemistry II 5
BIO 211 Pathophysiology 3
3.0
3.0
101
SOC 110
3.0
14.0
ENG 106
111
PSY 293
PSY 113
3.0
3.0
Credits
LIT
BIO
PHI
PSY 111
3.0
Public Speaking
15.0
3.0
*Public Speaking
Composition I
Second Semester
Composition II
173
ENG 105
1.0
ENG 106
SPC 112
The Psychology program of study prepares students to transfer to
four-year colleges and universities to complete undergraduate majors in
psychology and/or related fields. Students acquire a broad understanding
of human behavior that encompasses adjustment, development,
abnormality, counseling, research, and intelligence. The curriculum
includes courses which provide both practical and theoretical information.
degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
BIO
Psychology
3.0
5.0
General Elective
5.0
50
15.0
Composition II
3.0
Personality and Adjustment
3.0
Issues in Psychology
121-227)
(MAT
Credits
Third Semester
BIO
112
PSY 121
113
3.0
15.0
4.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
General Biology I
General Electives
Fourth Semester
PSY 241
3.0
Humanities Elective
Credits
BIO
3.0
American Literature since Mid 1800s
General Biology II
Abnormal Psychology
General Electives
Credits
Must include 12 credits from the following:
PSY 113 Personality and Adjustment 3
PSY 224 Adolescent Psychology 3
PSY 251 Social Psychology 3
PSY 261 Human Sexuality 3
PSY 281 Educational Psychology 3
PSY 293 Issues in Psychology 3
4.0
7.0
17.0
4.0
3.0
10.0
17.0
51
Robotics/Automated Systems Technology
Sign Language Interpreting
Courses that must be completed prior to first semester of Sign Language:
The Robotics/Automated Systems Technology program of study prepares
students for a technical-level career in robotic automation, design,
installation and service. Students learn on and with the same robots,
controllers, and programming languages used by automated
manufacturing companies. Graduates are trained for entry-level jobs in the
ever-expanding robotic automation industry. Graduates of this program are
First Semester
ELT
331
Circuit Analysis I
ELT
313
Digital Circuits I OR
ELT
332
EGT 420
EGR 420
ELT
314
MAT 751
MAT 129
ATR
102
PLTW - Digital Electronics OR
PLTW - Digital Electronics
4.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
Precalculus
5.0
Credits
17.0
First Semester
ITP
Technical Mathematics III OR
Introduction to Robotics
3.0
ELT
523
Electronic Devices
4.0
ELT
158
4.0
ELT
524
159
EGT 400
EGR 400
ATR
ATR
103
115
Summer
ENG 105
ATR
124
PLTW - Introduction to Engineering Design
OR
160
PHY 156
PHY 157
ATR
ATR
133
140
1.0
1.0
PLTW - Introduction to Engineering Design
3.0
Computers in Industry
2.0
Introduction to Robotics II
Credits
3.0
18.0
Composition I
3.0
Credits
6.0
Application Planning and Layout
Third Semester
ELT
Advanced Programmable Logic Controller
Programming
General Physics I
3.0
5.0
4.0
General Physics I Lab
1.0
Applied Robotics Lab I
6.0
Fluid Power Systems
Credits
Fourth Semester
2.0
American Sign Language II
4.0
ASL
120
Linguistics of American Sign Language
Credits
Second Semester
ASL
245
3.0
Credits
12.0
ITP
147
Modalities of Communication
Summer
ITP
151
MGT 195
271
Credits
6.0
American Sign Language IV
106
Skills Lab III
ITP
259
Observation and Practicum
220
ITP
160
Interpreting I
Principles of Educational Interpreting
Credits
Interpreting II and Business Practices
2.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
16.0
ASL
ITP
295
941
3.0
3.0
ITP
ITP
2.0
Signing Exact English
Third Semester
ASL
12.0
English Vocabulary/Grammar for Interpreters
Skills Lab II
139
3.0
4.0
105
ITP
2.0
American Sign Language III
ITP
223
Advanced Robot Controller Programming
171
ITP
165
Credits
ASL
Interpreting Skills Lab
ATR
3.0
Skills Lab I
210
6.0
MGT 195
Introduction to Interpreting
104
ITP
Applied Robotics Lab II
Robot Controller Maintenance
120
Fourth Semester
147
152
ITP
18.0
ATR
ATR
ITP 165 Foundations of Deaf Culture and Community 3
ASL 141 American Sign Language I 4
ITP 135 Introduction to Language 3
A.A.S. Mathematics Requirement 3
(MAT 110 or higher)
SPC 112 Public Speaking 3 OR
SPC 122 Interpersonal Communication 3
PSY 111 Introduction to Psychology 3 OR
Second Semester
ELT
The Sign Language Interpreting program of study prepares students for
careers in sign language interpreting and/or related areas. Students
develop skills in American Sign Language, the interpreting process,
Signing Exact English, Conceptually Accurate Signed English, and the
transliterating process. This program provides practicum experience that is
individually arranged for each student. Graduates of this program are
American Sign Language V
Practicum
Credits
3.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
14.0
3.0
2.0
5.0
3.0
13.0
Social Sciences
The Social Sciences program of study enables students to transfer to
four-year institutions to major in social sciences or to pursue a liberal arts
education. Students acquire the content information and analytical skills of
the social sciences by choosing from courses in economics, history,
anthropology, geography, political science, sociology and psychology.
degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
SPC 112
The Sociology program of study prepares students to transfer to sociology
departments and programs at four-year colleges and universities. The
curriculum is designed to teach students the fundamentals of sociological
principles, analysis and research skills. Graduates of this program are
First Semester
SOC 110
Composition I
3.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
3.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
Credits
15.0
Second Semester
3.0
SOC 115
3.0
6.0
Second Semester
Composition II
3.0
3.0
Credits
15.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
Computer Science Elective
3.0
Third Semester
Humanities Elective
121-227)
(MAT
3.0
*Social Science Electives
General Electives
Credits
Fourth Semester
3.0
4.0
6.0
18.0
6.0
19.0
3.0
4.0
Credits
16.0
General Electives
9.0
SPC 112
3.0
*Introduction to Sociology
Composition I
*Social Science Electives
ENG 106
Sociology
ENG 105
Public Speaking
52
Public Speaking
3.0
3.0
Credits
ENG 106
15.0
Composition II
3.0
3.0
3.0
Social Problems
3.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
Credits
15.0
Third Semester
Sociology Elective
Humanities Elective
121-227)
3.0
(MAT
General Electives
Credits
Fourth Semester
Sociology Elective
3.0
16.0
3.0
4.0
7.0
17.0
3.0
4.0
Credits
18.0
General Electives
Must include 12 credits from the following:
SOC 115 Social Problems 3
SOC 120 Marriage and Family 3
SOC 200 Minority Group Relations 3
SOC 210 Men, Women and Society 3
SOC 230 Juvenile Delinquency 3
SOC 235 Gangs 3
SOC 240 Criminology 3
SOC 250 Sociology of Deviance 3
Other Courses Recommended to Meet Program
Requirements:
HIS 151 United States History to 1877 3
HIS 152 United States History since 1877 3
POL 111 American National Government 3
POL 112 American State and Local Government 3
PSY 251 Social Psychology 3
PSY 293 Issues in Psychology 3
11.0
Spanish
The Spanish program of study prepares students to transfer to four-year
colleges and universities in order to complete undergraduate majors in
Spanish or pursue related fields. Students develop the fundamentals of
speaking, writing, literature, and culture after successfully completing
these courses. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate of
Arts (A.A.) degree.
First Semester
ENG 105
SOC 110
CSC 110
FLS
141
3.0
First Semester
4.0
PEH 142
*Elementary Spanish I
121-227)
3.0
(MAT
Credits
FLS
142
The Sports Medicine: General Education Option is designed for students
who plan to pursue a career in a sports injury or exercise-related health
field. These careers include, but are not limited to, physical therapy,
occupational therapy, cardiac rehabilitation, corporate wellness, personal
training, exercise science, and other medical professions. The curriculum
is transfer-oriented to meet the requirements generally expected of
students in their first two years of college. This program is designed as a
transfer program. Graduates will receive an Associate of Science (A.S.)
degree.
3.0
Second Semester
ENG 106
Sports Medicine: General Education
Composition I
3.0
16.0
4.0
17.0
Composition II
3.0
4.0
General Elective
3.0
*Elementary Spanish II
Credits
Third Semester
PEC 230
3.0
CHM 122
*Introduction to General Chemistry
4.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
ENG 105
*First Aid
3.0
PEH 170
PET
230
ENG 106
SPC 112
3.0
Public Speaking
3.0
Composition II
(MAT 121-227)
SPC 112
Public Speaking
3.0
Third Semester
3.0
BIO
3.0
Credits
16.0
General Elective
Fourth Semester
LIT
FLS
134
242
4.0
Multicultural Literature
3.0
General Electives
9.0
*Intermediate Spanish II
Credits
4.0
16.0
Credits
PET
235
168
PHY 156
PHY 157
PSY 111
*Athletic Injury Evaluation
173
PSY 121
PET
250
PET
240
PSY 210
3.0
3.0
15.0
4.0
16.0
3.0
4.0
*General Physics I Lab
1.0
*General Physics I
Credits
Fourth Semester
BIO
3.0
*Principles of Weight Training
3.0
*Intermediate Spanish I
16.0
*Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries
Minority Group Relations
241
3.0
Credits
Second Semester
SOC 200
FLS
3.0
Composition I
4.0
17.0
53
Labs
4.0
3.0
15.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
General Elective
3.0
*Introduction to Modalities
*Taping and Bracing
Credits
3.0
2.0
18.0
Sterile Processing Certificate
Surgical Technology
First Semester
The Sterile Processing Certificate program of study prepares graduates to
work in health care facility sterile processing departments. Students
acquire fundamental knowledge and practical skills in identifying surgical
instruments, quality control processes in cleaning and safety, various
sterilization techniques and the critical role performed by sterile processing
technicians in surgical procedures. Graduates of this program are
awarded a certificate and are eligible to write the Surgical Instrument
Specialist Certification Exam (CSIS) and the Technician Certification Exam
(CSPDT).
HSC 164
Sterile Processing Techniques
5.0
HSC 113
Medical Terminology
2.0
BIO
Human Biology
HSC 167
HSC 126
157
Sterile Processing Instrumentation
Anatomy for Allied Health OR
Credits
5.0
4.0
16.0
54
The Surgical Technology program of study is designed to prepare students
to become skilled operating room technicians. The program prepares
students to practice under the supervision of a physician or registered
nurse and to function as a member of the surgical team. Sterile
techniques, operative procedures, anatomy and physiology, and
microbiology, as applied to surgery, are studied. Graduates of this program
are awarded an Associate of Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree.
BIO
168
4.0
HSC 167
Sterile Processing Instrumentation
5.0
SUR 135
Ethics, Legal Issues and Professionalism in
Surgical Technology
2.0
ENG 105
HSC 113
Composition I
Medical Terminology
Credits
Second Semester
PSY 121
HSC 164
Sterile Processing Techniques
SUR 420
SPC 122
BIO
173
Pharmacology for the Surgical Technologist
Credits
Third Semester
SUR 130
Introduction to Surgical Technology
BIO
Microbiology
SUR 141
186
MGT 195
Introduction to Basic Surgical Principles
Credits
Fourth Semester
SUR 215
SUR 221
Summer
SUR 320
Basic Surgical Principles
3.0
2.0
16.0
3.0
2.0
5.0
3.0
4.0
17.0
2.0
6.0
4.0
3.0
15.0
6.0
Surgical Technology
10.0
Advanced Surgical Technology
7.0
Credits
Credits
Students must earn a "C" or higher in all SUR, BIO, and HSC
16.0
7.0
Sustainable Energy Technology: Renewable Energy
The Sustainable Energy Technology: Renewable Energy program of study
is designed to provide the skills and knowledge required for entry-level
careers in the manufacture, installation and maintenance of renewable
energy systems, with a focus on wind and solar energy systems. Students
study core aspects of renewable energy technology and choose to focus
on either wind or solar technologies. Graduates of this program are
First Semester
SER 125
SER 120
Renewable Energy Workplace Safety
2.0
3.0
Mechanical Power Transmission
4.0
Credits
16.0
SER 130
Introduction to Solar Energy
3.0
SER 155
Electricity II
4.0
WTT 142
WTT 175
Electricity I
Introduction to Programmable Logic
Controllers
Second Semester
SER 135
ENG 105
MAT 743
Introduction to Alternative Fuels
Composition I
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Credits
16.0
ENV 102
Introduction to Sustainability
3.0
WTT 103
Introduction to Wind Energy
3.0
Third Semester
SER 140
PHY 715
Geothermal Systems
Technical Physics I ***
Credits
Fourth Semester
2.0
5.0
3.0
16.0
SER 160
Electricity III
3.0
MGT 195
3.0
SER 180
Renewable Energy Business Practices
Renewable Energy Concentration ****
Credits
***May substitute with General Physics I and General Physics I
Lab.
****Students must choose one of the following areas of
concentration and take both classes for that area of
concentration:
Wind Energy Concentration:
WTT 202 Advanced Wind Energy 4
SER 165 Advanced Programmable Logic Controllers 3
Solar Energy Concentration:
SER 170 Advanced Solar Energy: Thermal 3
SER 175 Advanced Solar Energy: Photovoltaic 4
The Renewable Energy Certificate program of study is designed to provide
the basic skills and knowledge required for entry-level careers in the
manufacture, installation and maintenance of renewable energy systems.
SER 120
Introduction to Renewable Energy
SER 150
Sustainable Energy Technology: Renewable Energy
Certificate
3.0
7.0
16.0
Introduction to Renewable Energy OR
WTT 103
Introduction to Wind Energy
SER 150
Electricity I
SER 125
WTT 142
WTT 175
Renewable Energy Workplace Safety
3.0
2.0
4.0
Mechanical Power Transmission
4.0
Credits
16.0
Introduction to Programmable Logic
Controllers
3.0
55
56
Technical Theatre
Theatre
First Semester
First Semester
The Technical Theatre program of study prepares students for entry-level
technical positions in the entertainment industry. These may include, but
are not limited to, stage rigging, stage building, sound engineering,
lighting, costume building, makeup design, and scene painting. Graduates
will have a strong theoretical background, varied practical experience in
the theatrical arts, and an understanding of current technology. Graduates
of this program are awarded an Associate of Arts (A.A.) degree.
DRA 101
*Introduction to Theatre
3.0
DRA 183
*Production Lab I: Stagecraft
1.0
DRA 165
ENG 105
SPC 112
SPC 122
*Stagecraft
Composition I
A.A. Mathematics Requirement (MAT
121-227)
Public Speaking OR
Credits
Second Semester
3.0
3.0
4.0
3.0
ENG 106
Composition II
3.0
3.0
Credits
16.0
DRA 186
*Production Lab II: Lighting
Third Semester
DRA 178
DRA 189
DRA 167
DRA 125
*Stage Costume
*Production Lab III: Stage Costume and
Make Up
3.0
1.0
3.0
Credits
16.0
*Production Lab IV: Production Management
*Scenic Painting
Humanities Elective
DRA 291
1.0
Fourth Semester
DRA 157
3.0
3.0
DRA 194
3.0
*Drafting for the Theatre
*Introduction to Play Analysis
3.0
3.0
1.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
Credits
15.0
Theatre Cooperative Education
**Theatre Electives must be selected from the following:
DRA 130 Acting I 3
DRA 146 Stage Dialects 3
DRA 305 Introduction to Audio 3
DRA 930 Devised Theatre Projects 3
3.0
DRA 130
*Acting I
3.0
DRA 183
ENG 105
*Stagecraft
1.0
3.0
*Production Lab I: Stagecraft
Composition I
121-227)
1.0
(MAT
Credits
DRA 135
3.0
*Theatre Elective **
*Introduction to Theatre
DRA 165
Second Semester
*Stage Make-Up
*Stage and TV Lighting
DRA 101
17.0
DRA 179
DRA 177
The Theatre program of study prepares students to transfer to four-year
colleges and universities in order to pursue undergraduate majors in
theatre, speech or related fields in education. Students who complete the
degree have both a sound theoretical background and a varied practical
experience in the theatrical arts with an improvement in interpersonal and
public performance skills in communication. Graduates of this program are
DRA 132
*Acting II
DRA 179
*Stage Make-Up
DRA 146
ENG 106
DRA 189
SPC 112
SPC 122
DRA 126
17.0
3.0
*Stage Dialects
3.0
Composition II
*Introduction to Play Analysis
3.0
3.0
3.0
16.0
3.0
Humanities Elective
3.0
*Production Lab III: Stage Costume and
Make Up
1.0
*Stage Costume
3.0
3.0
3.0
Public Speaking OR
Credits
Fourth Semester
DRA 930
4.0
1.0
Credits
DRA 178
16.0
3.0
*Acting II Performance Lab
Third Semester
DRA 125
3.0
*Devised Theatre Projects
16.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
Credits
16.0
*Movement for the Actor
**Theatre Electives must be selected from the following:
DRA 157 Scenic Painting 3
DRA 167 Drafting for the Theatre 3
DRA 177 Stage and TV Lighting
DRA 305 Introduction to Audio 3
3.0
3.0
57
Veterinary Technology
The Veterinary Technology program of study prepares students to become
entry-level veterinary technicians who work under the direct supervision of
a licensed veterinarian for any purpose except diagnosis, prescription, or
surgery. Graduates can find employment in many sectors including small
and large private animal practice, animal shelters and humane societies,
clinical laboratories, education, zoos, government, research, and the
biomedical industry. Graduates of this program are awarded an Associate
of Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree. To become a registered professional,
a graduate must successfully complete the Veterinary Technician National
Exam (VTNE) and the Iowa Veterinary Technician Examination to become
a Registered Veterinary Technician (RVT). This program is accredited by
the American Veterinary Medical Association (AVMA) under the guidelines
set forth by the accrediting body.
Program Prerequisite: A college-level chemistry course of at least three semester
hours OR a high school-level chemistry course of at least one semester in length.
General Education Courses that must be completed prior to the first semester
of Veterinary Technology:
BIO 112 General Biology I 4
First Semester
AGV 100
Introduction to Veterinary Technology
AGV 110
Principles of Veterinary Technology I
AGV 122
Principles of Sanitation
AGV 120
AGV 104
AGV 205
Veterinary Medical Terminology
1.0
Veterinary Technology Anatomy and
Physiology I
3.0
Kennel Management and Animal Care I
Credits
Second Semester
AGV 115
AGV 108
AGV 135
AGV 140
BIO
186
AGV 207
Summer
3.0
Veterinary Pharmacology
Microbiology
Kennel Management and Animal Care II
Credits
Veterinary Technology Internship I
Credits
Clinical Pathology Lab Techniques II
Veterinary Anesthesiology
2.0
11.0
4.0
3.0
4.0
3.0
Kennel Management and Animal Care III
1.0
Credits
AGV 149
Avian, Exotic and Lab Animal Care
AGV 806
Veterinary Technology Internship II
AGV 211
3.0
Office Procedures for Veterinary Technicians
Fourth Semester
MGT 195
17.0
3.0
AGV 136
AGV 185
4.0
1.0
Composition I
Large Animal Care
AGV 182
3.0
3.0
AGV 147
AGV 209
3.0
Animal Nutrition
Third Semester
AGV 150
13.0
Clinical Pathology Lab Techniques I
AGV 805
AGV 170
1.0
3.0
Veterinary Technology Anatomy and
Physiology II
Mathematics for Veterinary Technicians
ENG 105
3.0
Principles of Veterinary Technology II
AGV 142
AGV 145
2.0
3.0
Diagnostic Imaging
3.0
18.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Veterinary Surgical Assisting
3.0
Kennel Management and Animal Care IV
1.0
Credits
**Social Science/Humanities Elective must be selected
from the following:
ECN 120 Principles of Macroeconomics 3
ECN 130 Principles of Microeconomics 3
PHI 105 Introduction to Ethics 3
PHI 142 Ethics in Business 3
SOC 120 Marriage and Family 3
order to graduate.
3.0
16.0
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Explanation of Course Catalog Numbering System
ACC 121 Principles of Accounting I
3
Principles of Accounting I introduces accounting fundamentals using
the balance sheet approach and branches into journals, ledgers,
financial statements, and developing the accrual method. Topics
include inventory valuation and cost of goods sold, plant and equipment, internal control, current and long-term liabilities, receivables,
interest and payroll. (3/0)
Three-letter prefix stands for the department of study or topic.
(see below)
Three numerals
indicates course number.
Prerequisites:
Successful completion of a course or other
criteria necessary for a student to succeed
in a higher level course.
The description indicates
lecture and laboratory, clinic or
internship/coop.
Co-requisites:
Another course that must be taken
concurrently with the course.
ACC Accounting
ADN
Associate Degree Nursing
AGA Agriculture - Agronomy
AGB
Agriculture - Farm Management
AGC
Agriculture - Comprehensive
AGH
Agriculture - Horticulture
AGP
Agriculture - Precision Ag
AGS
Agriculture - Animal Science
AGV
Agriculture - Vet Tech
ANT Anthropology
APP
Apparel Merchandising
ART Art
ASL
American Sign Language
ATR
Automated Technology and Robotics
AUT Automotive Technology
AVI Aviation
AVM
Aviation Maintenance
BCA Business Computer Applications
BIO Biology
BUS Business
CAD
Computer-Aided Drafting
CHM Chemistry
CIS
Computer Programming
CLS
Cultural Studies
CON Construction
CRJ Criminal Justice
CSC
Computer Science
DEA Dental Assistant
DHY Dental Hygiene
DRA Film and Theatre
DSL Diesel
ECE Early Childhood Education
ECN Economics
EDU Education
EGREngineering
EGT Engineering Technology
ELT Electronic Engineering Technology
EMS
Emergency Medical Services
ENG English Composition/Communication
ENV
ESL English Second Language
FINFinance
FIR Fire Science
The credit value
of the course
is indicated in
semester hours.
Recommendation:
A course or other criteria desirable
for successful performance in another
course.
FLS Foreign Language - Spanish
GEO Geography
GRA Graphic Communications
HCM Hospitality, Culinary and Management
HIS History
HSC Health Science
HSV Human Services
HUM Humanities
ITPInterpreting
JOU Journalism
LIT Literature
MAP Medical Assistant
MAT Mathematics
MGT Management
MIL Military and ROTC
MKTMarketing
MMS Mass Media Studies
MUA Music - Applied
MUS
General Music
NET
Computer Networking
PEA Physical Education Activities
PEC
Coaching Officiating
PEH
General Physical Education and Health
PET
Physical Education Training
PEV
Intercollegiate Physical Education
PHI Philosophy
PHS Physical Science
PHY Physics
PNN Practical Nursing
POL Political Science
PRL Paralegal Studies
PSY Psychology
PTA
RDGReading
RELReligion
SDV Student Development
SER
Sustainable Energy Resources
SOC Sociology
SPC Speech
SUR Surgical Technology
WEL Welding
WTT
Wind Energy and Turbine Technology
86
Accounting
ACC 111 Introduction to Accounting
3.0
Introduction to Accounting presents a comprehensive understanding of the
relationship between assets, liabilities, and owner’s equity. The course explains preparation and analysis of the income statement and balance sheet
as well as the accounting cycle and such vital functions as journalizing, posting, cash receipts, cash payments, purchases, and adjusting and closing
entries. (3/0)
ACC 121 Principles of Accounting I
3.0
Principles of Accounting I introduces accounting fundamentals using the balance sheet approach and branches into journals, ledgers, financial statements, and developing the accrual method. Topics include inventory valuation and cost of goods sold, plant and equipment, internal control, current
and long-term liabilities, receivables, interest, and payroll. (3/0)
ACC 122 Principles of Accounting II
3.0
Principles of Accounting II emphasizes principles and problems of corporations, accounting for manufacturing and departmental costs, budgeting,
profit analysis, and financial statements interpretation from the managerial
viewpoint. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Principles of Accounting I.
ACC 161 Payroll Accounting
3.0
Payroll Accounting presents payroll tax laws and records that are required by
these laws. It emphasizes a review of both federal and state payroll tax legislation, methods of calculating earnings, payroll deductions, and employer
payroll taxes. Students examine the forms that are necessary to complete
the needed governmental reports. (3/0)
ACC 211 Intermediate Accounting I
3.0
Intermediate Accounting I presents the principles and procedures essential
to the preparation of adequate financial statements. Special attention centers on the solving of problems that arise in the presentation of cash, receivables, inventories, tangible and intangible assets on the balance sheet and
their related effect on the income statement. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Principles of Accounting II.
ACC 221 Cost Accounting
3.0
Cost Accounting provides a theoretical and procedural basis for understanding job order, process and standard cost accounting with emphasis on details concerning cost factors and budgeting in a manufacturing firm. It enables students to account for cost of materials, labor, and factory overhead
using various methods. The course also includes cost analysis for decisionmaking. A practice set is used. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Principles of Accounting II.
ACC 251 Governmental and Nonprofit Accounting
3.0
Governmental and Nonprofit Accounting presents the basic concepts and
techniques of fund accounting for federal, state and local governments, hospitals, and schools. Students learn to deal with the primary funds and accounting groups, to assist the budget process and to determine variances
among the major nonprofit organizations. (3/0)
ACC 261 Income Tax Accounting
3.0
Income Tax Accounting is the study of federal income tax regulations as they
relate to common types of income tax reports required of individuals and sole
proprietorship business. Students also examine employer’s tax reporting regulations for FICA Tax, Federal Income Tax, and State Income Tax. (3/0)
ACC 311 Computer Accounting
3.0
Computer Accounting consists of an application of accounting principles and
concepts using the microcomputer. Students establish and maintain accounting systems and records for single proprietorship and corporations. (3/0)
ACC 932 Accounting Internship
1.0 - 8.0
Accounting Internship gives students work experience in the field of accounting through placement in government offices, public accounting firms
and general business. Students apply the skills acquired in the Para-Accounting program to the everyday responsibilities expected of trained ParaAccountants, including summarizing and recording economic events and
using effective oral and written communication skills (0/4-32)
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing in the program.
Agribusiness Technology
AGA 115 Principles of Agronomy
4.0
Principles of Agronomy is a lecture/laboratory foundation course in agronomy, applying crop, soil and environmental sciences in understanding agricultural systems in the world. Includes introductory concepts of plant,
soil, tillage, pest, environmental and sustainable aspects of crop production. The laboratory portion of the course will consist of hands-on learning
experiences via the college lab, field trips and the utilization of interactive
computer based programs. (3/2)
AGA 154 Fundamentals of Soil Science
3.0
Fundamentals of Soil Science provides an introduction to physical, chemical and biological properties of soils, their formation, classification, and
distribution. Use of soil survey and computer databank information in balancing agronomic, economic, and environmental concerns in soil management are covered. (2/2)
AGA 165 Agricultural Fertilizers and Chemicals
3.0
Agricultural Fertilizers and Chemicals examines the production properties
and use of the various agricultural/horticultural fertilizers, soil amendments,
pesticides, and additives. Topics include soil fertility management, mixing
instructions, weeds, crop insects, diseases, environmental concerns, compatibility, viscosity, drift factors, toxicity, crop sequencing limitations, and
restrictions. (3/0)
AGA 212 Grain and Forage Crops
4.0
Grain and Forage Crops trains students in production and management
practices for corn, soybean, small grain, and forage crops common to
Midwestern agriculture. Laboratory topics emphasize crop management,
growth and development, quality, plant characteristics, and pest management. (3/2)
Prerequisite: Principles of Agronomy.
AGA 284 Pesticide Application Certification
3.0
Pesticide Application Certification stresses the requirements for the license
as outlined in the “core manual” prepared by ISU Extension and prepares
students for successful completion of the Iowa Department of Agriculture
tests in weed, crop, insect, and disease applicator certification. (3/0)
AGA 376 Integrated Pest Management
3.0
Integrated Pest Management teaches observation techniques for pest control which includes disease, insect and weed problems as well as techniques for developing and evaluating pest management programs, and
procedures involved in integrated pest management. (2/2)
AGB 211 Agricultural Law, Taxation and Records
3.0
Agricultural Law, Taxation and Records explores the local, state and federal laws and regulations that govern the successful operation of an agriculture-based business, as well as the records needed to comply with those
regulations. Topics include agriculture tax law, financial rules and regulations, estate and property transfer laws, and the use of computer-aided
record keeping and analysis tools in making informed business decisions
to comply with these regulations. (2/2)
87
AGB 235 Introduction to Agriculture Markets
3.0
Introduction to Horticulture Markets is an overview of the structure, economics, organization, and function of the world food marketing system.
Topics in past, present and future domestic and worldwide market issues
are discussed. The course examines how the marketing system is influenced
by governmental and private policy and the effects those policies have on producers, commodity handlers, processors, middlemen, and consumers. Basic
marketing and merchandising strategies are also covered. (3/0)
AGB 330 Farm Business Management
3.0
Farm Business Management examines the business and economic principles applied to decision-making and problem-solving in the management
of a farm business. Students learn about cash flow, partial, enterprise, and
whole farm budgeting. Additional topics include: information systems for
farm accounting, analysis, and control; obtaining and managing land, capital,
and labor resources; and alternatives for farm business organization. (2/2)
AGB 331 Entrepreneurship in Agriculture
3.0
Entrepreneurship in Agriculture relates specifically to management of agriculture farms and businesses. Course content emphasizes budget planning, record keeping, record analysis, ag finance/credit, and machinery
and land management. Management exercises simulating farm activities
and decisions are incorporated. Microcomputers are used to aid in the
completion of these management exercises. (3/0)
AGB 336 Agricultural Selling
3.0
Agricultural Selling examines the sales record-keeping systems used including territory analysis, point of sale records, accounts receivable, and
collection procedures. Sales presentation and merchandising techniques
for feed, seed, fertilizer, agricultural chemicals, equipment, and supplies
are also covered. (3/0)
AGB 437 Commodity Marketing
3.0
Commodity Marketing examines basis, fundamental and technical price
analysis, commodity futures, futures options, alternative cash contracts,
sources and uses of marketing information, and relevant agricultural marketing strategies. (3/0)
AGB 804 Agricultural Internship I
3.0
Agricultural Internship provides Agribusiness Technology students with
hands-on training at off-campus work sites. (0/12)
AGB 814 Agricultural Internship II
4.0
Agricultural Internship II consists of practical experience at a workstation off-campus for Agribusiness Technology students. (0/16)
AGC 215 Career Seminar
1.0
Career Seminar is a study of the development of the agricultural industry in
the United States and the purposes of higher education within the industry.
Outside speakers are used to inform students of career opportunities. (1/0)
AGP 333 Precision Farming Systems
3.0
Precision Farming Systems introduces the emerging technologies such as
GPS, GIS, and VRT. Students study various systems and applications for
precision farming, equipment used, software, legal and social issues, and
economic returns. (2/2)
AGP 456 Advanced Technology Applications
3.0
Advanced Technology Applications deals with advanced techniques of spatial data manipulation to allow for analysis, report generation and cross-platform transfer of GIS information. It also includes advanced topics in word
processing, spreadsheet, database, and presentation software as well as
an introduction to network systems operations and data transfer. (2/2)
AGP 457 Agronomic Applications of Site Specific Management 3.0
Agronomic Applications of Site Specific Management provides detailed
study of GPS and VRT systems and how they relate to agriculture. (2/2)
Anthropology
ANT 100 Introduction to Anthropology
3.0
Introduction to Anthropology introduces the unique holistic approach of anthropology in exploring the biological origins of humanity and the diversity
of cultures and societies. Students explore the four sub fields of anthropology: archaeology, ethnology, linguistics, and physical anthropology. Issues
concerning evolutionary theory, adaptations, cultural change, and conflict
are explored in depth. (3/0)
ANT 105 Cultural Anthropology
3.0
Cultural Anthropology provides a cross-cultural examination of past and
present human cultures and societies. Students explore cultural variation
as reflected in diverse subsistence strategies, economics, kinship, and
political systems. Students apply cross-cultural comparisons in examining issues of social stratification, cultural change and conflict. Examining
the issues surrounding applied anthropology and introducing students to
global social problems are central to this course. (3/0)
Note: Meets diversity requirement for graduation.
Art
ART 101 Art Appreciation
3.0
Art Appreciation develops a cultural understanding and appreciation of art
from prehistoric to present time. Students survey the vast field of artistic
expression through exposure to quality art forms and styles representative
of creativity throughout the world. (3/0)
ART 124 Computer Art
3.0
Computer Art introduces students to the basic language of color principles
in design. Using a computer, the student explores color properties, theories, effects and relationships in visual communication. (3/0)
ART 133 Drawing
3.0
Drawing introduces students to basic skills and techniques employed in
observational drawing through traditional approaches to line, form, composition, perspective, and value. (3/0)
ART 134 Drawing II
3.0
Drawing II is a continuation of Drawing I, and offers students further development of observational drawing skills through the introduction of more
sophisticated subject matter as well as a greater variety of drawing materials and techniques. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Drawing.
ART 143 Painting
3.0
Painting introduces students to the basic language of the painting discipline. Students apply the study of color and composition to the creation of
paintings using various media. This course explores versatile processes
for planning and developing a visual idea. (3/0)
ART 144 Painting II
3.0
Painting II introduces students to the basic language of the painting discipline. Students apply the study of color and composition to the creation of
paintings using various media. This course explores versatile processes
for planning and developing a visual idea. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Painting.
ART 147 2-D and 3-D Foundations
3.0
2-D and 3-D Foundations is an introductory Art and Design course for both
art and non-art majors. Topics include an overview of elements, principles,
and strategies relevant to the interpretation and execution of two and three
dimensional compositions.(3/0)
88
ART 151 Design I
3.0
Design I introduces students to the organization of visual elements and
principles while exploring the creative process of two-dimensional design.
Students develop conceptual and technical skills through projects and discussions related to the practice of visual communication. (3/0)
AUT 163 Automotive Engine Repair
3.0
Automotive Engine Repair covers automotive engine theory and repair.
Students receive classroom/lab instruction on the inspection, diagnosis,
disassembly, measurement, reconditioning, and assembly of automotive
internal combustion engines. (2/2)
ART 152 Design II
3.0
Design II is a continuation of the design sequence. Students will design
solutions to a variety of challenging problems and then execute those designs in a manner approaching professional quality. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Design I.
AUT 190 Hybrid Fundamentals
2.0
Hybrid Fundamentals familiarizes students with general hybrid history and
benefits, basic safety precautions, specific maintenance procedures, location and description of hybrid components for hybrid vehicles. (2/0)
ART 184 Photography
3.0
Photography provides students the basic tools and techniques of photography as a digital medium. Students will learn the operation and function
of digital cameras and how to use them technically and creatively. Projects
will be completed relating photography as an art form and aesthetic medium. (3/0)
ART 185 Photography II
3.0
Photography II is a continuation of the student’s exploration of photography, building on the experience of Photography I. Students use a digital
camera and photo editing software for photographic problem-solving. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Digital Photography or Photography.
ART 186 Digital Photography
3.0
Digital Photography introduces students to the use, management and manipulation of photographs as a digital medium. Students utilize a variety of
digital editing applications, resources and output methods to explore photography as a digital medium. Content includes the technical concepts of
digital image editing and manipulation in the context of historical and contemporary theories of photography as an art form in the digital age. (3/0)
ART 193 Studio Practices
3.0
Studio Practices addresses processes needed to successfully transfer to
a four-year university and/or transition into the contemporary professional
art world. Topics include portfolio development, documenting and marketing work, exhibition opportunities and transfer strategies. Students are
expected to develop and complete a substantial body of work in a specific
field. This course provides a forum for the critical evaluation of this work
and curatorial guidance in preparation for the next stages of students’ careers. (3/0)
Pre-requisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Drawing II, Painting II, Design II
or Photography II.
ART 908 Cooperative Education
1.0 - 6.0
Cooperative Education provides cooperative work experience related to art
activities. Work experience hours are arranged. (0/4-24)
Automotive
AUT 114 Shop Fundamentals and Minor Service
4.0
Shop Fundamentals and Minor Service is a study of the organizational
structure in a dealership/repair facility as it relates to the technician. Students use service manuals, electronic troubleshooting manuals and service bulletins. The course also develops competencies in entry level tasks
required when working in a dealership or repair facility. (2/4)
AUT 115 Automotive Shop Safety
1.0
Automotive Shop Safety is designed to prepare the student to work in the
auto shop in a safe manner. The content introduces the student to safety
equipment, safety rules, and common accidents in the automotive service
area. (1/0)
AUT 155 Automotive Engine Design and Systems
2.0
Automotive Engine Design and Systems provides an in-depth study of engine designing, operations, theory, lubrication and cooling systems. Minor
diagnosis and repair operations are presented. (1/2)
AUT 200 Automotive Automatic Transmissions/Transaxles
3.0
Automotive Automatic Transmissions/Transaxles covers automatic transmission/transaxle theory and repair. Students receive classroom/lab instruction on the inspection, diagnosis, disassembly, reconditioning, and assembly of automatic automotive transmissions/transaxles. Both hydraulic
and electronic shift units are covered. (2/2)
AUT 222 Basic Automotive Drive Lines
2.0
Basic Automotive Drive Lines covers principles of operation of clutches,
transmissions/transaxles, four-wheel/all-wheel drive systems, drive shafts/
half-shafts and final drive assemblies. Minor repairs, on-vehicle service
and diagnostic procedures are also covered. (1/2)
AUT 303 Automotive Manual Drive Train and Axles
3.0
Automotive Manual Drive Train and Axles covers manual transmissions/
transaxles, transfer case/4WD/AWD systems, and rear axle theory and
repair. Students receive classroom/lab instruction on the inspection, diagnosis, disassembly, reconditioning, and assembly of the above components. (2/2)
AUT 404 Automotive Suspension and Steering
4.0
Basic Suspension and Steering provides instruction and hands-on activities on automotive suspension and steering systems and service. Inspection and repair procedures are emphasized and wheel alignment theory
and practice is presented. (3/2)
AUT 524 Automotive Brake Systems and Service
4.0
Automotive Brake Systems provides instruction and hands-on activities in
automotive braking systems and service. Operation and component information for various types of braking systems are presented and discussed.
Anti-lock brakes and traction/stability controls are introduced. (3/2)
AUT 532 Advanced Brakes and Alignment
3.0
Advanced Brakes and Alignment provides instruction and hands-on activities on advanced automotive braking systems, including Anti-lock brakes,
traction/stability controls, and four-wheel alignment. Diagnosis, service,
and repair procedures are emphasized. (2/2)
AUT 615 Automotive Electricity/Electronics
4.0
Automotive Electricity/Electronics provides instruction and hands-on activities in automotive electrical/electronic systems. Topics include safety,
electrical/electronic components and circuits, meter use, starting systems,
and charging systems. (3/2)
AUT 652 Advanced Automotive Electricity
3.0
Advanced Automotive Electricity provides advanced instruction and handson activities in automotive electrical/electronic systems. Topics include
lighting systems, microprocessors, and accessory systems. Equipment
introduced includes oscilloscopes and basic scan tools. (2/2)
AUT 653 Advanced Automotive Systems
4.0
Advanced Automotive Systems focuses on advanced automotive technologies such as multiplexing, hybrid power plants and 42-volt systems
as well as new technologies as they emerge. The only thing constant in
automotive service is change. Hands-on activities focus on diagnosis and
service of these technologies. (3/2)
89
AUT 704 Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning
4.0
Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning provides instruction and handson activities on automotive heating and air conditioning theory, systems,
components, diagnosis and service. Environmental issues, inspection and
repair procedures are emphasized. (3/2)
AUT 842 Automotive Computerized Engine Controls
4.0
Automotive Computerized Engine Controls provides instruction in advanced vehicle tune-up and diagnosis, feedback system principles of operation, diagnosis, and service. Emphasis focuses on analysis of drive ability
and performance complaints of both computerized and noncomputerized
fuel systems. Students also learn basic operating principles of computerized ignition systems. (3/2)
AUT 852 Automotive Engine Performance Diagnosis
4.0
Automotive Engine Performance Diagnosis covers advanced drive ability
diagnosis as applied to computer-controlled fuel and ignition systems. Advanced chassis electrical and body computers are included. Also covered
are an introduction to basic turbocharging and supercharging and their
service and maintenance. (3/2)
AUT 878 Automotive Lab III
1.5
Automotive Lab III allows students to build production skills, build confidence in their ability to diagnose and repair vehicles, and reinforce skills
learned in other courses. Use of a “live lab” environment helps students
achieve job entry competency levels. Students perform a wide variety of diagnostic tests, adjustments and overhaul/repairs on customer and collegeowned units. (0/4.5)
AUT 901 Automotive Internship I
4.0
Automotive Internship I provides work experience related to training at
Iowa Western Community College. This is a partnership between Iowa
Western, an approved work site and a student who can benefit from onthe-job training. Internship hours are arranged. Students must meet minimum requirements and complete an application procedure. All internships
must be approved by the program chair. (0/16)
Prerequisite: Permission from the Program Chair.
AUT 903 Automotive Internship II
4.0
Automotive Internship II provides work experience related to training at
AUT 904 Automotive Internship III
2.0
Automotive Internship III provides work experience related to training at
AUT 918 Automotive Lab I
1.5
Automotive Lab I allows students to build production skills and confidence
in their ability to diagnose and repair vehicles, and reinforces skills learned
in other courses. Use of a “live lab” environment helps students achieve job
entry competency levels. Students perform a wide variety of maintenance
procedures, adjustments and minor repairs on customer and collegeowned units relating to maintenance and light repair of automobiles and
light trucks. (0/4.5)
Prerequisite: Shop Fundamentals and Minor Service and Automotive
Shop Safety.
AUT 919 Automotive Lab II
1.5
Automotive Lab II allows students to build production skills and confidence
light trucks. This builds upon skills from Automotive Lab I. (0/4.5)
AUT 920 Automotive Lab IV
1.5
Automotive Lab IV allows students to build production skills and confidence
light trucks. This builds upon skills from Automotive Lab III (0/4.5)
AUT 921 Automotive Lab V
4.0
Automotive Lab V allows students to build production skills and confidence
in other courses. Use of a “live lab” environment helps students achieve
job entry competency levels. Students perform a wide variety of diagnostic
tests, adjustments and overhaul/repairs on customer and college-owned
units. This builds upon skills from Automotive Lab IV. (0/12)
AUT 922 Automotive Lab VI
4.0
Automotive Lab VI allows students to build production skills and confidence
in other courses. Use of a “live lab” environment helps students achieve
job entry competency levels. Students perform a wide variety of diagnostic
tests, adjustments and overhaul/repairs on customer and collegeowned
units. This builds upon skills from Automotive Lab V. (0/12)
AUT 923 Automotive Lab VII
2.0
Automotive Lab VII allows students to build production skills and confidence in their ability to diagnose and repair vehicles, and reinforces skills
learned in other courses. Use of a “live lab” environment helps students
achieve job entry competency levels. Students perform a wide variety of diagnostic tests, adjustments and overhaul/repairs on customer and collegeowned units. This builds upon skills from Automotive Lab VI. (0/6)
Aviation
AVI 105 Introduction to Aviation
3.0
Introduction to Aviation provides a broad understanding of all aspects of
the air transportation and aerospace industries. What has happened in the
industry to date with emphasis on present and future developments in air
transportation is covered. The course examines the impact of the airline
industry on airports and other segments of aviation and aerospace. (3/0)
AVI 110 History of Aviation
3.0
History of Aviation presents historical antecedents leading to the conquest of
the air and the evolution of aviation progress to the present day. The course
is intended as an introductory course for those pursuing a major in aviation
or considering aviation as a vocation or wanting to gain a historical perspective of the development of the field of aviation and aerospace. (3/0)
AVI 125 Maintenance for Pilots
3.0
Maintenance for Pilots covers the privileges, limitations, and responsibilities of the pilot and repairman with regard to aircraft maintenance, preventive maintenance, and inspection. Students use FAA and manufacturers’
publications normally needed to service, inspect, repair, and maintain the
airworthiness of aircraft. Acceptable industry practices are used within the
laboratory. Students develop the skills necessary to properly record and
document their work upon completion. (2/2)
90
AVI 139 Private Pilot Theory
3.0
Private Pilot Theory is designed to prepare those students who want to obtain a Private Pilot Certificate with the information needed to successfully
complete the FAA Private Pilot Airmen Knowledge Test. This course covers
such items as the fundamentals of flight, aviation weather, airplane performance, and navigation procedures along with flight planning and human
factors involved in flying an aircraft. For students not desiring flight training,
this course provides valuable insight into a mode of transportation that will
be an integral part of their futures. (3/0)
AVI 251 Professional Pilot II
2.0
Professional Pilot II is a continuation of Professional Pilot I and consists
of a minimum of 40 hours of dual flight training in instrument flight procedures. Ten hours can be conducted using the approved personal computer-assisted training device. Students must obtain the instrument rating to
successfully complete the course. Special fees will be charged by the flight
training provider. (1/3)
Prerequisite: Professional Pilot I.
Prerequisite/Co-requisite: Instrument Flight Theory.
AVI 185 Private Pilot Flight Lab
1.0
Private Pilot Flight Lab is conducted under the Federal Aviation Regulations Part 6l for students pursuing the FAA Private Pilot certificate. This
course prepares students to solo a single engine aircraft and requires students to complete 10 flight lessons, two hours of computer-based ground
simulator training, and all associated flight training requirements for solo
flight as specified under 14 CFR Part 6l. Students also study emergency
procedures, professional responsibility and cockpit resource management and are introduced to controlling the aircraft by reference only to the
aircraft instruments. This course is to be taken with or after Private Pilot
Theory. Special fees will be charged by the flight training provider. (.5/1.5)
Prerequisite/Co-requisite: Private Pilot Theory.
Note: Special fees will be charged by the flight training provider.
AVM 120 Aviation Mechanics General I
7.0
Aviation Mechanics General I covers the first part of the subject areas
required for aviation maintenance technicians as outlined by the Federal
Aviation Administration in Title 14 CFR Part 147. Subject areas are ground
operation and servicing, aircraft drawings, cleaning and corrosion control,
aircraft weight and balance, fluid lines and fittings, and aircraft materials
and processes. (4.5/7.5)
AVI 186 Private Pilot Certificate
2.0
Private Pilot Certificate is designed and conducted to meet the Federal
Aviation Regulations Part 6l to prepare students for the FAA practical flight
examination. This course continues the flight training of Private Pilot Lab
and requires students to successfully complete all FAA certification requirements to obtain a Private Pilot Certificate. Special fees will be charged by the flight training provider. (1/3)
Prerequisites: Private Pilot Theory and Private Pilot Flight Lab.
Note: Special fees will be charged by the flight training provider.
AVI 213 Instrument Flight Theory
3.0
Instrument Flight Theory focuses on the theory and federal regulations
that must be followed when flying in instrument conditions. This course
prepares the student to take the Federal Aviation Administration computerized test for the instrument rating and encompasses instrument flying procedures and instrument navigation processes. There is no flight training
required in this course. (3/0)
Prerequisites: Private Pilot Certificate (or hold a valid U.S. Private Pilot
Certificate) and Professional Pilot I.
AVI 215 Aviation Safety
3.0
Aviation Safety provides a detailed introduction to the aspects of aviation
safety as well as the associated components of flight, human factors, aircraft
technology, weather related accidents, and accident investigation. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Aviation.
AVI 220 Aviation Meteorology
3.0
Aviation Meteorology is the study of the basic components of the earth’s
atmosphere and provides a basic foundation in the meteorological and environmental factors that influence the formation of the various weather patterns found in near and upper atmospheric levels over the continental United States and the Northern Hemisphere. Included is a discussion on how
weather influences the basic aerodynamics of an aircraft in-flight and the
basic pilot-static instrument system. This course is intended for students who
plan careers as professional pilots or careers in aviation operations. (3/0)
Prerequisites: Private Pilot Theory and College Algebra.
AVI 250 Professional Pilot I
2.0
Professional Pilot I is designed to meet the 50 hours of pilot-in-command
cross-country flight requirement of Title 14 CFR Part 61. Training is to be
conducted in single-engine aircraft and a personal computer-assisted training device. Students are required to complete and meet all flight requirements for entry into the Professional Pilot II course. Special fees will be
charged by the flight training provider. (1/3)
Prerequisite: Private Pilot Certificate (or hold a valid U.S. Private Pilot
Certificate).
AVM 130 Aviation Mechanics General II
8.0
Aviation Mechanics General II covers the last part of the subject areas required for aviation aintenance technicians as outlined by the Federal Aviation Administration in Title 14 CFR Part 147. Subject areas are basic aviation physics, basic aircraft electricity, mechanics privileges and limitations,
maintenance publications, and maintenance forms. (6/6)
AVM 181 Aviation Airframe I
7.5
Aviation Airframe I covers the subject areas of sheet metal and nonmetallic
structures and welding. Students study the techniques and skills required
to perform inspection, repair and the fabrication associated with the main
structural components of an aircraft’s airframe. Students gain the required
knowledge of the tools and special tools that are needed in maintaining the
structural integrity of the airframe. Students have hands-on experience in
the various types of welding processes that are used in the repair of aircraft, and they learn the reasons for various repair techniques. (5/7.5)
AVM 182 Aviation Airframe II
7.5
Aviation Airframe II covers six subject areas: wood structures, aircraft coverings, aircraft finishes, assembly and rigging, fire protection systems, and
aircraft fuel systems. Students gain knowledge in the inspection, identification and repair of wood structural members, fabric coverings, finish applications, finish defects, and registration markings. Students learn about the
assembly and rigging of control systems for both helicopters and airplanes
along with the inspection, troubleshooting, servicing and repair of such systems. Students examine different methods of detecting and extinguishing
fires as well as the inspection, troubleshooting and repair of various fuel
systems and their components. (5/7.5)
AVM 183 Aviation Airframe III
8.0
Aviation Airframe III covers three of the FAA’s required subject areas in the
systems and components sections. They are aircraft electrical systems,
hydraulic and pneumatic systems, and ice and rain control systems. The
course explores in detail the inspection, checking, servicing, troubleshooting, and repair of the three systems. (6/6)
AVM 184 Aviation Airframe IV
8.0
Aviation Airframe IV finishes the airframe subject areas. This course covers the final six required subject areas and also includes a comprehensive airframe review and testing section that helps prepare students to take
the FAA written, oral and practical tests. The subject areas covered are:
communication and navigation systems, aircraft instrument systems, cabin
atmosphere control systems, aircraft landing gear systems, position and
warning systems, and airframe inspection. (6/6)
AVM 191 Aviation Powerplant I
7.0
Aviation Powerplant I starts the powerplant systems and components
subject areas with fuel metering systems, engine fuel systems, engine instrument systems, and propellers. The course focuses on the inspection,
checking, servicing, troubleshooting, and repair of these systems. Students
learn terminology and operational principles associated with the systems.
(4.5/7.5)
AVM 192 Aviation Powerplant II
7.5
Aviation Powerplant II covers four systems and components including subject areas of engine lubrication systems, engine electrical systems, engine
ignition and starting systems, and engine fire protection systems. In this
course, students learn how to perform the inspection, servicing, checking,
troubleshooting, and repair of the various components that make up the
systems as well as the terminology used in the description and maintenance of the various systems. (5/7.5)
AVM 193 Aviation Powerplant III
8.5
Aviation Powerplant III encompasses the following subject areas: engine
exhaust and reverser systems, engine cooling systems, induction and
engine airflow systems, engine inspection, and one-half of reciprocating
engines and one-third of turbine engines. This course discusses in detail
the needs and operation of the covered systems. Aviation Powerplant III
also emphasizes the various procedures and methods required to maintain
the systems in proper condition. It introduces students to the theory and
maintenance of reciprocating and turbine engines, including the inspection, checking, servicing, and repair of such engines and their installation.
(6.5/6)
AVM 194 Aviation Powerplant IV
7.5
Aviation Powerplant IV investigates the subject areas of unducted fans and
auxiliary power units, completes the second half of the subject area of reciprocating engines, and finishes the last two-thirds of the subject area of
turbine engines. This course also contains a comprehensive powerplant
review and testing section which helps students prepare to take the FAA
powerplant written, oral and practical exams for the issuance of a powerplant rating. (5/7.5)
Biological Sciences
BIO 105 Introductory Biology
4.0
Introductory Biology is designed for non-science majors or as a refresher
course for those wishing to take higher-level biology courses. Topics include the characteristics of life; the molecular and cellular basis of life; cell
division, photosynthesis and respiration; genetics, evolution and ecology.
Laboratory work complements each topic of study. (3/2)
BIO 112 General Biology I
4.0
General Biology I is designed for science majors. Topics include scientific methodology, the molecular and cellular basis of life; cell division, photosynthesis and respiration; genetics, evolution and ecology; classification
and taxonomy. Laboratory work complements each topic of study. (3/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in high school biology or Introductory Biology.
BIO 113 General Biology II
4.0
General Biology II is designed for science majors. This class explores the
diversity of life by focusing on characteristics in the four eukaryotic kingdoms
and prokaryotes. Topics covered include taxonomy, structure, function, ecology and evolution. Laboratory exercises complement each topic. (3/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in General Biology I.
BIO 125 Plant Biology
4.0
Plant Biology is designed for non-science majors interested in plants and
plant-like organisms. Topics include classification, plant structure and function, development, metabolism, and heredity. Laboratory work complements each topic of study. (3/2)
BIO 151 Nutrition
3.0
Nutrition is the study of basic nutrients and their relationship to health, which
includes the digestion, absorption, and metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, and fats in the human body. Additional topics are dietary planning for
all ages, dietary exchanges and other health related diets, physical fitness,
stress management, and food habits involving ethnic groups. (3/0)
91
BIO 157 Human Biology
4.0
Human Biology is designed for non-science majors or as a prerequisite for
higher-level anatomy and physiology courses. It focuses on the following
areas: the molecular and cellular basis of human life; the integration of
humans and the biosphere; the structure and function of human tissues,
organs and organ systems; and the principles of genetics and human development. Laboratory work complements each topic of study. (3/2)
BIO 168 Human Anatomy and Physiology I with Labs
4.0
Human Anatomy and Physiology I with Labs covers the structure and function of the human body from the cellular level to organ systems. Topics at
the cellular level include the fundamental basics of chemistry, cell structure and cellular metabolism, genetics, and histology. The organ systems
studied are the skin and integumentary system, the skeletal and muscular
systems, the nervous system, and the special senses. Laboratory work
complements each topic of study. (3/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Human Biology, or a grade of “C”
or higher in one year of high school anatomy and physiology earned within
the last two years.
BIO 173 Human Anatomy and Physiology II with Labs
4.0
Human Anatomy and Physiology II with Labs is a continuation of Human
Anatomy and Physiology I with Labs. The following organ systems are
covered: endocrine system, blood and the cardiovascular system, the lymphatic system and immunity, the respiratory system, the urinary system,
the digestive system including nutrition and metabolism, and the reproductive systems. Other topics included are the body’s balance of water,
electrolytes, and acids and bases, and an introduction to human growth
and development. Laboratory work complements each topic of study. (3/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Human Anatomy and Physiology
I with Labs.
BIO 186 Microbiology
4.0
Microbiology is the study of microorganisms with special emphasis on the
pathogens and the aspects of microbiology that directly affect humans. The
course covers the fundamentals of microbiology, a survey of the microbial world, interactions between microbes and hosts, microorganisms and
human disease, and environmental and applied microbiology. Laboratory
work explores all aspects of microbiology, but emphasizes the culture, handling and identification of bacteria. (3/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Human Anatomy and Physiology
I with Labs, General Biology I, or General Chemistry I.
BIO 209 Kinesiology
3.0
Kinesiology explores the basics of biomechanical principles to human motion as they relate to skeletal and muscular systems, including nerve innervations and range of motion levers. Torque and gait are studied in relation
to balance and normal body movement. (2/2/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “B” or higher in Human Anatomy and Physiology
I with Labs.
Co-requisite: Human Anatomy and Physiology II with Labs.
BIO 211 Pathophysiology
3.0
Pathophysiology examines the etiology and processes of human disease.
Content covers the altered structure and function of the body, prevalence,
risk factors, signs and symptoms, diagnosis, prognosis, complications, and
treatment options for selected diseases. (3/0/0)
Prerequisites: A grade of “B” or higher in Human Anatomy and Physiology
I and II with Labs.
BIO 272 Biomass to Bioenergy
4.0
Biomass to Bioenergy is an introductory-level biotechnology course emphasizing plant and crop-based resources for the production of biobased
products including renewable biofuels. This course is designed to familiarize students with many bioprocessing principles. Topics include biology,
microbiology, chemistry, biochemistry. An introductory exploration of agricultural and industrial practices together with the global impact of bioprocessing will be examined. Laboratory work complements each topic of
study. (3/3)
92
BIO 908 Cooperative Education
1.0 - 6.0
Cooperative Education provides cooperative work experience related to
the sciences. Work experience hours are arranged. (0/4-24)
BIO 927 Honors Study
2.0
Honors Study explores current scientific topics. In addition to other projects, students research, write, and present a biology review paper. (2/0)
Prerequisite: Nomination by the science faculty and approval of the dean.
Business Administration
BUS 102 Introduction to Business
3.0
Introduction to Business surveys American enterprise and examines the
interrelated roles of accounting, economics, finance, management, and
marketing as they affect the firm. Students view the firm from both its functional role and its social institutional role. (3/0)
BUS 105 Accounting and Business Professional Development
1.0
Accounting and Business Professional Development introduces students
to career fields open to accounting and business majors. Business professionals present various areas of business, including topics in the areas
of work attitudes, confidentiality, job promotion, opportunities, ethics, and
employer/employee responsibilities. (1/0)
Note: This course is offered on a pass/fail basis only.
BUS 121 Business Communications
3.0
Business Communications develops the art of organizational communication for a business. It emphasizes practical applications in writing business
letters, reports, resumes, and other organizational communications. (3/0)
BUS 130 Introduction to Entrepreneurship
3.0
Introduction to Entrepreneurship emphasizes these processes: understanding how to find, analyze, and pursue an opportunity; understanding
oneself and personality characteristics of the “entrepreneur”; and examining the environment for entrepreneurship. A case and experiential approach is used throughout. (3/0)
BUS 154 E-business
3.0
E-business covers the unique aspects of creating a business strategy in
the e-business environment and focuses on the Internet as a medium for
promotion and distribution. E-business discusses how traditional marketing and business arenas can be transformed in this environment. (3/0)
BUS 161 Human Relations
3.0
Human Relations inquires into the nature of human behavior in the workplace. Using the administrative viewpoint, it focuses on human motivation,
leadership, organizational structure, and current topics in employment. (3/0)
BUS 185 Business Law I
3.0
Business Law I concentrates on the foundation of business transactions,
contracts, and sales. Emphasis focuses on the Uniform Commercial Code
where relevant. (3/0)
BUS 186 Business Law II
3.0
Business Law II explores a variety of topics essential to an understanding
of the business environment: insurance, agency and employment, business organizations, commercial paper, property, secured transactions, and
bankruptcy. (3/0)
BUS 908 Cooperative Education
1.0 - 6.0
Cooperative Education draws correlation between theory and practice in
the student’s area of specialization. Variable credit is granted, depending
on individual circumstances. (0/4-24)
Prerequisite: Permission from the program chair.
FIN 121 Personal Finance
3.0
Personal Finance provides individuals with the necessary knowledge and
ability to comprehend their role as a consumer in the economy. Students
learn types of consumer credit, home finance, budgeting, basic financial
planning, and principles of insurance and retirement. (3/0)
Business Computer Applications
BCA 115 Internet Basics
1.0
Internet Basics is designed to provide introductory information on the Internet, terminology, use of search engines, e-mail capabilities, e-mail functions, and basic web page updating. (1/0)
BCA 129 Basic Word Processing
2.0
Basic Word Processing uses Microsoft Word to create, manipulate, and
print business documents on a microcomputer. Memorandums, letters, envelopes, and reports are covered. (1/3)
BCA 130 Advanced Word Processing
2.0
Advanced Word Processing covers advanced concepts and skill development using Word to format, layout, and design quality documents. (1/3)
Prerequisite: Basic Word Processing.
BCA 134 Word Processing
3.0
Word Processing introduces features such as headers/footers, footnotes/
endnotes, mail merge, macros, filing techniques, and complex formatting tasks. Students should have some prior word processing experience. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Computers and demonstrated typing proficiency.
BCA 142 Spreadsheets
3.0
Spreadsheets provides the skills needed for solving business problems
using Microsoft Excel software. Students prepare, format, enhance, and
insert formulas in a spreadsheet as well as maintain and enhance workbooks which includes moving data within and between workbooks, creating
and customizing charts, and working with Web pages. Advanced formatting techniques are used to enhance worksheets, to work with templates
and workbooks, include linking and sharing, using advanced functions, and
working with lists. (3/0)
BCA 149 Spreadsheets II
1.0
Spreadsheets II deals with maintaining workbooks, applying styles and
comments, and using templates to create business documents such as
invoices. Students create, edit, size, move, delete, and customize chart
elements in Excel. Additional instruction includes enhancing the visual appeal to workbooks, saving as Web pages, and inserting hyperlinks. (1/0)
Prerequisite: Spreadsheets or Introduction to Computers.
BCA 152 Comprehensive Spreadsheets
3.0
Comprehensive Spreadsheets deals with the command menu, functions,
template design, printing, file handling, graphics, database features, and
keystroke macros. Students should have some prior spreadsheet experience. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Computers.
BCA 153 Spreadsheets III
1.0
Spreadsheets III uses advanced formatting techniques, applies custom
and conditional formatting, and works with large worksheets. Working with
and creating templates for business, linking worksheets and workbooks,
and sharing workbooks are also covered. Students use advanced functions and analysis tools, and work with lists to store, manipulate, share,
and export data. Recording and editing macros, auditing workbooks, collaborating with workgroups, and importing and exporting data are also
covered. (1/0)
Prerequisite: Spreadsheets II.
93
BCA 155 Introduction to Web Design
3.0
Introduction to Web Design is an introductory web design course for noncomputer majors. Students will participate in basic webpage and website
design including updating of existing webpages and websites. Students
will study the process to build their own website for free-lance and/or entrepreneurial purposes. Images, HTML code, and writing content for the web
and copyright laws will also be covered. (3/0)
BCA 184 Comprehensive Web Page Design Software
3.0
Comprehensive Web page Design Software teaches students how to develop web pages. Basic design, construction, and maintenance of the web
page are covered. Students learn how to set up a web page using current
web page design software and tools. (3/0)
BCA 212 Introduction to Computer Business Applications
3.0
Introduction to Computer Business Applications provides students an overview of computer hardware and software as business productivity tools.
The course includes a hands-on introduction to the computer operating
system, e-mail, internet, word processing, spreadsheet, database and presentation applications. (3/0)
BCA 250 Desktop Publishing
3.0
Desktop Publishing provides a hands-on introduction to the microcomputer hardware and software used to perform electronic page layout. Students
create, modify, and manipulate fliers, brochures and newsletters with page
layout and drawing programs. Students should have some prior knowledge
or experience with a word processor and familiarity with the keyboard. (3/0)
Chemistry
CHM 122 Introduction to General Chemistry
4.0
Introduction to General Chemistry is a one-semester course that covers
the fundamentals of inorganic chemistry. Topics include the structure of the
atom, properties and states of matter, nomenclature, chemical bonding,
stoichiometry, gas laws, solutions, and acid-base chemistry. Laboratory
experience provides hands-on exploration of the fundamentals of inorganic
chemistry and reinforces lecture concepts. Laboratory is required. (3/3)
Prerequisite: Minimum Math placement score of 40 on COMPASS Algebra or 18 on ACT Math; or a grade of “C” or higher in College Prep Math.
CHM 132 Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry
4.0
Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry covers selected principles of
general, organic, and biochemistry for students of health sciences. Basic
bonding, molecular structure, acid/base chemistry, and radiological effects
are covered from general chemistry. It introduces functional groups, nomenclature, and some main reactions in organic chemistry. The biochemistry emphasizes structure and reactions of molecules in metabolism and
the biosynthesis of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins. Additional topics
are nucleic acids, protein synthesis, immunology, nutrition, and digestion.
Laboratory work complements each topic of study. (3/3)
Prerequisite: Introduction to General Chemistry or a grade of “C” or higher
in one year of high school chemistry earned within the last two years.
CHM 166 General Chemistry I
5.0
General Chemistry I, first of a two-semester sequence, covers the fundamentals of chemistry. Topics include: structure of the atom, chemical bonding, stoichiometry, and kinetic theory of matter as applied to gases, liquids,
and solids. General Chemistry I Lab explores the fundamentals of chemistry, emphasizing laboratory technique, data collection and analysis, and
technical writing. Laboratory work complements each topic of study. (3/4)
Prerequisite: Introduction to General Chemistry or a grade of “C” or higher
in one year of high school chemistry earned within the last two years, and
one of the following: Minimum Math placement score of 53 on COMPASS Algebra; 21 on ACT Math, or; a grade of “C” or higher in Intermediate Algebra.
CHM 176 General Chemistry II
5.0
General Chemistry II, second of a two-semester sequence, covers the fundamentals of chemistry. Topics studied include solutions, acid-base chemistry, kinetics, chemical equilibrium, thermodynamics, electrochemistry,
and an introduction to organic chemistry. General Chemistry II Laboratory
emphasizes data collection and analysis to explore the topics from lecture.
Emphasis is placed on experiment design and technical writing. Laboratory
work complements each topic of study. (3/4)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in General Chemistry I.
CHM 263 Organic Chemistry I
5.0
Organic Chemistry I studies carbon skeletons of aliphatic hydrocarbons
and organic functional groups. It emphasizes the nature of bonding, nomenclature, isomerism, and reactions. Laboratory work introduces techniques used in identifying organic compounds and typical reactions. (3/4)
Prerequisite: General Chemistry II.
CHM 273 Organic Chemistry II
5.0
Organic Chemistry II continues the study of organic compounds. It emphasizes the nature of alkynes and aromatics and includes the study of organic
groups such as esters, amides, amino acids, and phenols. Laboratory work
covers the synthesis of organic compounds. (3/4)
Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry I.
Computer-Aided Drafting
CAD 129 CAD I
3.0
CAD I provides instruction in entry-level CAD (computer-aided design)
skills. Students learn 2-D and 3-D representation of objects, and national
and international standards for documentation. Students will use Siemens
software and teamwork to create drawings. Parametric solid modeling will
be introduced. (2/2)
Prerequisite/Co-Requisite: Introduction to PLM
CAD 197 CAD 3D-NX
4.0
CAD 3D-NX introduces basic (Unigraphics Solutions) NX® parametric
based solid modeling techniques. Exercises include creating and editing
solid models using primitive features, form features and sketches. Introduces master modeling technique of drawing creation and editing; file management in a team environment is emphasized.
Prerequisite: CAD I.
CAD 203 Principles of Design
3.0
Principles of Design emphasizes further development of geometric dimensioning and tolerancing techniques and the application of tolerances for
functionality and manufacturability. Students use Solid Edge® to create
solid models, detail, and assembly drawings suitable for manufacturing
production. (2/2)
Prerequisite: CAD 3D-NX
Co-Requisite: Component Design
CAD 213 Component Design
4.0
Students study the selection, analysis, fatigue and synthesis of machine
components. Students explore strength and fatigue considerations for shaft
design, threaded fasteners, lubrication and bearings, springs, and fundamentals of gear analysis, including forces, stresses and terminology. (3/2)
Prerequisite: Strength of Materials.
CAD 222 Advanced CAD 3D-NX
3.0
Advanced CAD NX® explores areas of three-dimensional constructions
and related features of the Unigraphics CAD system. Participants will construct 3-D models and perform model editing, use a 3-D coordinate system, create and apply surface techniques, and create 2-D drawings based
on 3-D models. Students will also learn to transition data to others within
the manufacturing process. (3/0)
Prerequisite: CAD 3D-NX
94
CAD 234 Design Problems
4.0
Design Problems offers student the opportunity to use their creativity in designing a specific product from scratch. The process will start with a basic
concept as a solution to a problem and progresses through an analytical
state involving calculations and layout drawings. The project will include
final assembly and detail drawing, and a bill of materials. (1/4)
Prerequisite: Component Design.
CAD 238 Design Communications
3.0
Design Communication teaches techniques to communicate the design
ideas to stake holders. It covers reporting to the client via different graphic
methods and perspectives. Students generate presentations, animations
and assembly demonstrations. Students prepare data for production. (2/2)
Prerequisite: CAD 3D-NX.
CAD 933 Design Technology Internship
6.0
Design Technology internship provides work experience related to the student’s Design training. This course allows the student to integrate theory
with practice in the student’s area of specialization. Work experience hours
are arranged. (0/24)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in all first-year Design Technology courses and Precalculus, and permission of program chair.
Computer Networking
NET 142 Network Essentials
3.0
Network Essentials introduces the networking field. The course focuses on
network terminology and protocols, local area networks (LANs), wide-area
networks (WANs), Open System Interconnection (OSI) models, cabling,
cabling tools, routers, router programming, Ethernet, Internet Protocol (IP)
addressing, and network standards. Instruction and training are provided in
the proper care, maintenance, and use of networking software, tools, and
equipment and all local, state, and federal safety, building, and environmental codes and regulations. (3/0)
NET 213 Cisco Networking
3.0
Cisco Networking introduces the architecture, structure, functions, components, and models of the Internet and other computer networks. The
principles and structure of IP addressing and the fundamentals of Ethernet
concepts, media, and operations are introduced to provide a foundation
for the curriculum. By the end of the course, students will be able to build
simple LANs, perform basic configurations for routers and switches, and
implement IP addressing schemes. (2/2)
NET 225 Routing & Switching Essentials
3.0
Routing and Switching Essentials describes the architecture, components,
and operations of routers and switches in a small network. Students learn
how to configure a router and a switch for basic functionality. By the end of
this course, students will be able to configure and troubleshoot routers and
switches and resolve common issues with RIPv1, RIPv2, and single-area
and multi-area OSPF, virtual LANS, and inter-VLAN routing in both IPv4
and IPv6 networks. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Cisco Networking.
NET 226 Scaling Networks
3.0
Scaling Networks describes the architecture, components, and operations
of routers and complex switches in a larger and more complex network.
Students learn how to configure routers and switches for advanced functionality. By the end of this course, students will be able to configure and
troubleshoot routers and switches and resolve common issues with OPSF,
EIGRP, STP, and VTP in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks. Students will also
develop the knowledge and skills needed to implement DHCP and DNS
operations in a network.
Prerequisite: Routing & Switching Essentials.
NET 227 Connecting Networks
3.0
Connecting Networks discusses the WAN technologies and network services required by converged applications in a complex network. The course
enables students to understand the selection criteria of network devices
and WAN technologies to meet network requirements. Students learn how
to configure and troubleshoot network devices and resolve common issues
with data link protocols. Students will also develop the knowledge and skills
needed to implement IPSec and virtual private network operations in a
complex network. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Scaling Networks.
NET 313 Windows Server
3.0
Windows Server introduces the managing and maintaining of a Windows
Server environment. Students learn how to install, configure, administer
and support the primary services in the latest Windows Server operating
system. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Operating Systems.
NET 343 Windows Directory Services
3.0
Windows Directory Services provides the knowledge and skills necessary
to plan, analyze, optimize, and troubleshoot Microsoft Windows NT® Server network operating systems in an enterprise environment. The course
includes how to set up, configure, use, and support Transmission Control
Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). (3/0)
Prerequisite: Windows Server.
NET 363 Windows Directory Services Design
3.0
Windows Directory Services Design provides the knowledge and skills necessary to design a directory services infrastructure based upon the needs
of a large organization. The skills necessary to design security frameworks
for small, medium and large networks are also covered. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Windows Directory Services.
NET 402 LINUX Network Administration
3.0
LINUX Network Administration involves a study of an operating system
used on a variety of hardware platforms. Topics examine file manipulation,
access commands and script language commands. Students learn fundamental command line features of the LINUX environment including file
system navigation, file permissions, the vi text editor, command shells, and
basic network use. This course covers the basic installation and administration of the LINUX operating system. (2/2)
NET 412 LINUX System Administration
3.0
LINUX System Administration introduces the techniques necessary to create and manage users, groups and computers that make up a LINUX network. Students will install and configure a LINUX system and will set up
systems, applications and user configuration files. Network configuration
files and integrating a LINUX network in a mixed environment are an
integral part of the course. (2/2)
Prerequisite: LINUX Network Administration.
NET 418 LINUX Administration
3.0
LINUX Administration introduces the techniques necessary to create and
manage users, groups, computers, and firewalls that make up a LINUX
network. Students install and configure a secure LINUX system, applications, and user configuration files. (2/2)
NET 478 Information Storage and Management
3.0
Information Storage and Management provides students with the background to learn how to manage advanced storage systems, protocols, and
architectures, including Storage Area Networks (SAN), Network-Attached
Storage (NAS), Fibre Channel Networks, Internet Protocol SANs (IPSAN),
iSCSI, and Content-Addressable Storage (CAS). (3/0)
Prerequisite: PC Support I.
95
NET 495 Virtual Infrastructure
3.0
Virtual Infrastructure introduces students to the concepts and capabilities
of virtual architecture with a focus on the installation, configuration and
management of a VMware virtual infrastructure. This course covers fundamentals of virtual network design and implementation, fundamentals of
storage area networks, virtual switching, virtual system management, and
engineering for high availability. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Information Storage and Management.
NET 612 Fundamentals of Network Security
3.0
Fundamentals of Network Security provides a fundamental understanding
of network security principles and implementation. Students examine the
technologies used and principles involved in creating a secure computer
networking environment. (3/0)
NET 730 Computer Forensics and Investigation
3.0
The Computer Forensics and Investigation course prepares students in
detecting and analyzing data stored or hidden on computer systems. Students will be introduced to the techniques and tools of computer forensic
investigations. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Network Security and PC Support II.
NET 779 Desktop Application Support
3.0
Desktop Application Support includes the installation and support of desktop applications on computers in a work environment. Students will gain
additional experience through participating in a help desk. (2/2)
NET 785 Fundamentals of Desktop Support
3.0
Fundamentals of Desktop Support introduces the concepts of supporting
computers and computer users as a career. Students improve their proficiency in providing computer support by troubleshooting real-life scenarios
including specification/management considerations and customer service
skills. Student activities may include upgrading computers and computer
peripherals for non-profit organizations. students will use troubleshooting tools, the Microsoft Knowledge Base and help desk software. (3/0)
NET 790 PC Support I
3.0
PC Support I introduces computer hardware and software concepts necessary for an entry-level computer repair technician. Students learn to troubleshoot, repair, upgrade, and maintain PC hardware and software. (2/2)
NET 791 PC Support II
3.0
PC Support II is the second in a sequence of two courses focusing on
computer software. The course introduces software issues necessary for
an entry-level computer technician. Students learn to troubleshoot, repair,
upgrade, and maintain PC software. (2/2)
NET 795 Desktop Support Practicum
1.0
Desktop Support Practicum puts the skills learned in the classroom to work
as they help staff the Reiver Tech Team’s student run help desk. Students
learn to provide positive customer service while repairing student and staff
personal computers. (0/4)
Co-requisite: Fundamentals of Desktop Support.
NET 810 Computer Internship
1.0 - 8.0
Computer Internship provides work experience related to the student’s
computer training. This course allows the student to integrate theory with
practice in the student’s area of specialization. Work experience hours are
arranged. (0/4 32)
Computer Programming
CIS 121 Introduction to Programming Logic
3.0
Introduction to Programming Logic covers the basic concepts of flowcharting techniques and introduces program analysis. Students also analyze
and flowchart a set of modular programs. (3/0)
CIS 127 Introduction to Programming
3.0
Introduction to Programming uses programming languages to teach the
basics of good programming and algorithm development, with emphasis
on logic, functions, debugging and graphical user interfaces. (3/0)
CIS 134 Web Design
3.0
Web Design encompasses the design, creation, and maintenance of web
pages and websites. Students learn how to critically evaluate website quality, create and maintain quality web pages, assess web design standards,
and manipulate images. The course progresses from introductory work on
web design to a culminating project in which students design and develop
comprehensive websites and publish to a web server. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Web Programming.
CIS 139 Programming I
3.0
Programming I is a beginning applied programming course that uses object-oriented programming. The course emphasizes the basics of good
programming techniques and style. Students will practice implementing
and debugging programs. Programs include interactive data types, error
handling and web forms. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Programming or Java.
CIS 144 Programming II
3.0
Programming II covers the development of interactive data driven webbased applications using the .NET environment. Topics include web controls, custom controls, data connections, application and session state, application cache, security, accessibility, and page design. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Programming I.
CIS 151 Programming III
3.0
Programming III covers the development of mobile-based applications for
different mobile devices, as well as the web technologies (HTML5, CSS3,
and JavaScript) needed to create mobile web applications. Students will
create and consume web services. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Programming II.
CIS 158 Web e-Business
3.0
Web e-Business covers the development of ecommerce websites that are
able to sell products and services. Students will learn to create catalogs,
shopping carts and processing of multiple payment options. (3/0)
Prerequisites: Programming II and Server Side Web Programming.
CIS 161 C++ Programming
3.0
C++ Programming builds on the basic C programming language to introduce the concepts of object-oriented programming. Students construct
programs using classes, abstraction, inheritance, and polymorphism. Students must complete a set of programs. (3/0)
CIS 164 Advanced C++
3.0
Advanced C++ continues C++ Programming. It employs object-oriented
software engineering techniques to design and implement programs using arrays, structures, files, lists, matrices, trees, and objects to represent
real-world situations. The techniques include dynamic memory allocation
and recursion. (3/0)
Prerequisite: C++ Programming.
CIS 171 Java
3.0
Java examines the Java programming language. Students explore interactive web application development using object-oriented development
techniques as well as Java language constructs, run-time libraries, and
graphics libraries. (3/0)
96
CIS 175 Java II
3.0
Java II covers advanced client-server application development constructs.
Advanced GUI techniques, exception-handlers, database connectivity, and
debugging are topics covered. Students will create programs using inheritance and polymorphism concepts. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Java.
CIS 187 ASP.NET MVC with C#
3.0
ASP.NET MVC with C# provides students with hands-on experience using Visual Studio to create dynamic web applications using the ASP.NET
MVC Framework and C#. Students learn how to leverage the power of
the Model-View-Controller pattern to separate the layers of a web site into
input handling (model), user interface (view) and business/data logic (controller). Students will learn the benefits of using the MVC pattern for web
site development while creating model, views and controllers. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Programming II.
CIS 207 Fundamentals of Web Programming
3.0
Fundamentals of Web Programming teaches how to create, design, publish, and maintain a web site. Students learn HTML, DHTML and CSS using web site creation software. Design considerations such as usability,
download time and aesthetics are emphasized. (3/0)
CIS 213 Advanced Client Side Scripting
3.0
Advanced Client Side Scripting teaches current technologies for scripting
the web client. Students will create scripts, dashboards and widgets. (3/0)
ment presentations, programming specification, and documentation. Students develop techniques through case study applications. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Information Technology or Network Essentials.
CIS 606 Visual BASIC.NET I
3.0
Visual BASIC.NET I introduces Windows and Web programming using Microsoft’s .NET (dot net) framework. Students write introductory level programs involving variables, assignment, input, and output using a graphical
user interface (GUI), calculation, repetition, and selection between alternatives using the .NET environment. This course includes the object-oriented
concepts of encapsulation, single inheritance, and polymorphism. (3/0)
CIS 607 Visual BASIC.NET II
3.0
Visual BASIC.NET II presents Windows programming using distributed
database and client-server methodologies. Students write programs involving network and applications, distributed objects, and class structures
for the Windows operating system and enabled applications. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Visual BASIC.NET I.
CIS 780 Computer Projects
3.0 - 6.0
Computer Projects involves systems from inception to completion. Projects
revolve around courses taken in the curriculum with emphasis on systems,
hardware, software, languages and databases. (2-4/2-4)
Computer Science
CIS 215 Server Side Web Programming
3.0
Server Side Web Programming introduces several of the most common
server-sided scripting languages used in business today. The programming constructs used in these languages are covered. Scripts are designed, programmed, tested, and debugged. (3/0)
Prerequisites: Advanced Client Side Scripting and Web Design.
CSC 110 Introduction to Computers
3.0
Introduction to Computers consists of a hands-on introduction to microcomputer hardware, operating systems and application software. Students
enter, modify and manipulate data with word processing, presentation,
spreadsheet, and database programs. Students should be familiar with the
standard keyboard. (3/0)
CIS 227 Advanced Web Design
3.0
Advanced Web Design introduces students to more advanced skills by using color and typography creatively and how to achieve effective web page
layout by incorporating principles and standards of the web design process
in the web environment. Students explore advanced web production skills
such as layers and table-free layouts, templates, reusable elements, external Cascading Style Sheets, XML, automation of dynamic HTML, and site
management. Students also explore complex websites with more advanced design concepts in web site creation, such as efficient navigation
design, portability and accessibility, separating content from presentation
for easy site updating and maintenance, planning interactivity, and search
engine optimization. (3/0)
Prerequisites: Advanced Client Side Scripting and Web Design.
CSC 114 Introduction to Information Technology
3.0
Introduction to Information Technology examines computer hardware and
software, computer networking, and data analysis and communication.
Business case problems are used to introduce students to the general
concepts of computers and information technology. Students work extensively in teams to collaborate and design solutions to business case
problems using case-based problem methodology. (3/0)
CIS 332 Database and SQL
3.0
Database and SQL introduces students to the techniques and methodologies needed to construct large relational databases. It covers Data
Modeling, System Query Language (SQL) and Application Programming
Interfaces (API). (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Information Technology or Introduction to
Computers.
CIS 402 Cobol
3.0
Cobol introduces the COBOL language through the study of elementary
terminology, program format, and language syntax. Programming problems emphasize elementary input-output techniques involving data definition, data movement, beginning arithmetic, and branching verbs. The
course includes an introduction to structured program design. (3/0)
Prerequisite: C++ Programming.
CIS 504 Structured Systems Analysis
3.0
Structured Systems Analysis studies the phases of investigation, analysis, design, development, implementation, and maintenance of systems. It
includes the system development life cycle and the purposes of manage-
CSC 121 Operating Systems
3.0
Operating Systems is a hands-on course introducing the concepts of operating systems, including process, memory and storage management, protection, security and distributed systems. Students learn basic command
line tools, scripting, file management and commands for several different operating systems. (3/0)
CSC 190 Game Programming 2-D
3.0
Game Programming 2-D provides hands-on experience to create simple
two-dimensional games utilizing C++ and the Windows environment. Students will use current programmable graphic objects and sound to create
several simple games. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Advanced C++.
CSC 192 Flash Animation
3.0
Flash Animation will provide hands-on experience necessary to create
Flash animation for the World Wide Web and game creation. Students will
create objects and animation scripts. Some programming is required. (3/0)
CSC 194 Computer Game Creation
3.0
Computer Game Creation will provide hands-on experience necessary
to create computer games utilizing game development tools that require
no programming. Students will install and use various game development
tools while working with pictures and animation. (3/0)
97
Construction Technology
CON 114 Residential Print Reading
3.0
Residential Print Reading presents an introduction to the fundamentals of
drafting and blueprint reading applicable to residential construction. Students interpret and translate working drawings and specifications. (3/0)
CON 115 Commercial Print Reading
3.0
Commercial Print Reading provides advanced skills in the interpretation
of blueprints and construction drawings. Students interpret and translate
working drawings and specifications for commercial construction. (3/0)
CON 118 Introduction to Sustainable Construction
3.0
Introduction to Sustainable Construction provides students with a working
knowledge of sustainable systems and their impact on the construction
industry. Students study sustainable principles, materials, methods, and
their impact on the environment. (3/0)
CON 119 Construction Materials and Inspection
3.0
Construction Materials and Inspection deals with construction materials of
the past, present, and future. The course emphasizes the selection, application, and laboratory testing of construction materials. Students become
familiar with aspects of a construction inspector’s duties, responsibilities,
and record keeping. (3/0)
CON 170 Building Construction Techniques I
6.0
Building Construction Techniques I provides the practical application of selected construction techniques. It covers preparation and flat concrete work
as well as fundamentals of block laying and brick laying techniques as they
relate to basic construction. (0/18)
CON 171 Building Construction Techniques II
6.0
Building Construction Techniques II provides practical application of selected
building techniques. Students learn construction techniques in floor, wall and
ceiling systems, stair construction and interior finishing skills. (0/18)
CON 180 Principles of Building Construction I
3.0
Principles of Building Construction I provides an introduction to the building
construction process. It emphasizes construction safety issues and building code requirements; characteristics, use, and selection of building materials; and selection, care, and use of hand and power tools. (3/0)
CON 181 Principles of Building Construction II
3.0
Principles of Building Construction II provides fundamental theory of selected construction techniques. It explains floor systems, wall and ceiling
framing, stair construction, and interior finishing techniques. (3/0)
CON 244 Related Trade Applications
3.0
Related Trade Applications presents an introduction to the principles of
residential wiring, heating, air conditioning, and plumbing. This course addresses basic theory, related codes, techniques, and applications. (3/0)
CON 250 Principles of Commercial Construction I
3.0
Principles of Commercial Construction I provides fundamental theory in
commercial construction. Students learn advanced skills in concrete (flat
form work and tilt-up construction) and site preparation. (3/0)
CON 254 Commercial Construction Techniques II
6.0
Commercial Construction Techniques II provides practical applications of
selected commercial construction techniques. Students learn construction
techniques in superstructure construction, exterior finishes, and roofing
components. (0/18)
CON 316 Sustainable Construction Science
3.0
Sustainable Construction Science introduces the students to the principles
and applications utilized in residential construction which will improve the
operating efficiency of a home. (3/0)
CON 317 Sustainable Building Materials
3.0
Sustainable Building Materials provides an introduction on various construction materials that have a positive impact on the environmental design. It emphasizes material characteristics, cost analysis, and recycling
compared to traditional products. (3/0)
CON 318 Sustainable Foundations
3.0
Sustainable Foundations provides the students with three key issues of an
energy efficient home pertaining to a properly designed foundation. The
students will cover resource conservation, energy conservation, and moisture control. (3/0)
CON 319 Interior and Exterior Energy Principles
4.0
Interior and Exterior Energy Principles introduces the students to designing
and building homes that are safe, healthy, durable, comfortable, energy
efficient, and environmentally responsible. (4/0)
CON 325 Estimating
3.0
Estimating introduces students to the principles and techniques of estimating construction costs, with emphasis on quantity take-off, pricing elements
of work, labor, equipment, material, subcontractor cost, and indirect costs.
Spreadsheets and scheduling software will be used for computerized estimating. (3/0)
CON 348 Supervision and Leadership in Building Construction 3.0
Supervision and Leadership in Building Construction provides skills needed by professional contractors/carpenters. Students participate in eight
seminar-style projects conducted by industry professionals. (3/0)
CON 425 Internship
4.0
Internship allows students to obtain building trades skills, training at an
off-campus construction site. Students practice and acquire fundamental
techniques and additional skills. Program chair approval is required. (0/16)
Prerequisite: Building Construction Techniques II.
Criminal Justice
CRJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice
3.0
Introduction to Criminal Justice introduces the agencies and processes
involved in the apprehension, conviction, and punishment of criminal offenders. Topics include law and the Constitution, the purpose of law enforcement, the role of the police officer, federal and state courts, penal
institutions, probation and parole in present day life. (3/0)
CON 251 Commercial Construction Techniques I
6.0
Commercial Construction Techniques I provides practical applications of
selected commercial construction techniques. Students learn construction
techniques in concrete, flat work, form work, tilt-up construction, site preparation, and site layout. (0/18)
CRJ 111 Police and Society
3.0
Police and Society provides an overview of the role and activities of police
in American society. Students examine the origins of policing, the nature of
police organization, work, and personality as well as the patterns of relations between police and the public. Topics include characteristics of the
peace officer, police subculture, corruption, recruitment, and legal aspects
of policing, such as search and seizure. (3/0)
CON 253 Principles of Commercial Construction II
3.0
Principles of Commercial Construction II provides fundamental theory in
commercial construction. Students learn advanced skills in superstructure
construction (i.e., steel studframing practices and iron work), exterior finishes and roofing components. (3/0)
CRJ 120 Introduction to Corrections
3.0
Introduction to Corrections examines the history, philosophy, and evolution
of the American correctional process. Topics include the history of punishment, jail and prison systems, community-based corrections, and capital
punishment. (3/0)
98
CRJ 130 Criminal Law
3.0
Criminal Law examines the means by which society attempts to use criminal law to prevent harm to society. It examines the acts that are declared
criminal and the punishment for committing those acts, as well as current substantive criminal law, English common law, and the United States
Constitution. Topics include crimes against the person, such as homicide;
crimes against property and habitation, such as burglary; and crimes
against public order and morals, such as sodomy. Students also examine
defenses against prosecution, such as insanity and entrapment. (3/0)
CRJ 133 Constitutional Criminal Procedures
3.0
Constitutional Criminal Procedures examines legal aspects of investigative
and arrest processes as well as rules governing the admissibility of evidence in court. It focuses primarily on police and correctional due process,
application of the law, and civil liability concerns. Topics include search
and seizure, arrest and interrogation, revocation and probation and parole,
probable cause, and other timely issues. (3/0)
CRJ 142 Criminalistics
3.0
Criminalistics builds on the knowledge gained from Introduction to Forensic Investigation. This course examines the following topics in more
depth and detail: the crime laboratory, establishing personal identity, trace
evidence, physiological evidence, impression evidence, firearm evidence,
and evidence processing. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Forensic Investigation.
CRJ 160 Introduction to Forensic Investigation
3.0
Introduction to Forensic Investigation introduces various disciplines and
techniques in forensic investigation. Topics included are Forensic Anthropology, Forensic Odontology, Forensic Entomology, Forensic Serology,
and Criminalistics. (3/0)
CRJ 240 Criminal Investigation
3.0
Criminal Investigation covers the basic techniques and procedures utilized in conducting general criminal investigations. Topics include interviews and interrogations, surveillance, use of informants, undercover investigations and more. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice.
CRJ 258 Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice
3.0
Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice introduces the student to ethical concepts, foundations, dilemmas, and applications, as applied to the police,
courts, and correctional components of the Criminal Justice system. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice.
CRJ 260 Medicolegal Death Investigation
3.0
Medicolegal Death Investigation continues the study of forensic investigation and crime scenes. This course examines the topics of medicolegal investigative systems, cause and manner of death, autopsy procedures and
protocol, forensic medicine, crime scene reconstruction, and advanced
forensic investigative techniques. (3/0)
Prerequisites: Introduction to Forensic Investigation and Criminalisitcs.
CRJ 290 Criminal Justice Cooperative Education
3.0
Criminal Justice Cooperative Education provides cooperative work experience related to criminal justice. Work experience hours are arranged. (0/4-24)
CRJ 291 Forensic Investigation Cooperative Education
3.0
Forensic Investigation Cooperative Education provides students with work
experience related to their career goals. Cooperative Education hours are
arranged. (0/4-24)
Culinary Arts, Restaurant and
Hospitality Management
HCM 100 Sanitation and Safety
2.0
Sanitation and Safety presents basic food safety and sanitation requirements as well as employee safety in a food service facility. Emphasis focuses on inherent problems in maintaining a safe food supply and strategies to provide a wholesome product. The course outlines National Institute
for the Food Industry (NIFI) standards and state food sanitation regulations.
Topics include food spoilage and microbiology; government regulations regarding purchasing, storage, preparation and service of wholesome food;
requirements for equipment and physical plant sanitation; and guidelines
for employee safety. (2/0)
HCM 111 Principles of Baking I
2.0
Principles of Baking I introduces the fundamental principles involved in
the baking process. Emphasis centers on ingredients used, conversion of
standard recipes, and understanding methods for preparing quick breads,
yeast breads, donuts, sweet rolls, roll-in dough, pie dough, pie fillings,
cookies, and confectionary items. (2/0)
HCM 112 Principles of Baking II
2.0
Principles of Baking II presents instruction in the production of puff paste
doughs, Danish rolls, croissants, choux-paste desserts, cheesecake,
cooked puddings, cooked desserts, sugar art work with an emphasis in
cake assembly and decoration. (2/0)
Prerequisites: Principles of Baking I and Sanitation and Safety.
HCM 113 Culinary Baking
1.0
Culinary Baking provides practical application of topics presented in the
theory class. Emphasis centers on the use of scaling and baking equipment. Baking projects involve techniques in quick breads, yeast breads,
cake donuts, yeast rolls, sweet rolls, coffee cakes, confectionery products,
and cookies. (0/3)
HCM 121 Culinary Baking II
1.0
Culinary Baking II provides practical application of topics presented in the
theory class. Emphasis centers on making up puff-paste desserts, chouxpaste desserts, cake baking, Danish rolls, cheese cake, cooked puddings,
and croissants. (0/3)
Prerequisites: Culinary Baking, Principles of Baking I, and Safety and
Sanitation.
HCM 176 World Cuisine
2.0
World Cuisine studies various ethnic cuisines of the world, their cultures,
and their histories. Emphasis is on current trends and applications as students gain hands on experience. (2/0)
HCM 186 Culinary Foundations I
3.0
Culinary Foundations I introduces students to basic cooking principles.
Topics include an overview of kitchen equipment, safety, sanitation, and
basic preparation methods that includes soups, salads, sandwiches,
breakfast items, vegetables and starches. (3/0)
HCM 187 Culinary Foundations II
3.0
Culinary Foundations II emphasizes techniques in stock and sauce preparation, meats, seafood and poultry. Students also identify various foods in
international cuisine and the importance of attractive food presentation. (3/0)
Prerequisites: Culinary Foundations I and Sanitation and Safety.
HCM 191 Quantity Food Production I Lab
4.0
Quantity Food Production I Lab introduces students to basic skills and
techniques of cooking. Students prepare food items in the various stations
of the professional kitchen, rotating through the kitchen to practice proper
use of equipment, safety and sanitation, and to produce basic quality menu
items. Students prepare to serve the customer by practice in catering and
dining room service. (0/12)
HCM 192 Quantity Food Production II Lab
4.0
Quantity Food Production II Lab continues experiences in the preparation of stocks, sauces, meat, poultry, and seafood items. Students rotate
through the stations of a professional kitchen. As students progress, they
prepare more advanced menu items and quantity cooking projects. (0/12)
Prerequisites: Quantity Food Production I Lab and Sanitation and Safety.
HCM 197 Regional Wine History
2.0
Regional Wine History gives students a strong, solid foundation for understanding wine, as well as wine and food pairing, and comprehending
specific food types with their respective food strategies. Students gain
knowledge in fundamental wine opening and serving techniques, learn to
classify wines according to type, and recognize their distinguishing styles
and classification methods. Students also discover the wine philosophies
and major wine producing areas around the world, leading to the comprehension of different variables needed to arrange and compile an effective
wine menu. (2/0)
HCM 200 Dining Service
2.0
Dining Service provides an avenue for personal and professional growth.
The areas surveyed include grooming, appearance, attitude, and behavior.
Related topics include setting up for service, serving the customer, taking orders, and cashiering that occur in catering functions and gourmet
dinners. Students assess how national organizations and global concerns
affect careers in the hospitality industry. (1/3)
HCM 214 Culinary Media/Networking
3.0
Culinary Media/Networking explores how the media affects the culinary
world through trends, advertising, and business opportunities. It also examines the evolution of the media’s development as a tool to reach millions
regarding food, food safety, and cooking styles. Students produce a foodrelated video or audio clip. (3/0)
HCM 216 Pastries
1.0
Pastries provides students an in-depth study of baking emphasizing American and European pastries. Topics include application of different ingredients for fancy cookies, petit fours, puff pastries, pate a choux, meringues, assorted pastes and tarts, icing, fillings, and glazes. (0/3)
HCM 217 Artisan Breads
1.0
Artisan Breads provides students the information, tools, and instruction
to gain proficiency in preparation of a variety of artisan breads. Emphasis is placed on learning to mix, ferment, shape, bake, and store handcrafted breads. Students focus on traditional fermentation, as well as the
science of the ingredients. Students learn assembly and speed necessary
to increase their proficiency in meeting production deadlines with quality
products. (0/3)
99
HCM 221 Cake Decorating
1.0
Cake Decorating introduces students to advanced decorating techniques.
Students refine their skills with a variety of icings including butter cream,
royal icing, and fondant. (0/3)
HCM 222 Convenience Foods
1.0
Convenience Foods studies a variety of convenience items on the market
today and teaches students methods for altering these products to improve
quality and flavor. This course examines methods of incorporating these
items in menus for time saving and consistency. Students evaluate cost
and quality compared to scratch baking. (0/3)
HCM 223 Laminated Doughs
1.0
Laminated Doughs provides experience in preparing croissants and Danish. Students learn the techniques for proper handling of laminated dough
and learn to recognize quality products. (0/3)
HCM 230 Nutrition and Wellness
3.0
Nutrition and Wellness introduces the science of nutrition and the nutrient
value of foods with emphasis on the role of nutrition in maintaining one’s
well-being. Topics include computer analysis of meals, diet and recipes, as
well as the study of the role of fats, carbohydrates, proteins, water, minerals, and vitamins in the diet and recipes. Emphasis centers on the development of healthy foods. (3/0)
HCM 240 Menu Planning and Design
2.0
Menu Planning and Design introduces the concepts of planning menus
for institutional and restaurant food service operations with emphasis on
customer expectations and how the menu planner identifies those in establishing a workable menu format. Topics include an overview of menu
planning considerations, menu marketing and design, and specific criteria
for selected restaurants and institutional menus. (2/0)
HCM 243 Soups and Sauces
1.0
Soups and Sauces introduce students to scratch cookery methods through
areas of study which include stocks, thickeners, and roux-based sauces.
Topics include the five mother sauces, hot and cold butter sauces, emulsion sauces, salsas, sambas, vinaigrettes, and reductions. Cream, clear,
and potage soups are also discussed. (1/0)
HCM 244 Soups and Sauces Lab
2.0
Soups and Sauces Lab provides students hands-on cooking experiences
in scratch cookery through small batch assignments. Areas of study include stocks, thickeners, and roux-based sauces to include the five mother
sauces. Topics include hot and cold butter sauces, emulsion sauces, salsas, sambas, vinaigrettes, and reductions. Cream, clear, and potage soups
are prepared. (0/6)
HCM 218 Cakes
1.0
Cakes builds upon previously learned baking competencies and students
apply those skills with new products to create more elaborate tortes and
cakes using complex finishing methods. Glaze application, use of decorative sponges, and building multi-component cakes are emphasized. Topics
include comparison of classical and modern preparations; classical cakes;
glazed, iced, molded, and cream-filled cakes and bombes. (0/3)
HCM 245 Design and Layout of Food Service Facilities
3.0
Design and Layout of Food Service Facilities investigates the purchase,
installation, operation, and routine maintenance of food service equipment.
Related topics of design, atmosphere, space allocation and wise energy
management will be addressed. The purpose of this class is to discuss the
myriad of decisions a new restaurateur or food service manager will be
faced with as they enter the industry. (3/0)
HCM 219 International Breads
1.0
International Breads examines the evaluation of bread and yeast products
with their adaptability in world cuisine. Students prepare an assortment of
bread products from around the world, including flatbreads, classic French
baguettes, and European rye. (0/3)
HCM 246 Garde Manger/Charcuterie
1.0
Garde Manger/Charcuterie introduces students to traditional upscale
pantry preparation. Students learn techniques for artistic displays of hors
d’oeuvres, canapés, pâtés, terrines, and charcuterie. (1/0)
HCM 220 Chocolate and Sugar
1.0
Chocolate and Sugar focuses on chocolate and confectionery technology,
ingredient function, and the production of chocolates and confections in an
artisan setting. Vital concepts in both theory and practice include controlling crystallization of fats and sugars, manipulating water and free water in
centers, and understanding the mechanics of emulsions. Ingredient function focuses on fats, nutritive sweeteners, dairy products, binding agents,
and chocolate. (0/3)
HCM 247 Garde Manger/Charcuterie Lab
2.0
Garde Manger/Charcuterie Lab applies techniques in artistic displays of
hors d’oeuvres, canapés, pâtés, terrines, and charcuterie. Students gain
practical experience preparing and serving theme buffets for guests. (0/6)
100
HCM 248 A la Carte Cooking
2.0
A la Carte Cooking identifies a la carte cooking methods and fine dining
principles. Students gain an appreciation for the role of the menu as a tool
in this process. Projects include research of dishes and plate presentations. (2/0)
HCM 249 A la Carte Cooking Lab
4.0
A la Carte Cooking Lab introduces students to line cooking skills for fine
dining as well as time budgeting and management. Students work in stations which include salads, broiler, sauté, expeditor, and preparation. Students plan and prepare upscale theme menus. (0/12)
HCM 255 Purchasing
3.0
Purchasing is intended to promote an understanding of the managerial aspects of the hospitality purchasing activity. Emphasis is placed on strategic selection and procurement considerations based on item need, value,
and supplier information. The purchasing targets are food, beverage, supplies, equipment, services and furnishings. Particular attention will also
be given to product identification and to the receiving, storing, and issuing sequence, as well as to the technological applications and concepts in
purchasing. (3/0)
HCM 257 Advanced Baking I
3.0
Advanced Baking I examines baking methods and principles from a nutritional and chemical/physical point of view. Students conduct experiments
(using controlled formulas) on various baking ingredients and products in
order to develop a better understanding of baking principles. (3/0)
Prerequisites: Principles of Baking I and Principles of Baking II.
HCM 258 Advanced Baking II
3.0
Advanced Baking II is a continuation of Advanced Baking I. Emphasis is on
preparation of common products with a variety of ingredients; diets such
as vegan, diabetic, and gluten-free; nutritional labels; and preparation of
desserts, breads, and cakes for persons with special dietary needs. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Advanced Baking I.
HCM 267 Baking Science
2.0
Baking Science takes an in-depth look at how baking works. Students
examine ingredients and the role that they play in the overall bake shop
product. Students also study chemical reactions and the science behind
leaveners and other ingredients. (2/0)
Prerequisite: Principles of Baking I.
HCM 273 Baking Seminar
1.0
Baking Seminar gives students a first-hand look at the industry. Industry speakers give presentations and students tour industry facilities. Students
discuss current event topics as a primary focus to enhance critical thinking
ability as it pertains to the hospitality industry. (1/0)
HCM 278 Cost Control
2.0
Cost Control examines the control process applicable to a food service
operation. Emphasis is on the principles of controlling food, beverage, and
labor costs. Topics include cost and sales controls that can be established
for food and beverage operations. Students analyze labor costs and methods to control them. (1/2)
HCM 310 Hospitality Law
3.0
Hospitality Law introduces the legal considerations of hospitality property
management. The course stresses how to keep legal pitfalls from becoming problems. (3/0)
HCM 330 Hospitality Personnel Management
3.0
Hospitality Personnel Management introduces concepts relevant to managing and communicating in the hospitality organization by presenting a
perusal of the managerial process. Topics include personnel planning, organizing, staffing, directing, motivating, and problem-solving skills necessary for effective management. Additional topics cover the development of
management as a discipline, theories and styles of management as well as
contemporary functions of the managerial role. (3/0)
HCM 343 Recipe Costing and Menu Pricing
2.0
Recipe Costing and Menu Pricing emphasizes that need to develop standardized recipes for costing and menu pricing purposes. Students calculate the cost of recipes and food products and determine portion costs
and meal costs. Students evaluate and apply various theories of menu
planning. (1/2)
HCM 512 Culinary Internship
2.0
Culinary Internship provides students with work experience related to their
area of career interest within the hospitality industry. Work experience may
be in baking, culinary arts, supervision, or related areas. Hours are arranged. (0/8)
Prerequisite: Permission from program chair.
HCM 517 Baking Internship
2.0
Baking Internship provides students with supervised work experience in
the area of baking and pastry art. Students select and secure a position in
the industry where they are able to apply knowledge and techniques in the
baking field. Hours are arranged. (0/8)
Prerequisite: Permission from program chair.
HCM 525 Baking Capstone
1.0
Baking Capstone gives students the opportunity to produce a hot dessert,
a cold dessert, a product using choux paste, and a yeast bread item. This
class must be taken in the student’s final semester. (0/3)
HCM 532 Culinary Capstone
2.0
Culinary Capstone gives students an opportunity to plan, arrange, direct
and coordinate a menu. The student must also perform a mystery basket
skills test during finals week. This class must be taken in the student’s final
semester. (0/6)
HCM 598 Hotel Front Office Management
3.0
Hotel Front Office Management presents how to perform and manage front
office functions and shows how these functions affect the overall operation
of a hotel. Emphasis stresses how guest concerns shape management
strategies and front office procedures. The course incorporates current
technology and discusses the effects of today’s multicultural work force,
the labor shortage, and the Americans with Disabilities Act. (3/0)
Cultural Studies
CLS 183 Baseball and American Culture
3.0
Baseball and American Culture examines the game of baseball and its
impact on the reflection of American society. Some of the topics covered
include: the Negro Leagues and baseball’s eventual integration, the business of baseball involving labor relations, promotions, ball park construction, the evolution of the game and its heroes, and comparison between
minor and major league baseball. The course includes visits to major and
minor league games and guest speakers. (3/0)
CLS 184 Rock and Roll and American Culture
3.0
A major aspect of the American experience since World War II has been
the birth and evolution of rock and roll music. This class will focus on the
connection between rock and roll music and American culture. We will examine the roots of rock and roll and its origins in folk music, country, and
the blues. From its birth in the 1950s, the class will study how rock and
roll has evolved and changed over the years as it reflects the ongoing
changes of American culture. Some of the genres that rock and roll music
has evolved into that will be covered include; doo-wop, surf music, the British invasion, folk rock, Motown, heavy metal, psychedelic rock, funk, glam
rock, punk, disco, hip hop, grunge, and new wave. (3/0)
101
Dental Assistant
Dental Hygiene
DEA 271 Dental Theory I
6.0
Dental Theory I provides basic knowledge to build a foundation based on
health sciences associated with the practice of dentistry. Topics include
microbiology and pathology, which include dental caries, dental nutrition,
preventive dentistry, and dental anatomy. (6/0)
DHY 114 Dental Hygiene Anatomical Sciences
4.0
Dental Hygiene Anatomical Sciences deals with the fundamental study of
head and neck anatomy, oral anatomy, tooth morphology, functions of the
teeth, individual tooth identification, and physiology of occlusion. Instruction emphasizes dental nomenclature and the anatomy of the teeth and
surrounding structures. (4/0)
Prerequisites: Human Anatomy and Physiology I with Labs and Human
Anatomy and Physiology II with Labs.
DEA 275 Dental Theory II
5.0
Dental Theory II is a continuation of Dental Theory I. Emphasis focuses on
anesthesia and a basic foundation of pharmacology from the dental perspective. Students review recording of data in the dental practice, dental
office emergencies, and ethical foundations. (5/0)
Prerequisite: Dental Theory I.
DEA 314 Radiography I
2.0
Radiography I offers an introduction to scientific principles of oral radiography including production and absorption of radiation, x-ray unit function,
imaging systems, quality assurance, radiation biology, and radiographic
interpretation. (2/0) Co-requisite: Dental Theory I.
DEA 320 Radiography II
2.0
Radiography II continues Radiography I with a study of the paralleling and
bisecting techniques of exposing radiographs. Emphasis centers on developing a clinical competency in exposing and processing radiographs. (0/6)
Prerequisite: Radiography I.
DEA 403 Dental Materials
3.0
Dental Materials examines the theory of materials utilized at chairside and
in chairside-related procedures. Practical application includes preparing
impression materials, restorative materials, models, custom trays, occlusal
registrations, and temporary restorations. (1/6)
DEA 502 Dental Assisting Principles
4.0
Dental Assisting Principles provides techniques in four-handed dentistry,
knowledge of general dental armamentarium, OSHA compliance, infection
control protocol, and legal intraoral functions. (3/4)
DEA 582 Dental Assisting Experience I
2.0
Dental Assisting Experience I provides experience in a clinical setting. Emphasis centers on chairside assisting of general dentistry with scheduled
rotations through the dental specialties. (0/6)
Prerequisites: Dental Assisting Principles and Dental Materials.
DEA 585 Dental Assisting Experience II
5.0
Dental Assisting Experience II offers additional experience in the dental
office setting. The students’ role increases in chairside assisting of general
dentistry. A specialty rotation is recommended. (0/15)
DEA 602 Dental Specialties
4.5
Dental Specialties emphasizes competence in coronal polish and fluoride
application and also develops a foundation in the following specialty areas:
periodontics, oral maxillofacial surgery, endodontics, orthodontics, and pediatric dentistry. (4/2)
Prerequisite: Dental Assisting Principles.
DEA 706 Procedures for the Dental Office
2.5
Procedures for the Dental Office introduces office receptionist responsibilities.
The course includes resume writing, interviewing techniques, record keeping,
insurance forms, telephone techniques, and appointment making. (2/1.5)
DEA 933 Internship Seminar
1.0
Internship Seminar emphasizes group discussion and individual conferences on clinical experiences. The course includes preparation for the National Board examination. (1/0)
Prerequisite: Dental Assisting Experience I.
DHY 120 Oral Histology and Embryology
0.5
Oral Histology and Embryology presents the fundamentals of oral histology and embryology of facial structure and dental tissues. (.5/0)
Prerequisites: Human Anatomy and Physiology I with Labs and Human
DHY 132 Dental Pharmacology
3.0
Dental Pharmacology studies drugs and their actions on living tissues. This
course includes the drugs used as an aid in the diagnosis, treatment, and
prevention of disease or to control or improve any physiological or pathological condition. (3/0)
Prerequisites: Human Anatomy and Physiology I with Labs, Human Anatomy and Physiology II with Labs, and Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry.
DHY 141 General and Oral Pathology
3.0
General and Oral Pathology presents the basic concepts of the disease
process and the oral manifestations of inflammation, degenerative changes, neoplasms, and developmental anomalies of the oral cavity. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Dental Hygiene Anatomical Sciences.
DHY 153 Dental Emergencies
1.0
Dental Emergencies examines elements of dental hygiene care as they relate to the treatment planning of special patient and medical emergencies
in the dental office. A major portion of the course deals with the prevention,
recognition and management of medical emergencies which occur in the
dental office with specific emphasis on systemic disease processes. (1/0)
DHY 155 Radiology
2.0
Radiology offers an introduction to scientific principles of oral radiography
including production and absorption of radiation, x-ray unit function, imaging systems, quality assurance, radiation biology, and radiographic interpretation. (2/0)
DHY 157 Radiology Lab
1.0
Radiology lab experiences develop competence in exposing, processing,
mounting, critically evaluating and interpreting dental radiographs. (0/3)
DHY 174 Principles of Dental Hygiene
5.0
Principles of Dental Hygiene introduces basic principles of clinical dental
hygiene. The etiology of deposits and the effect on oral tissue and the
theory and techniques of instrumentation in removal of deposits are emphasized in the lab portion. (3/6)
DHY 183 Dental Hygiene I Theory
2.0
Dental Hygiene I Theory continues the instrumentation techniques provided via clinical experience in oral prophylaxis techniques. Emphasis
centers on comprehensive patient care on the simple patient classifications including patient assessment, treatment planning, and patients with
special needs. (2/0)
DHY 184 Clinical Dental Hygiene I
3.0
Clinical Dental Hygiene I continues the instrumentation techniques provided via clinical experience in oral prophylaxis techniques, application of
preventive therapies, and radiographic skills to beginner level. (0/12)
102
DHY 211 Periodontology
2.0
Periodontology provides an in-depth study of the pathogenesis of periodontal disease. It presents the clinical characteristics, histopathology,
etiology, and risk factors of periodontal diseases. Special emphasis centers on the role of the immune system in the initiation and progression of
periodontal disease. (2/0)
Prerequisite: Microbiology.
DHY 286 Clinical Dental Hygiene II
2.0 - 4.0
Clinical Dental Hygiene II continues the clinical practices providing further
instruction and application of patient education and oral prophylaxis techniques. Emphasis focuses on continued improvement and advancement in
patient assessment skills, instrumentation and radiographic skills, and total
care on simple and moderate patient classifications. (0/16)
Prerequisite: Clinical Dental Hygiene I.
DHY 213 Periodontology II
1.0
Periodontology II builds on the knowledge base acquired in Periodontology. Based on individualized patient needs, the student explores the rationale and clinical indications of surgical techniques, implant maintenance
as well as new products within the field of periodontics. (1/0)
Prerequisite: Periodontology.
DHY 288 Local Anesthesia and Pain Control
1.0
Local Anesthesia and Pain Control builds on the knowledge base of anatomy and physiology. Emphasis focuses on patient pain control, therapies
and techniques. (1/0)
Prerequisite: Dental Hygiene Anatomical Science.
DHY 226 Biomaterials for the Dental Hygienist
2.5
Biomaterials for the Dental Hygienist deals with the various materials used
in restorative dentistry and other specialty areas in dentistry to fabricate
dental appliances and tooth restorations. The course consists of lecture and
laboratory components to help students develop an understanding of the
composition, properties, structure, and manipulative ariables of dental materials historically used in dentistry as well as new materials and techniques
that are rapidly evolving. Emphasis centers on practical, clinical applications of materials, the need for educating patients regarding these materials,
and techniques for placement of the materials in the oral cavity. (2/1.5)
DHY 228 Clinical Preventive Denistry
2.0
Clinical Preventive Dentistry focuses on products and techniques for individualized oral health care instruction. It includes relationship of the saliva
and the caries process to oral disease. Emphasis is given to geriatric, pediatric and medically compromised patients’ special self care needs. (2/0)
Prerequisite: Dental Hygiene Anatomical Science.
DHY 230 Oral Health Nutrition
2.0
Oral Health Nutrition presents the fundamentals of nutrition and relates
them to health and diseases of the oral tissues. Emphasis will be on patient
nutrition counseling and applying the information to the clinic setting. (2/0)
Prerequisites: Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry, or General
Chemistry I and II.
DHY 293 Dental Hygiene III Theory
2.0
Dental Hygiene III Theory expands clinical practices providing further instruction and application of patient education skills, nonsurgical periodontal
therapy and maintenance, and preventive therapeutics on more complex
periodontal patients. Emphasis focuses on developing more advanced instrumentation and radiographic skills, improving efficiency and effectiveness in patient assessment, and providing comprehensive dental hygiene
care to simple, moderate, and advanced cases. Topics include but are
not limited to advanced periodontal instrumentation, patient education, and
occupational hazards. (2/0)
Prerequisite: Dental Hygiene II Theory.
DHY 295 Clinical Dental Hygiene III
2.0 - 4.0
Clinical Dental Hygiene III expands clinical practices providing further instruction and application of patient education skills, oral prophylaxis techniques, and preventive therapeutics on more complex periodontal patients.
Emphasis focuses on developing more advanced instrumentation and
radiographic skills, improving efficiency and effectiveness in patient assessment, and providing comprehensive dental hygiene care to simple,
moderate and advanced cases. (0/16)
Prerequisite: Clinical Dental Hygiene II.
DHY 241 Dental Ethics
2.0
Dental Ethics surveys baseline knowledge of ethical theories, various models of decision-making, and major contemporary health care issues and
dilemmas facing the dental professional, such as the mandatory reporting
of adult and child abuse. The course covers legal aspects of health care as
well as statutes, rules, and regulations pertaining to the practice of dentistry and dental hygiene in the states of Iowa and Nebraska. (2/0)
DHY 303 Dental Hygiene IV Theory
2.0
Dental Hygiene IV Theory continues clinical practices providing the opportunity to synthesize knowledge and skills learned in all first and second year dental hygiene practice courses while rendering comprehensive
dental hygiene care to patients at a program exit- level of competence.
Students examine basic research principles to facilitate reading/critiquing
of professional and scientific literature in order for the dental hygienist to
continue to learn about new treatment modalities, scientific discoveries,
oral hygiene products on the market, and other appropriate topics that enhance the practice of dental hygiene. (2/0)
Prerequisite: Dental Hygiene III Theory.
DHY 252 Community Dentistry
3.0
Community Dentistry (a two-semester course) includes community site
rotations. The course relates the concepts of dental public health and preventive dentistry, including principles of biostatistics, epidemiology, educational instruction, dental manpower, and delivery systems. Students plan,
implement, and evaluate a community dental health project. (3/0)
DHY 304 Clinical Dental Hygiene IV
4.0
Clinical Dental Hygiene IV continues clinical practices providing the opportunity to synthesize knowledge and skills learned in all first and second
year dental hygiene clinical courses while rendering comprehensive dental
hygiene care to patients at a program exit- level of competence. (0/16)
Prerequisite: Clinical Dental Hygiene III.
DHY 255 Community Oral Health
2.0
Community Oral Health builds on Community Dentistry, which laid the
foundation for creating a community health project. The project will be implemented and evaluated in the lab portion of this course. In lecture, topics
will include public health agreements and permits, insurance codes, and
Medicaid reimbursement for services. (1/3)
Prerequisite: Community Dentistry.
Diesel Technology
DHY 275 Dental Hygiene II Theory
1.0
Dental Hygiene II Theory continues the clinical practices providing further
instruction and application of patient education and oral prophylaxis techniques. Emphasis focuses on continued improvement and advancement in
patient assessment skills, instrumentation and radiographic skills, and total
care on simple and moderate patient classifications. (1/0)
Prerequisite: Dental Hygiene I Theory.
DSL 144 Electrical Systems
4.0
Electrical Systems is designed to introduce the electrical system requirements for diesel powered vehicles and equipment. Batteries, starting and
charging systems as well as circuitry and basic electronics are covered. (4/0)
DSL 324 Introduction to Diesel
4.0
Introduction to Diesel is designed to introduce the diesel engine. Engine
development, history, operation theories, and basic subsystems and component nomenclature are covered. Knowledge of basic repair procedures
and use of various tools for testing and measuring in both English and
metric systems of measurement are examined. (4/0)
103
DSL 354 Engines I
4.0
Engines I is designed to cover specific technical repair procedures for arious engine manufacturers and models. While all engines are basically the
same, this course examines the specifics of certain models and manufacturer-recommended repair procedures. General engine construction and
design modifications, including the latest production and service changes,
are examined. (4/0)
DSL 364 Engines II
4.0
Engines II is a continuation of Engines I and is also designed to include
specific technical repair procedures for various engine manufacturers and
models. While all engines are basically the same, this course examines
the specifics of certain model and manufacturer recommended repair procedures. General engine construction and design modifications are examined including the latest production and service changes. (4/0)
DSL 444 Fuel Systems
4.0
Fuel Systems is designed to provide information about diesel fuel injection
systems. Mechanical and electronic injection systems, which are commonly used throughout the diesel industry, are studied. Basic system design,
pump operation, and tune-up adjustments are covered. Computer diagnostics and software applications used in relation to the heavy-duty engine
maker are covered. (4/0)
DSL 544 Transmissions/Drive Axle
4.0
Transmissions/Drive Axle is designed to provide knowledge of in-depth operational theories, diagnosis, and repair procedures of heavy-duty truck
transmissions and rear drive axles. Specific operational features and repair
procedures of the popular units in use today are presented. Transmissions,
air shifting, power dividers, two-speed axles, and other related equipment
are covered. (4/0)
DSL 654 Hydraulic/Air Brakes
4.0
Hydraulic/Air Brakes is designed to introduce the braking systems of vehicles that use both hydraulic and compressed air actuation. Component
operation repair and testing are covered. Basic hydraulics and pneumatic
systems, which are in common use on vehicles, are also covered. (4/0)
DSL 674 Chassis/Driveline
4.0
Chassis/Driveline is designed to introduce the truck chassis and methods
used to integrate various components into the vehicle. Power flow from
the clutch, drive shaft and rear axles to the wheels as well as steering and
suspension systems are covered. (4/0)
DSL 742 Air Conditioning/Refrigeration
2.0
Air Conditioning/Refrigeration is designed to introduce the theories of mechanical refrigeration/heating systems. Application to vehicle climate control and trailer refrigeration/heating and system service procedures are
covered. (2/0)
DSL 829 Preventative Maintenance
2.0
Preventative Maintenance is designed to introduce the student to the concept and objectives of a complete preventative maintenance inspection
and repair program. The inspection, documentation, record keeping and
repair procedures will be covered. (2/0)
DSL 846 Diesel Lab I
6.0
Diesel Lab I provides a hands-on shop/lab in which students become familiar with the diesel lab/shop facilities and develop the ability to work in
a shop environment. The learning experience allows students to apply
classroom instruction to develop the skills needed to become productive
diesel technicians. Students accomplish training in the diesel shop/lab on
diesel trucks and/or related components. (0/18)
DSL 856 Diesel Lab II
6.0
Diesel Lab II provides a hands-on shop/lab in which students perform
assigned tasks to develop necessary skills for job-entry level. Emphasis
centers on student motivation, self-guidance, and the use of reference ma-
terials. Students develop concentration on the task and the use of proper
procedures because training takes place in the diesel shop/lab on trucks
or related equipment. (0/18)
DSL 863 Diesel Lab III
3.0
Diesel Lab III consists of a hands-on shop/lab in which students perform
assigned tasks on school and/or customer-owned equipment. Student
evaluation centers on self-guidance and job completion related to time and
accuracy. Training takes place on trucks or related equipment in the diesel
shop/lab. (0/9)
DSL 876 Diesel Lab IV
6.0
Diesel Lab IV emphasizes the technical skills needed to enter the work environment and the practice of basic skills, such as adjustments and maintenance skills. Training takes place on school and/or customer-owned trucks
or related equipment in the diesel shop/lab. (0/18)
DSL 881 Diesel Internship I
3.0
Diesel Internship I provides work experience related to diesel technology
lab training. Internship hours are schedule on an arranged basis. (0/12)
Prerequisite: Diesel Labs I, II, and III and permission from the program
chair.
DSL 883 Diesel Internship II
6.0
Diesel Internship II provides work experience related to diesel technology
lab training. Internship hours are scheduled on an arranged basis. (0/24)
Prerequisites: Diesel Labs I, II, and III and permission from the program
chair.
DSL 886 Diesel Lab V
6.0
Diesel Lab V emphasizes the technical skills needed to enter the work
environment with an increased emphasis on completing projects in time
frames according to industry standards. (0/18)
DSL 893 Diesel Lab VI
3.0
Diesel Lab VI emphasizes the technical skills needed to enter the work
environment. Students focus on review of pertinent procedures just prior
to entering the work force. Students cover specifics, such as tune-up and
troubleshooting of various engines. (0/9)
Early Childhood Education
ECE 103 Introduction to Early Childhood Education
3.0
Introduction to Early Childhood Education gives students a historical and
philosophical foundation of the field of early childhood education. The
course includes an overview of assessment and evidence-based practices
and addresses the influences of family centered practice, inclusion, culture
and language. Students will explore early childhood careers. (3/0)
ECE 120 Communication with Families
2.0
Communication with Families includes the interrelationship of the early
childhood professional and families. Various types of family constellations
are identified and explored. Current trends in the field and rights and responsibilities of professionals and families are highlighted. (2/0)
ECE 125 School Age Care
2.0
School Age Care includes the needs that correspond with each developmental level of the child between the ages of six and twelve. Emphasis is
on appropriate activities and programming. (2/0)
ECE 133 Child Health, Safety and Nutrition
3.0
Child Health, Safety and Nutrition focuses on evidence-based concepts in
relationship to the growth and development of the young child ages birth
to eight. The course blends current theory with problem-solving, practical applications and assessments. Students will explore collaboration with
families and assess the role of culture, language and ability on health,
safety, and nutrition decisions in early childhood settings. (3/0)
104
ECE 153 Early Childhood Curriculum I with Lab
4.0
Early Childhood Curriculum I with Lab focuses on the development, implementation and assessment of appropriate environments and curricula for
young children. Students prepare to utilize evidence-based, developmentally appropriate practices in a context of family and culturally sensitive
care. Emphasis is on understanding children’s developmental stages and
developing appropriate learning opportunities, interactions and environments in the following areas: dramatic play, art, music, fine and gross motor play. (3/3)
Note: Criminal background check is required.
ECE 156 Early Childhood Curriculum II with Lab
4.0
Early Childhood Curriculum II with Lab focuses on the development, implementation and assessment of appropriate environments and curricula for
young children ages three through eight. Students prepare to utilize developmentally appropriate evidence-based practices in a context of children’s
culture, language and abilities. Emphasis is on understanding children’s
developmental stages and developing appropriate learning opportunities,
interactions and environments in the following areas: emergent literacy,
math, science, technology and social studies. (2/6)
Prerequisite: Early Childhood Curriculum I with Lab.
ECE 170 Child Growth and Development
3.0
Child Growth and Development examines typical and atypical development
of children from conception to adolescence in all developmental domains.
The course examines interactions between child, family and society within
a variety of community and cultural contexts. Students examine theories
and evidence-based practices associated with understanding and supporting young children. (3/0)
ECE 221 Infant/Toddler Care and Education
3.0
Infant/Toddler Care and Education focuses on care, education and assessment of children from birth to 36 months. This course prepares students to
utilize developmentally appropriate evidence-based practices, including
responsive care giving, routines as curriculum, collaborative relationships
with culturally, linguistically, and ability diverse children and families, and a
focus on the whole child in inclusive settings. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Child Growth and Development.
ECE 244 Early Childhood Guidance with Lab
4.0
Early Childhood Guidance with Lab focuses on effective approaches and
positive guidance strategies for supporting the development of all children.
This course emphasizes supportive interactions and developmentally appropriate environments. Students use assessment to analyze and guide behaviors and study the impact of family, each child’s culture, language and ability
on child guidance. Students observe and implement guidance strategies in
the on-campus lab school. Includes 45-hour lab experience. (3/3)
ECE 258 Early Childhood Field Practicum
6.0
Early Childhood Field Practicum is a culminating experience in the early
childhood studies program with direct work-related experience in various
early childhood settings. Application of skills acquired in the program to everyday responsibilities by early childhood professionals is included as well
as demonstration of leadership abilities through facilitating quality early
childhood programming. (1/20)
Prerequisites: A grade of “C” or higher in Early Childhood Field Experience and permission from the program chair.
ECE 268 Early Childhood Field Experience
4.0
Early Childhood Field Experience is the application and integration of
theory and developmentally appropriate evidence-based practices in an
early childhood setting. Students are placed in selected programs serving
children birth through age five to work with culturally, linguistically and ability diverse young children and families. This experience emphasizes professional relationships and behavior, appropriate adult/child interactions,
curriculum planning and program routines. (1/12)
Prerequisites: Child Health, Safety and Nutrition; Child Growth and De-
velopment; Early Childhood Curriculum I and II with Labs; Introduction to
Early Childhood Education; Early Childhood Guidance with Lab; and Communication with Families.
ECE 287 Exceptional Learner
3.0
Exceptional Learner is an overview of individuals with physical, cognitive,
and emotional needs, as well as those who are gifted. Educational strategies for meeting those needs are explored. Federal laws for IEPs and
IFSPs are discussed. (3/0)
Note: Co-numbered with EDU 245.
ECE 290 Early Childhood Program Administration
3.0
Early Childhood Program Administration is an introduction to methods of
administering a quality early childhood program. Emphasis is on enrollment, budgeting, staffing, and equipping a program. Management styles
are explored as students learn methods for working with staff, families,
community, and related professionals. (3/0)
Economics
ECN 120 Principles of Macroeconomics
3.0
Principles of Macroeconomics introduces the fundamentals of macroeconomic analysis, emphasizing the underlying principles and concepts of the
American economic system. Topics include national income accounting,
fiscal policy, Keynesian economics, monetary policy and the Federal Reserve System, supply-side economics, and macroeconomic policy issues,
such as inflation, unemployment, and economic growth. (3/0)
ECN 130 Principles of Microeconomics
3.0
Principles of Microeconomics introduces the fundamentals of microeconomic analysis. The underlying concepts of scarcity and choice form the
foundation for examining individual decision-making in the economy and
the interaction among consumers, firms, unions, and government. Topics
include elasticity, utility, product, and factor markets, business organization, antitrust legislation, labor laws, international trade and finance, and
microeconomic policy issues. (3/0)
Education
EDU 210 Foundations of Education
3.0
Foundations of Education brings students into contact with the numerous
facets and issues involved in American elementary and secondary education. Students learn about teaching as a profession, the philosophy of
education, education in the historical context, curriculum development, and
contemporary issues facing the public and educators. (3/0)
EDU 235 Children’s Literature
3.0
Children’s Literature surveys and evaluates numerous types of literature
for children. The course introduces the student to a comprehensive selection of authors and illustrators of children’s literature. Students read poetry,
learn the technique of story telling, and develop important skills related to
literature selection for children. Presentation skills with children are also
explored. (3/0)
EDU 240 Educational Psychology
3.0
Educational Psychology applies the principles of psychology to classroom
contexts. Topics include child/adolescent development, learning, motivation, instructional techniques, and assessment/evaluation. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Child Growth & Development or Developmental Psychology.
Note: Co-numbered with PSY 281
EDU 245 Exceptional Learner
3.0
Exceptional Learner is an overview of individuals with physical, cognitive,
and emotional needs, as well as those who are gifted. Educational strategies for meeting those needs are explored. Federal laws for IEPs and
IFSPs are discussed. (3/0)
Note: Co-numbered with ECE 287.
Electronic Engineering Technology
ELT 109 Electronics Mathematics
3.0
Electronics Mathematics prepares potential engineering technology students for the mathematics required for success in the field of electronics.
It is calculator-based mathematics that covers numbering systems, roots,
powers, fractions, decimals, percents, linear equations, factoring, graphing, simultaneous equations, complex numbers, trigonometry, trigonometric identities, logarithms, and Boolean Algebra. All mathematical topics are
covered using electronic applications. (3/0)
ELT 151 Industrial Electricity
3.0
Industrial Electricity is an introductory course that provides a basic electricity background. The course covers 3-phase power distribution and circuits
related to the operations of motors, generators, and transformers in an
industrial setting. Students also examine Ohm’s Law and how it is applied
to series, parallel and series-parallel circuits using resistors, capacitors and
inductors. (2/2)
ELT 157 Industrial Electricity II
3.0
Industrial Electricity II expands student knowledge of industrial electrical
devices. Programmable logic controllers are used extensively with a variety of input and output devices. (2/2)
ELT 158 Industrial Electronics I
4.0
Industrial Electronics I examines ladder logic used in programmable logic
controllers, AC motors, DC motors, industrial power supplies, inverters,
converters, open-loop feedback systems, photoelectric devices, SCR,
TRIAC, and power transistors. Students also study robotics and the control
of robotic motion. (4/0)
Co-requisite: Industrial Electronics I Lab.
ELT 159 Industrial Electronics I Lab
1.0
Industrial Electronics I Lab uses hands-on projects in programmable logic
control, motor control, and industrial wiring to develop skills in the use of
industrial electronic devices in a manufacturing setting (0/2)
Co-requisite: Industrial Electronics I.
ELT 160 Advanced Programmable Logic Controller Programming 5.0
Advanced Programmable Logic Controller Programming builds upon the
ladder logic programming in Industrial Electronics I. A full range of peripheral equipment is integrated with the controller’s logic programming and related to an industrial setting. Programming of specific programmable logic
controllers to perform industrial tasks is emphasized. (5/0)
Prerequisite: Industrial Electronics I.
ELT 313 Digital Circuits I
4.0
Digital Circuits I covers numbering systems to include binary, octal, and
hexadecimal that lead into an analysis of logic circuitry. Students explore
gating circuits, combinational logic, counters, and registers. (4/0)
Co-requisite: Digital Circuits I Lab.
ELT 314 Digital Circuits I Lab
1.0
Digital Circuits I Lab consists of laboratory experiments involving all digital circuits analyzed in the associated lecture courses. Students build and
test experimental circuits and use troubleshooting techniques with digital
instrumentation. (0/2)
Co-requisite: Digital Circuits I.
ELT 331 Circuit Analysis I
4.0
Circuit Analysis I introduces the principles of electric circuits. It includes
the study of voltage, current, resistance, power, energy, magnetism, electromagnetism, capacitors, inductors, and transformers. Students analyze
these devices in series, parallel, series-parallel circuits as well as motors
and generators, using AC and DC voltage. (4/0)
Co-requisite: Circuit Analysis I Lab.
105
ELT 332 Circuit Analysis I Lab
1.0
Circuit Analysis I Lab includes basic experiments in electric circuits. It includes series and parallel circuits, and basic instrumentation. Students
conduct experiments involving Ohm’s and Kirchoff’s Laws and Thevenin’s
Theorem. Troubleshooting technique for basic electric circuits is also covered. (0/2)
Co-requisite: Circuit Analysis I.
ELT 432 Telecommunications
4.0
Telecommunications provides an introduction to general telecommunication
concepts. Students will explore communication methods and mediums while
developing an understanding of signal flow and the basic subsystems that
make up all communications systems. Knowledge of signal flow and subsystems operation will be used to build troubleshooting skills. (4/0)
Co-requisite: Telecommunications Lab.
ELT 433 Telecommunications Lab
1.0
Telecommunications Lab is an opportunity for students to apply communication principles studied in the co-requisite. Students will use test equipment to assemble, analyze, and troubleshoot a variety of common telecommunication circuits. (0/2)
Co-requisite: Telecommunications.
ELT 440 Data Communications and Networking I
4.0
Data Communications and Networking I is the study of data communications fundamentals, the transmission of data, modem operation, multiplexers, the telephone system, protocols in data communications, networking
computer hardware, satellite communications, error control, data security,
network, management, and wide area networks. Students concentrate on
the hardware aspects of data communications. (4/0)
Co-requisite: Data Communications and Networking I Lab.
ELT 441 Data Communications and Networking I Lab
2.0
Data Communications and Networking I Lab provides hands-on experience
in network basics, managing network files, networking printers, embedded
and linked objects, modem operations, and the internet. Students build and
maintain computer networks in a lab environment. (0/6)
Co-requisite: Data Communications and Networking I.
ELT 442 Data Communications and Networking II
3.0
Data Communications and Networking II includes topics in FCC regulations, data codes, interfaces, data transmission integrity, forward error
correction, compression, encryption, transmission bandwidths, network
control, network design considerations, and system implementation. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Completion of AAS in Electronic Engineering Technology or
permission from program chair.
ELT 445 Industrial Networking I
4.0
Industrial Networking I is the study of industrial data communications fundamentals, the transmission of data, protocols in industrial data communications, networking of industrial devices, and the management of industrial
networks. Students concentrate on the network hardware while developing
programming skills required to employ industrial networks. (4/0)
Prerequisite: Industrial Electronics I.
ELT 446 Industrial Networking I Lab
1.0
Industrial Networking I Lab provides hands-on experience in wiring industrial hardware, managing industrial network files, and operation of industrial
electronic devices connected to the network. Ladder logic programs will be
written to control network devices and manage the industrial network. (0/2)
Co-requisite: Industrial Networking I.
ELT 447 Industrial Networking II
5.0
Industrial Networking II builds upon the programmable logic controller networking in Industrial Networking I. A full range of peripheral equipment is
integrated across different programmable logic controller networks and related to an industrial setting. Networking of specific programmable logic
controllers to perform industrial tasks is emphasized. (5/0)
Prerequisite: Industrial Networking I.
106
ELT 523 Electronic Devices
4.0
Electronic Devices includes the study of basic semiconductor theory, the
PN junction, decoder applications, special-purpose diodes, optical devices,
bipolar junction transistors, power amplifiers, field effect transistors, thyristors, and operational amplifiers. Students develop skills in the analysis and
troubleshooting of semiconductor circuits. (4/0)
Co-requisite: Electronic Devices Lab.
ELT 524 Electronic Devices Lab
1.0
Electronic Devices Lab develops skills in building and testing circuits that
contain semiconductors in a hands-on environment. Test equipment for
troubleshooting and analysis is used extensively. (0/2)
Co-requisite: Electronic Devices.
ELT 525 Electronic Devices II
3.0
Electronic Devices II studies operational amplifiers, their frequency response and stability characteristics, active filters, oscillators discrete voltage regulators, and integrated circuit voltage regulators. (3/0)
Co-requisite: Electronic Devices II Lab. Prerequisite: Technical Mathematics II.
ELT 526 Electronic Devices II Lab
1.0
Electronic Devices II Lab provides hands-on learning through troubleshooting and analysis of circuits using operational amplifiers and other electronic
devices. Students also use computer applications to prototype, build, analyze, and troubleshoot these devices. (0/2)
Co-requisite: Electronic Devices II.
ELT 545 Computer-Aided Circuit Analysis
3.0
Computer-Aided Circuit Analysis studies electronic devices and digital circuit computer applications. The course emphasizes the design and troubleshooting of advanced applications. (2/2)
Prerequisites: Digital Circuits I and Electronic Devices.
ELT 616 Microprocessors I
4.0
Microprocessors I is a study of microprocessor systems theory and service
in support of A+ certification. Basic computer operation, troubleshooting,
construction, operating systems, input/output, disk drives, peripherals, and
advanced architectures are examined. (4/0)
Co-requisite: Microprocessors I Lab.
ELT 617 Microprocessors I Lab
1.0
Microprocessors I Lab consists of experiments in microprocessors designed to support A+ certification. Students build, configure, upgrade, and
repair microcomputer systems while using diagnostic programs. (0/2)
Co-requisite: Microprocessors I.
ELT 770 Electronic Computer Applications I
3.0
Electronic Computer Applications I provides potential engineering technology students a basic electronics background. The course covers electric
circuits using computer applications to form circuits. Students examine
Ohm’s law, Kirchhoff’s laws, Thevenin equivalent circuits, and Norton
equivalent circuits and how they apply to series, parallel, and series- parallel circuits using resistors, capacitors, and inductors. (2/3)
ELT 850 Design Projects Lab
1.0
Design Projects Lab involves solving problems by working as a team on
projects that require students to draw on knowledge and resources gained
in their electronics coursework. Students manage a project from conception to completion. (0/2)
Prerequisite: Electronic Devices.
Emergency Medical Services
EMS 211 Emergency Medical Technician
6.5
Emergency Medical Technician develops a basic understanding of emergency care in the field. The course provides the student with the necessary skills to assess, treat, and transport patients of medical and traumatic
emergencies. This course follows the national standard curriculum for
EMT-B’s. This course involves classroom, practical labs, and clinical field
internship settings. (4/4/2)
Prerequisite: Current, valid American Heart Association Health Care Provider CPR or American Red Cross CPR for Professional Rescuer or American Heart Association Basic Life Support (BLS) Instructor certification.
Engineering/Engineering Technology
EGR 100 Engineering Orientation
1.0
Engineering Orientation explores engineering career options and provides
direction for choosing a field in engineering. Students learn problem-solving skills and develop an educational plan of study. (1/0)
Prerequisite: Minimum Math placement score of 53 on COMPASS Algebra or 21 on ACT; or a grade of “C” or higher in Intermediate Algebra.
EGR 160 Engineering I
3.0
Engineering I integrates skills in engineering graphing, computer modeling
and engineering design. Students will develop techniques for visualizing,
analyzing, and communicating 3-D geometries and will use applications of
the design process to create written and oral reports. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Minimum Math placement score of 46 on COMPASS Trigonometry or 27 on ACT Math; or a grade of “C” or higher in College Algebra
and Trigonometry; or a grade of “C” or higher in Precalculus.
EGR 165 Engineering II
3.0
Engineering II allows students to develop skills in solving engineering problems with spreadsheet programs and computer languages. Programming and
numerical techniques are directly applied to the engineering discipline. (2/2)
EGR 400 PLTW - Introduction to Engineering Design
3.0
PLTW - Introduction to Engineering Design teaches students to use a
problem-solving model to improve existing products and invent new ones.
Using three-dimensional modeling software, students communicate the
details of the products. Emphasis is placed on analyzing potential solutions
and communicating ideas to others. (3/0)
Note: Co-numbered with EGT 400
EGR 410 PLTW - Principles of Engineering
3.0
PLTW - Principles of Engineering explores the wide variety of careers in
engineering and technology as well as various technology systems and
manufacturing processes. Students learn how engineers and technicians
use math, science, technology in an engineering problem-solving process
to benefit people. The course also addresses concerns about social and
political consequences of technological change. (3/0)
EGR 420 PLTW - Digital Electronics
3.0
PLTW - Digital Electronics encompasses the application of electronic circuits
and devices. Students use computer simulation software to design and test
digital circuitry prior to the actual construction of circuits and devices. (3/0)
EGR 430 PLTW - Aerospace Engineering
3.0
PLTW - Aerospace Engineering introduces students to aeronautics, flight,
engineering design, aerospace information systems, astronautics, rocketry, propulsion, space life sciences, principles of aeronautics, systems
engineering and more. Students explore and solve problems through activity-based, project-based, and problem-based learning. (3/0)
Note: Co-numbered with EGT 430.
EGR 440 PLTW - Biotechnical Engineering
3.0
PLTW - Biotechnical Engineering exposes students to the diverse fields
of bio-technology including bio-medical engineering and genetics, bio-process engineering, agricultural and environmental engineering. Lessons engage students in engineering design problems that can be accomplished in
a high school setting. (3/0)
Note: Co-numbered with EGT 440.
EGR 450 PLTW - Computer Integrated Manufacturing
3.0
PLTW - Computer Integrated Manufacturing expands prior three dimensional modeling skills. Students use automation, control systems, sensing
devices, computer programming and robotics to efficiently mass produce
products. Trouble-shooting is emphasized throughout the course. (3/0)
EGR 460 PLTW - Civil Engineering and Architecture
3.0
PLTW - Civil Engineering and Architecture provides an overview of these
engineering areas, emphasizing the inter-relationship and mutual dependence of both fields. Students use state-of-the-art software to solve real
world problems and apply knowledge to hands-on projects. By the end of
the course, students are able to give a complete presentation to the client including three-dimensional renderings of buildings and improvements,
zoning and ordinance constraints, infrastructure requirements, and other
essential project plans. (3/0)
EGR 470 PLTW - Engineering Design and Development
3.0
PLTW - Engineering Design and Development is a capstone course where
teams of students spend the year solving problems of their own choosing.
The teams apply principles developed in the four preceding PLTW core
courses and are guided by a community mentor. They brainstorm possibilities, research current patents and regulations, construct a working model,
test the model in real life situations (or simulation), document their designs,
and present and defend the design to a panel of experts. (3/0)
EGT 113 Introduction to PLM
3.0
Introduction to PLM will provide an overview of the current thinking on
the principles, strategies, practices, and applications of Product Lifecycle
Management followed by an in-depth look at specific areas of PLM that are
the focus of today’s innovative organizations. This course will present both
the conceptual underpinnings of PLM, along with the newest industry views
on PLM applications. There will be a particular emphasis on initiating PLM
projects at the beginning of the lifecycle in engineering and manufacturing
and its impact on the rest of the organization. The course will also present
frameworks to provide economic justifications for PLM projects and explain
the pitfalls of a piecemeal approach to PLM. (3/0)
EGT 153 Design Statics
3.0
Design Statics presents an elementary, analytical and practical approach
to the principles and physical concepts of the study of forces and their
effects on machines. The course uses problem solving related to fundamental industrial technology systems. Students will learn basic laws of
energy, force, and mass applied to technology systems including: mechanical power transmission; equipment calibration; heating, ventilation and air
conditioning. (3/0)
Prerequisite/Co-Requisite: Precalculus
EGT 155 Engineering Drawing Practices
3.0
Engineering Drawing Practices is the development of the technical knowledge and skills required for application and interpretation of technical drawings from various industries. The course will provide students with the fundamentals of drafting and technical documentation generation according to
the ASTMY 14.1 (Engineering Drawing Practice) standards. Students will
have exposure to architectural, mechanical, and electrical drawings. (3/0)
EGT 167 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing
3.0
Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing provides fundamentals of geometric dimensioning and tolerancing (GD&T) per the ASME Y14.5-2009
107
standard. The development of the technical knowledge of GD&T is the
focus of the course. Design requirements for functional gages and other
methods used to verify GD&T specifications are also presented (3/0)
Prerequisite: Engineering Drawing Practices.
EGT 171 Manufacturing Processes
3.0
Manufacturing Processes is a study of selected materials and related processes used in manufacturing, with emphasis on material and process
selection for optimum design based on quality, strength, and economic
evaluations. Laboratory experiments, demonstrations, and field trips are
used. (1/4)
EGT 176 Electric Power and Electronics
4.0
Electric Power and Electronics provides students with basic electrical fundamentals including; electrical safety, wiring, 3-phase service, controls,
and motors for industrial applications. Planning building electrical systems
will also be introduced including electronics to sense, monitor, and control
mechanical processes. Students will learn fundamentals of semiconductors, digital logic circuits, and reading of electrical diagrams. (3/2)
Prerequisites/Co-requisites: Design Statics and Precalculus
EGT 184 Strength of Materials
3.0
Strength of Materials introduces the analysis and design of basic structural
members (bar, beams, shafts, connectors, and columns) under various
loads to determine stress, strain, load limits, required size, and deflection.
The course covers selection of appropriate materials for a particular design. Students use standard analytic and computer-based techniques of
solving problems related to force and moments. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Design Statics.
EGT 400 PLTW - Introduction to Engineering Design
3.0
PLTW - Introduction to Engineering Design teaches students to use a
problem-solving model to improve existing products and invent new ones.
Using three-dimensional modeling software, students communicate the
details of the products. Emphasis is placed on analyzing potential solutions
and communicating ideas to others. (3/0)
Note: Co-numbered with EGR 400
EGT 410 PLTW - Principles of Engineering
3.0
PLTW - Principles of Engineering explores the wide variety of careers in
engineering and technology as well as various technology systems and
manufacturing processes. Students learn how engineers and technicians
use math, science, technology in an engineering problem-solving process
to benefit people. The course also addresses concerns about social and
political consequences of technological change. (3/0)
EGT 420 PLTW - Digital Electronics
3.0
PLTW - Digital Electronics encompasses the application of electronic circuits and devices. Students use computer simulation software to design
and test digital circuitry prior to the actual construction of circuits and devices. (3/0)
EGT 430 PLTW - Aerospace Engineering
3.0
PLTW - Aerospace Engineering introduces students to aeronautics, flight,
engineering design, aerospace information systems, astronautics, rocketry, propulsion, space life sciences, principles of aeronautics, systems engineering and more. Students explore and solve problems through activitybased, project-based, and problem-based learning. (3/0)
Note: Co-numbered with EGR 430.
EGT 440 PLTW - Biotechnical Engineering
3.0
PLTW - Biotechnical Engineering exposes students to the diverse fields
of bio-technology including bio-medical engineering and genetics, bio-process engineering, agricultural and environmental engineering. Lessons engage students in engineering design problems that can be accomplished in
a high school setting. (3/0)
Note: Co-numbered with EGR 440.
108
EGT 450 PLTW - Computer Integrated Manufacturing
3.0
PLTW - Computer Integrated Manufacturing expands prior three dimensional modeling skills. Students use automation, control systems, sensing
devices, computer programming and robotics to efficiently mass produce
products. Trouble-shooting is emphasized throughout the course. (3/0)
EGT 460 PLTW - Civil Engineering and Architecture
3.0
PLTW - Civil Engineering and Architecture provides an overview of these
engineering areas, emphasizing the inter-relationship and mutual dependence of both fields. Students use state-of-the-art software to solve real
world problems and apply knowledge to hands-on projects. By the end of
the course, students are able to give a complete presentation to the client
including three-dimensional renderings of buildings and improvements,
zoning and ordinance constraints, infrastructure requirements, and other
essential project plans. (3/0)
EGT 470 PLTW - Engineering Design and Development
3.0
PLTW - Engineering Design and Development is a capstone course where
teams of students spend the year solving problems of their own choosing.
The teams apply principles developed in the four preceding PLTW core
courses and are guided by a community mentor. They brainstorm possibilities, research current patents and regulations, construct a working model,
test the model in real life situations (or simulation), document their designs,
and present and defend the design to a panel of experts. (3/0)
English as a Second Language (ESL)
ESL 016 English as a Second Language Instruction A
9.0
English as a Second Language Instruction A provides students with the
knowledge necessary to pursue additional courses in the English language. Using a combination of classroom instruction and a computerbased delivery system, students will master objectives over reading, writing, speaking, listening, and grammar. (9/0)
Prerequisite: ESL placement.
Note: This course does not meet associate degree, diploma, or certificate requirements for graduation.
ESL 022 English as a Second Language Instruction B
9.0
English as a Second Language Instruction B allows students to continue
to master their content unfinished in English as a Second Language Instruction A. English as a Second Language Instruction B provides students
with the knowledge necessary to pursue additional courses in the English
language. Using a combination of classroom instruction and a computerbased delivery system, students will master objectives over reading, writing, speaking, listening, and grammar. (9/0)
ESL 036 English as a Second Language Instruction C
9.0
English as a Second Language Instruction C allows students to continue
to master their content unfinished in English as a Second Language Instruction B. English as a Second Language Instruction C provides students
ESL 048 English as a Second Language Instruction D
9.0
English as a Second Language Instruction D allows students to continue
to master their content unfinished in English as a Second Language Instruction C. English as a Second Language Instruction D provides students
English Composition/Communication
ENG 060 College Preparatory Writing I
3.0
College Preparatory Writing I is a fundamental grammar and writing class.
Students learn about the writing and editing process in expository writing
while composing paragraphs in various rhetorical modes. Informal and personal writing with a clear purpose directed towards an audience is emphasized. Rudimentary parts of speech such as subjects, verbs, prepositions,
pronouns are reviewed. Readings in the course will provide topical and
rhetorical foundations for students’ writings. (3/0)
Note: This course does not meet associate degree requirements for
graduation.
ENG 061 College Preparatory Writing II
3.0
College Preparatory Writing II is an advanced developmental writing
course providing students with continued grammar and composition strategies necessary for college-level writing. The content of the course is directed at the five-paragraph straightforward essay in a personal or formal
style, more complicated grammar techniques applicable to composition
such as redundancy, sentence combination, point of view, etc. and attention to style, purpose, thesis, and tone. Essays are structured around
various rhetorical modes. The course provides readings to ensure more
complex critical thinking abilities and developed writing. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in College Preparatory Writing I, or
Writing placement.
graduation.
ENG 095 Elements of Writing
3.0
Elements of Writing is an advanced developmental writing course providing students with continued grammar and composition strategies necessary for college-level writing. The content of the course is directed at the
five-paragraph straightforward essay in a personal or formal style, more
complicated grammar techniques applicable to composition such as redundancy, sentence combination, point of view, etc. and attention to style,
purpose, thesis, and tone. Essays are structured around various rhetorical modes. The course provides readings to ensure more complex critical thinking abilities and developed writing. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Basic Writing or Writing placement.
graduation.
ENG 105 Composition I
3.0
Composition I focuses on complex essays composed in various rhetorical
modes of expository writing. Students develop experience using the writing process when composing fully developed, organized, and complicated
essays. The emphasis in this course is on the formal or academic style of
writing that has a clear and analytical focus. Documentation formatting is
introduced with the culmination of a researched essay. Extended readings
and discussions in class enhance more mature critical thinking abilities
required of any college reader and writer. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in College Preparatory Writing II or
writing placement.
ENG 106 Composition II
3.0
Composition II follows Composition I with advanced readings and practice
in academic discourse. In this course, students learn to construct rhetorically sound arguments. The course emphasizes academic research and
responsible use of sources. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Composition I.
109
ENG 110 Writing For The Workplace
3.0
Writing for the Workplace prepares students for the various types of written communication required by professional employers. In this class, students learn how to write informal and formal documents and reports in
the design and style of career-related communication. This course also
includes a review of grammar and usage skills, as well as emphasizes effective language use in real-world applications. (3/0)
Writing placement.
ENG 111 Technical Writing
3.0
Technical Writing introduces students to the planning, preparation and
presentation of technical and business communication in professional
contexts. The course focuses on the writing of procedures/instructions;
analytical, recommendation, and informative reports; proposals and other
business correspondence; and the appropriate use of researched material
in those documents. In addition, the course addresses oral presentations
and reports, while also discussing professional tone, syntax, format, and
overall appropriate use of the English language in professional communication. (3/0)
Writing placement.
ENG 205 Advanced Composition II Honors Research
3.0
Advanced Composition II Honors Research is an honors class that follows
Composition I. This course includes challenging readings and extensive
writing in various areas including exposition, argumentation, and critical
analysis. The course also includes library research and culminates in
the presentation of a term paper. Advanced Composition II can be distinguished from Composition II by the more complex levels of reading and
writing. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Composition I and nomination by English Department faculty and approval of the dean.
FIR 148 Hydraulics and Pumping Applications
3.0
Hydraulics and Pumping Applications studies the characteristics of water
and the fluid systems which move and utilize water in the science of fire
engineering. Topics include water distribution systems, fire service pumps,
friction loss calculations, engine and nozzle pressures, standpipe systems,
automatic sprinkler systems, and foam systems. (3/0)
FIR 152 Fire Protection Systems
3.0
Fire Protection Systems presents a study of structural protection systems,
personnel protection, and detection systems. It includes commercial and
private fire alarm systems: direct, local, and auxiliary. (3/0)
FIR 157 Fire Protection Equipment
3.0
Fire Protection Equipment examines procedures necessary to evaluate the
needs and requirements of various types of fire protection equipment. Students study the writing of specifications used in setting up the criteria for
specific equipment. (3/0)
FIR 235 Fire Investigation I
3.0
Fire Investigation I focuses on procedures of arson investigations, legal
documentation, submittal of evidence, and photographic requirements.
Students examine the use of the polygraph as an investigative aid. (3/0)
FIR 270 Survey of Construction
3.0
Survey of Construction presents an overview of the construction industry
and construction methods. This course provides an introduction to terminology, methods, and construction materials. Students learn to evaluate architectural drawings, building codes, building sites, etc. Special emphasis
is placed on subject matter as it relates to Fire Science. (3/0)
FIR 320 Essentials of Firefighter I
4.0
Essentials of Firefighter I is structured for competency based training of the
Firefighter I information presented in the IFSTA (International Fire Service
Training Association). The Firefighter I will receive knowledge and skills to
function as an integral member of a fire fighting team under direct supervision in hazardous conditions. (4/0)
ENV 102 Introduction to Sustainability
3.0
Introduction to Sustainability will provide students a working knowledge
of sustainable systems and their interactions in the environment, energy,
society, culture, economics and public policy. Students will study the primary principle of sustainability: to meet the needs of the present without
compromising the future. (3/0)
FIR 321 Essentials of Firefighter II
2.0
Essentials of Firefighter II is structured for competency based training of
the Firefighter II information presented in the IFSTA (International Fire Service Training Association). The Firefighter II will receive knowledge and
skills to function under general supervision in hazardous conditions. (2/0)
Prerequisite: Essentials of Firefighter I.
ENV 111 Environmental Science
4.0
Environmental Science is designed for students interested in ecology. Topics include: ecological principles and the study of ecosystems; population
dynamics; water, air, soil, food, waste and energy resources; and sustaining bio-diversity of species and ecosystems. Laboratory work complements each topic of study. (3/3)
Note: Students must provide their own transportation for off-campus
field trips.
Foreign Language
Fire Science Technology
FIR 101 Introduction to Fire Protection Technology
3.0
Introduction to Fire Protection Technology covers the fundamentals of fire
protection with emphasis on terminology, fire apparatus, fire laws and regulations, and the basic procedures used in the extinguishing of fires. (3/0)
FIR 131 Codes and Inspection
3.0
Codes and Inspection encompasses fire protection requirements, including zoning laws and primary access routes for flammable and explosive
materials. Students focus on the formulation of zoning and building codes
and become familiar with local, state and national codes. (3/0)
FIR 145 Fire Strategy and Tactics
3.0
Fire Strategy and Tactics demonstrates the effects of fire on structural components and analyzes the strategic areas of concentration in a fire situation. (3/0)
FLS 141 Elementary Spanish I
4.0
Elementary Spanish I provides the fundamentals of the Spanish language
placing emphasis on elements of Spanish grammar and the four basic language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. This course addresses the needs of students who have not previously taken Spanish. (4/0)
FLS 142 Elementary Spanish II
4.0
Elementary Spanish II continues the study of Spanish grammar including
present and past verb tenses with continued emphasis on four communication skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. (4/0)
Prerequisite: Elementary Spanish I or demonstrated proficiency.
FLS 241 Intermediate Spanish I
4.0
Intermediate Spanish I develops increasingly complex oral and written
comprehension and fluency in the Spanish language. Students will review
and learn new Spanish grammar, as well as utilize selected, authentic
readings and compositions in Spanish. (4/0)
Prerequisite: Elementary Spanish II or demonstrated proficiency.
110
FLS 242 Intermediate Spanish II
4.0
Intermediate Spanish II provides a course to develop an increasingly complex oral and written comprehension of the Spanish language, while further
developing their fluency in writing, speaking, listening, and reading the language. (4/0)
Prerequisite: Intermediate Spanish I.
Geography
GEO 121 World Regional Geography
3.0
World Regional Geography surveys nations and continents, emphasizing
important physical characteristics of the major regions of the world. Attention centers on their economic, political, and cultural development as well
as consequent contemporary relationships with each other. (3/0)
Graphic Communications
GRA 104 Introduction to Graphic Communications
3.0
Introduction to Graphic Communications will change how the students see.
Visual literacy is key to design. Students will have a better understanding
of the design process, the history that has brought us to where we are
today, as well as the technical production theory from idea to the finished
product through hands-on activities, tours, and demonstrations. (2/2)
GRA 165 Digital 3-D
3.0
Digital 3-D provides basic instruction in the most popular software used to
create 3-D graphics. Emphasis is directed towards web publications and
television graphics. The intent of this course is to present the industry’s
current software package for digital 3-D. (2/2)
GRA 173 Typography
3.0
Typography provides instruction in choosing appropriate typefaces, sizes,
and styles. Emphasis centers on learning rules for good typography and
using type to convey a message. (2/2)
GRA 908 Cooperative Education
1.0 - 3.0
Cooperative Education provides students work experience related to their
field of study. Coop hours are scheduled on an arranged basis. (0/4-12)
GRA 949 Special Topics
1.0 - 3.0
Special Topics emphasizes and enhances skills learned from previous
courses, not limited to graphic communications, to produce a publication,
whether it be for print or web. The emphasis is to work with industry and the
college to produce a final product. (0/2-6)
Health Science
GRA 116 Digital Preflight Production
3.0
Digital Preflight Production provides necessary skills in preflighting electronic files, inspecting film, file formats, and trapping issues. Students are
introduced to a variety of proofing options. (3/0)
HSC 105 Introduction to Healthcare Occupations
1.0
Introduction to Healthcare Occupations introduces the professional expectations of the healthcare industry. Select health careers will be introduced
to explore the clinical realm while comparing today’s healthcare with the
future of this industry. Behavioral expectations of the industry are emphasized and compared to the academic expectations/experiences in preparation for a future in the industry. (1/0)
GRA 121 Digital Drawing
3.0
Digital Drawing provides basic instruction in the creation of graphics used
for publishing along with the web. Students are introduced to illustration
software. The intent of this course is to present the industry’s current software package for digital illustration. (2/2)
HSC 113 Medical Terminology
2.0
Medical Terminology studies terms used in medicine. This course gives
students a working knowledge of the roots, prefixes and suffixes of commonly used medical terms. Emphasis centers on the correct spelling and
pronunciation of the vocabulary. (2/0)
GRA 137 Digital Design
3.0
Digital Design provides basic instruction in the software and enhances
skills learned from previous courses or software used in relationship to
publishing and the web. The intent of this course is to present the industry’s
current software package for digital design. (2/2)
HSC 125 Survey of Anatomy for Allied Health
2.0
Survey of Anatomy for Allied Health is a beginning-level study of the structure, organization, and functions of the major organ systems of the human
body. (2/0)
GRA 140 Digital Imaging (Photoshop)
3.0
Digital Imaging (Photoshop) provides students with basic instruction of the
software used for editing digital images. Digital image capture and composition are addressed in relationship to print and digital publishing. The
intent of this course is to present the industry’s current software package
for digital image editing. (2/2)
GRA 141 Digital Imaging II
3.0
Digital Imaging II is a continuation of Digital Imaging (Photoshop). Emphasis is placed on advanced imaging techniques, color theory, camera raw
images, and the effects of the digital age on our society.
Prerequisite: Digital Imaging (Photoshop).
GRA 148 Visual Web Design
3.0
Visual Web Design will allow students to identify the main objective of a
website while learning basic design principles when designing for the web
and digital publishing. Utilizing creative software, as well as color and basic
design principles, students will be able to create a website that is aesthetically visually appealing, functional, and dynamic. (2/2)
GRA 154 Advanced Web Design
3.0
Advanced Web Design provides an opportunity to go beyond the mechanics of a web site and focus on design issues and the basics of the most
current software used in designing web pages. (2/2)
HSC 126 Anatomy for Allied Health
4.0
Anatomy for Allied Health provides a knowledge base of the organization,
structure, function, terminology, and pathology related to the body systems. (4/0)
HSC 164 Sterile Processing Techniques
5.0
Sterile Processing Techniques introduces the multiple processes used in
sterilization. Topics include aseptic technique, decontamination, sterilization and wrapping of instruments. Biological and chemical parameters of
sterilization are introduced, including the unique quality controls of each
process. Upon completion of this course, students are eligible to take the
Sterile Processing Technician Certification exam offered by The Certification Board for Sterile Processing and Distribution. (4/3/0)
HSC 167 Sterile Processing Instrumentation
5.0
Sterile Processing Instrumentation introduces instruments used in various
surgeries and the unique cleaning steps for each. Students will prepare,
clean and process instruments using approved protocols for types of instruments. Students will identify select surgical instruments including name
and primary function in surgeries. Upon completion of this course, students
are eligible to take the Surgical Instrument Specialist Certification Exam
(CSIS) offered by the Certification Board for Sterile Processing and Distribution. (4/3/0)
111
HSC 172 Nurse Aide
3.0
Nurse Aide is the 75-hour certified nurse aide (CNA) course. It allows students to meet the training requirements of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987 (OBRA) for nurse aides working in nursing facilities and
skilled nursing facilities. Emphasis in the course is on achieving a basic
level of knowledge and demonstrating skills to provide safe and effective
resident care. (2/1/2)
HIS 257 African American History
3.0
African American History deals with the experience of blacks in the history of the United States. Topics include African heritage, the slave trade,
slavery in the Antebellum South, the Civil War and emancipation, the Jim
Crow era, the Harlem Renaissance, the civil rights struggle, and modern
black America. (3/0)
HSC 272 Certified Personal Trainer
3.0
Certified Personal Trainer provides students with the knowledge needed
to work as a Certified Personal Trainer. Students will be eligible to sit for
the optional National Personal Training Certification exam upon successful
completion of the course. (3/0)
HIS 281 Local History
3.0
Local History offers the opportunity to examine and learn more about the
history of the Southwest Iowa/Council Bluffs area. Field trips to area sites
to study artifacts and meet with local experts and historians are featured.
The course follows a chronological development and includes such topics
as the area before white settlers, Lewis and Clark, the Mormons, Union
Pacific, Victorian era architecture, minority contributions, and others. An
additional component of the course is original research using primary
sources. (3/0)
History
HIS 110 Western Civilization: Ancient to Early Modern
3.0
Western Civilization: Ancient to Early Modern encompasses the history of
the western world from its earliest beginnings through the mid-17th century. Topics include the Tigris- Euphrates River Valley, the Egyptian Civilization, the rise of Hellenism, the story of Rome, the rise of Christianity as
well as the Byzantine Empire, the Medieval world, the Renaissance, the
New World, and the Age of Reason. (3/0)
HIS 111 Western Civilization: Early Modern to Present
3.0
Western Civilization: Early Modern to Present studies the history of the
western world from the early modern era to the present time. Topics include the Age of Absolutism, the Industrial Revolution and capitalism, the
French Revolution and the Napoleonic Era, the rise of Nationalism and the
German state, European expansion overseas, World War I, the post war
period, Adolph Hitler and fascism, World War II, the Iron Curtain, third world
development, and the contemporary period. (3/0)
HIS 151 U.S. History to 1877
3.0
U.S. History to 1877 covers the historical development of America. Topics
include the Native American background, the Age of Discovery and Exploration, the Colonial Era, the Revolutionary Period, the Federal Era, the Age
of Jackson, Manifest Destiny, and the Civil War and Reconstruction. (3/0)
HIS 152 U.S. History Since 1877
3.0
U.S. History Since 1877 deals with the historical development of America
from the end of Reconstruction to the contemporary period. Topics include
the industrialization of America in the late 19th century, the end of the frontier, the Gilded Age, the Progressive Era, World War I, the Roaring Twenties, the Great Depression, World War II, the Cold War era, and recent
historic events. (3/0)
HIS 251 U.S. History 1945 to Present
3.0
U.S. History 1945 to Present examines major trends and events in American
history since the end of World War II. Primary topics include the onset of the
Cold War and the Korean War, the baby boom of the 1950s, the JFK presidency and assassination, the Civil Rights movement, the Vietnam War and
counterculture, Watergate, the Reagan Revolution, and the United States’
growing involvement in the Middle East from the Iranian Hostage Crisis to
the War in Iraq to 9/11, and recent events in U.S. history. (3/0)
HIS 253 American Indian History and Culture
3.0
American Indian History and Culture focuses on aboriginal cultures of
North America from their origins to present. Extensive usage of anthropological, archaeological and historical sources will be used. These will
be expanded by usage of Native American sources. Special attention will
be placed on the interaction of Native American cultures and Colonial and
post-Colonial American governmental policies. The cultural exchange between Indian and non-Indian groups as a vital element of the American
culture will be highlighted. (3/0)
Humanities
HUM 122 American Film
3.0
American Film is an introductory film course designed to demonstrate the
full impact of Hollywood filmmaking as an art form, an economic form, and a cultural indicator. The course looks at the message of genre, the
social and psychological effects of the Hollywood film style, and the mutual
influence of society and popular culture. Included are discussions of the
Hollywood style, the star, the system, the western, the romantic comedy,
the combat film, the film noir, and the film school generation. (3/0)
HUM 287 Leadership Development Studies
3.0
Leadership Development Studies provides a basic understanding of the
concept of leadership theory while developing a personal philosophy of
leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and an awareness of one’s own ability and style of leadership. The
course provides the opportunity to develop essential skills through study,
observation, and application. (3/0)
Human Services
HSV 109 Introduction to Human Services
3.0
Introduction to Human Services examines the nature and types of social
welfare in the United States, including the history of the institution of social
welfare stemming from its origins in England and continuing into the contemporary period. It also considers an analysis of the philosophy of public
welfare, minorities and welfare, politics and welfare, and the future of social
welfare in an industrialized society. (3/0)
HSV 115 Agency and Community Resources 3.0
Agency and Community Resources explores and analyzes the federal, state,
and local programs available for individuals in need of special services. It
reviews the history and the emerging controversies in regard to the nature
of assistance for youth, the chemically dependent person, the disabled, and
the aged. Students review the human services literature to dispel myths and
to help understand contemporary issues related to those in need of agency
and community assistance. The course focuses on field visits to local agencies and the development of case management skills. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Case Management.
HSV 131 Fundamentals of Case Management
3.0
Fundamentals of Case Management focuses on collecting data from initial
intake through discharge planning regarding a client’s individual needs and
their environment. Using various screening/assessment tools, students
learn how to administer, score, and interpret for substance use disorders.
Students compile relevant information on clients and how to formulate
this information into treatment plans, level of care, and services plans; especially activities that bring together service providers and resources to
112
achieve a treatment and/or service plan. Students formulate and apply
related case management documentation such as record keeping, progress notes, treatment planning, level of treatment, and discharge plans.
Students learn the importance of ethics and confidentiality as well as how
to effectively communicate with their clients and service providers. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Composition I.
HSV 140 Social Work and Social Welfare
3.0
Social Work and Social Welfare serves as an introductory course for the
student considering a career in social work. It builds and expands on the
Introduction to Human Services course by taking a more in-depth look at
historical and current issues in social welfare and the importance of the social work profession in facilitating social change. Students focus on values,
beliefs, and goals of social services and the basic functions of social work.
The course defines social work as a profession that helps people solve personal, family, and community problems through social work practice. (3/0)
HSV 180 Ethics for Human Service Professionals
1.0
Ethics for Human Service Professionals provides a comprehensive view of
behavioral expectations for counselors and human services professionals.
The course focuses on the Federal and State laws regarding ethical standards such as non-discrimination, competence, moral and ethical standards, client welfare, dual relationships, confidentiality, informed consent,
financial arrangements, and advertising in the additive and human services field. Students study the Iowa Board of Certification (IBC) and the
American Counseling Association’s (ACA) Code of Ethics. Students learn
how to apply a code of ethics to numerous case studies and understand
the counselor’s ethical and legal obligations to the client and society. (1/0)
HSV 190 Youth Care Issues
3.0
Youth Care Issues is the study of the relationship between youth care and
issues facing today’s youth. Students explore the impact social services
agencies have on the social and psychological development of youth. Topics include child abuse, adolescence and the family, adoption, foster care,
residential treatment, emergency shelters, and homeless youth. Students
are involved in community based service-learning projects and visit different youth care agencies. (3/0)
HSV 225 Counseling Techniques
3.0
Counseling Techniques is an introductory counseling course. This course
examines the theoretical foundations of Psychoanalysis, Existentialism, Client-Centered, Cognitive-Behavioral, Rational-Emotive, Gestalt, and
Family systems. Students study and practice various counseling techniques and skills such as establishing rapport, developing empathy, active
and reflective listening, how to appropriately use open and close questions,
clarification, summarizing, and understanding discrepancies. Students
have the opportunity to study different counseling situations, effective communication, and participate in experiential activities that can be directly applied to varied client populations. (3/0)
HSV 226 Fundamentals of Family Counseling
3.0
Fundamentals of Family Counseling introduces the basic principles and
processes of family counseling from the initial interview through termination. Students engage in discussion of different theoretical models such
as Virginia Satir’s Communications Model, Salvador Minuchin’s Structural
Model, and Murry Bowen’s System Model. Students trace their own families
of origin through genograms and other experiential exercises. The course
concludes with each student conducting a live family interview. (3/0)
HSV 228 Group Counseling Techniques
3.0
Group Counseling Techniques introduces group counseling theory and
techniques. This course shows how to apply client-centered, Gestalt,
cognitive-behavioral, and existential theory while applying the interactive
approach to group counseling. Students learn to identify various group
dynamics and therapeutic forces that influence counseling group. Group
counseling skills such as linking, rounds, process perspective, facilitating
interaction, summarizing, clarification, open and closed questions, how to
opening and closing a group session are studies. Students have numerous
opportunities to practice their group counseling skills. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Counseling Techniques.
HSV 259 Introduction to Chemical Dependency
3.0
Introduction to Chemical Dependency covers the history of drug and alcohol use in the context of physiological, psychological, and sociological
theories of use, abuse and dependency. Students study the various drug
classifications and the related pharmacology of use including signs of use,
behavioral characteristics and withdrawal systems. Students also learn the
stages of addiction, the dynamics of recovery, and the relapse process.
(3/0)
HSV 275 Human Services Capstone
1.0
Human Services Capstone is a class where students will demonstrate their
understanding of being a human services worker. Students will focus on their
motives for being a human services worker and evaluate their readiness
to either enter the job market and/or transfer to a four-year institution. (1/0)
Co-requisite: Human Services Internship.
HSV 802 Internship
2.0 - 6.0
Internship provides direct field experience in a human services agency under the direct supervision of agency personnel and with on-site visitation,
observation, and assessment by a faculty member. (0/8-24)
Prerequisites: Must have 12 credit hours of Human Services courses and
permission from the program chair.
Independent Studies
IND 0 Independent Study Courses 1
1.0 - 2.0
Independent Study Courses expand curriculum offerings by allowing the
student, in cooperation with the faculty member, to design and execute
a project that enriches the student’s understanding of a subject area. Independent study projects require approval from the departmental instructional chair and dean. A student may enroll in one independent study each
semester after fulfilling prerequisites. (1-2/0)
Prerequisite: 6 hours of completed coursework in the area of study and a
minimum of 2.0 G.P.A.
Journalism
JOU 110 Introduction to Mass Media
3.0
Introduction to Mass Media examines the roles, organization, structure,
and characteristics of the mass media. The types of mass media and issues include: newspapers, magazines, advertising, cable, public relations,
broadcasting, mass media law, and cinema. Students also assess the effects of the mass media on society. (3/0)
JOU 211 Ethics in the Media
3.0
Ethics in the Media introduces the judicial, legislative, and administrative
policies pertinent to the ethical and legal operation of newspapers and
other print media. Emphasis is placed upon First Amendment protection,
libel, privacy, free press, fair trial, judicial controls, government regulations,
copyright, and ethical standards and practices. Upon completion, students
will have an understanding and appreciation of these issues and the ability
to analyze the important legal and ethical issues involved. (3/0)
Note: Co-numbered with PHI 211
Literature
LIT 110 American Literature to Mid 1800s
3.0
American Literature to Mid 1800s examines the themes, philosophies, and
styles of authors from the early period of American development through
the nineteenth century. Students apply several methods of literary analysis
to interpret the literature of this time period. (3/0)
LIT 111 American Literature since Mid 1800s
3.0
American Literature since Mid 1800s examines the themes, philosophies
and styles of authors from mid-nineteenth century to modern times. Students apply several methods of literary analysis to interpret the literature
of this time period. (3.0)
LIT 130 African American Literature
3.0
African American Literature examines the literary, artistic, and socio-political traditions of the black experience in America. A variety of fiction and
nonfiction works are analyzed with emphases on slave narratives, turnof-the-century political writings, the Harlem Renaissance, the Black Arts
Movement, and contemporary cultural texts. (3/0)
LIT 134 Multicultural Literature
3.0
Multicultural Literature explores through a variety of literary types the cultural and ethnic voices that are an undeniable part of modern American life.
Students read, discuss, and critique materials by authors representing a
wide range of ethnic, racial, and other culturally diverse groups. Emphasis
centers on the assessment and appreciation of the strengths and values
that cultural diversity brings to contemporary American society. (3/0)
LIT 140 British Literature I
3.0
British Literature I surveys the literature of Britain from the Old English Period to the eighteenth century with emphasis on the major authors of each
century. Students apply several methods of literary analysis to interpret the
literature of this time period. (3/0)
LIT 141 British Literature II
3.0
British Literature II surveys the literature of Britain from the Romantic Era to
the present with emphasis on the major authors of the past two centuries.
Students apply several methods of literary analysis to interpret the literature of this time period. (3/0)
LIT 160 Short Story/Novel
3.0
Short Story/Novel offers an introduction to the novels and short stories
of the world with emphasis upon distinguished works by representative
authors. Students apply several methods of literary analysis to interpret
the works. (3/0)
LIT 169 Science Fiction and Fantasy Literature
3.0
Science Fiction and Fantasy Literature offers an introduction to some of the
ground-breaking works in the fields of Fantasy and Science Fiction writing,
as well as some modern adaptations of these genres. Students apply several methods of literary analysis to interpret the works. (3/0)
LIT 170 Poetry/Drama
3.0
Poetry/Drama offers an introduction to some of the finest plays and poems
of the western world. This course focuses on both the writing techniques
unique to these genres and the subject matter of individual works. Students
apply several methods of literary analysis to interpret the works. (3/0)
LIT 190 Women Writers
3.0
Women Writers examines the important contributions women have made
to the various literary genres: poetry, short story, essay, drama, and the
novel. Students assess inherent problems arising not only from gender,
but also from race and class differences in various cultures and centuries.
Students apply several methods of literary analysis to interpret the literature written by women. (3/0)
Management and Human Resources
MGT 101 Principles of Management
3.0
Principles of Management provides a general introductory study of the role
of management in today’s business and industry environment. Historical
as well as contemporary theories and influences are presented. The functional responsibilities of a manager are discussed, along with evolving issues related to e-business. (3/0)
MGT 130 Principles of Supervision
3.0
Principles of Supervision presents an overview of the responsibilities of a
first-line supervisor. It covers fundamental supervisory skills. Topics include
113
the role of a supervisor in communications, motivation, job coaching, group
dynamics, human relations, performance appraisal, and other relevant issues. (3/0)
MGT 138 Employee Evaluation and Training Techniques
3.0
Employee Evaluation and Training Techniques is an introduction to the
planning and development of training programs within an organization.
The course covers topics such as training, employee development, evaluation of employee job performance, performance appraisals, discipline, and
reward systems. (3/0)
MGT 165 Principles of Quality
3.0
Principles of Quality provides a survey of the concept of quality and its role
in business and industry. Students examine theories related to process
and product improvement and techniques for determining and controlling
quality. (3/0)
MGT 170 Human Resource Management
3.0
Human Resource Management details how to create a positive working
environment through proper recruitment, selection, training, development,
and evaluation. (3/0)
MGT 175 Introduction to Law for Managers and Supervisors
3.0
Introduction to Law for Managers and Supervisors surveys the role of the
legal system as a control agency for business practices and techniques in
both a traditional and electronic commerce environment. It overviews the
court system, administrative agencies related to business operations and
employee relations, and other common legal issues. (3/0)
MGT 180 Management and Labor Relations
3.0
Management and Labor Relations is the study of the labor union movement and its present role in the work environment. Topics include applicable laws and regulations, the collective bargaining process, mediation,
arbitration, and the grievance process. Current employer/employee issues
are discussed. (3/0)
MGT 190 Employee Compensation and Benefits Management
3.0
Employee Compensation and Benefits Management presents a study of
employee compensation and benefits systems. Topics include salary survey and planning strategies as well as job analysis and organizational policies. Employee benefit plans including health delivery systems, retirement,
investment, and worker’s compensation are discussed. (3/0)
MGT 195 Workplace Empowerment
3.0
Workplace Empowerment presents a variety of effective methods to find,
secure, and retain quality jobs and careers in a global, multicultural environment, and focuses on 21st Century employability skills. It provides
fundamental understanding of economics, diversity, globalization, entrepreneurship, and related topics, and develops skills and knowledge in negotiation, time management, workplace law, business customs and other
areas relevant to workplace success. Interview skills are also a prime focus, as is the development of a high quality portfolio in both traditional and
electronic formats. (3/0)
MGT 230 Operations Management
3.0
Operations Management provides basic knowledge of those business activities required to produce products efficiently and profitably. It explores
basic manufacturing concepts, interrelationships of all manufacturing functions, and the effect of the external environment on the business. (3/0)
MGT 900 Documentation and Evaluation of Experiential Learning 3.0
Documentation and Evaluation of Experiential Learning provides the writing and research skills essential for compiling a personal career portfolio.
Students identify transferable learning experiences and prepare descriptions and documentation of learning. Students examine and assess personal, educational, and occupational goals in conjunction with the changing world of work. Students in the Applied Business: Experiential Learning/
Portfolio Option must complete this course for prior learning assessment
and awarding of experiential learning credit. This program accommodates
114
the awarding of college credit for non-credit educational experiences. The
number of credit hours that may be awarded is subject to college policy.
One to 30 credit hours may be awarded. Credit applies only to the Applied
Business: Experiential Learning/Portfolio Option. (3/0)
MKT 185 Marketing Internship I
2.0
Marketing Internship I allows each student to spend 8 hours per week in
a retail business to allow him/her to apply classroom skills learned in a
practical situation. The training plan is supervised by a teacher-program
chair. (0/8)
MGT 932 Internship
1.0 - 8.0
Internship provides work experience related to the students’ career interests. The course allows students to integrate and apply theory to practice.
Work experience hours are arranged. (0/4-32)
MKT 189 Marketing Internship II
2.0
Marketing Internship II allows each student to spend 8 hours per week in
chair. (0/8)
Marketing
MKT 190 International Marketing
3.0
International Marketing introduces terms used in international marketing and sources of information on international markets. Development of
sensitivity toward foreign business environment and familiarity with operations of multinational corporations are covered. The course is designed to
provide experiences in culture, social, economic, and political environment
of marketing in a foreign country. (3/0)
APP 150 Clothing Selection
3.0
Clothing Selection analyzes the social and psychological aspects of dress.
Students learn to choose clothing to suit their life-style, personality, figure,
and wardrobe plan. Emphasis centers on developing the positive aspects
of their personalities, developing good grooming habits, and learning business etiquette. (3/0)
APP 210 Apparel Textiles
3.0
Apparel Textiles identifies the natural and man-made fabrics used in the
manufacture of textiles. Students also develop the ability to identify and
determine the important characteristics of textiles by means of structural
analysis using actual textile materials. (3/0)
MKT 101 Marketing Mathematics
3.0
Marketing Mathematics teaches an understanding of the mathematical
concepts of retailing, such as terms of purchase, types of markup, inventory valuation, and planning and control functions. (3/0)
MKT 110 Principles of Marketing
3.0
Principles of Marketing concerns the role of marketing in society, consumer behavior, product management, distribution, pricing concepts, strategic
planning, and promotional activity within a business environment. (3/0)
MKT 140 Principles of Selling
3.0
Principles of Selling introduces the fundamental principles of selling, including the basic steps of the selling process. Emphasis centers on communication with the customer and a problem-solving approach to sales. (3/0)
MKT 150 Principles of Advertising
3.0
Principles of Advertising explores the communication element of the marketing mix. It covers topics of advertising, personal selling, publicity/public
relations, and direct marketing. (3/0)
MKT 154 Visual Merchandising
3.0
Visual Merchandising introduces the specifics of window, interior, point-ofpurchase, and exhibition displays. Students make on-site visits to business
displays as well as plan and prepare displays. (3/0)
MKT 163 Merchandising
3.0
Merchandising examines the world of retail marketing, the environments of
retailing, the retailer’s resources, and the evaluation of retail markets. Emphasis centers on decision-making through the use of case problems. (3/0)
MKT 165 Retail Management
3.0
Retail Management covers retail site location, designing, staffing, and organizing the retail store. It encompasses developing the retail offering and
getting the merchandise into the store, developing and controlling the merchandise plan, and setting and adjusting retail prices. Emphasis centers on
decision-making through the use of case problems. (3/0)
MKT 184 Customer Service
3.0
Customer Service develops the necessary skills required to be successful
as a frontline service provider. (3/0)
MKT 191 Seminar I: Career Options
1.0
Seminar I: Career Options discusses students work experience and provides an opportunity to explore career area options through guest speakers representing various careers. (1/0)
MKT 193 Seminar II: Applications in Management
1.0
Seminar II: Applications in Management focuses on realistic situations in
five basic retailing components: merchandising, sales promotion, personnel, finance, and control and operations. (1/0)
MKT 196 Seminar III: Professional Development
1.0
Seminar III: Professional Development concentrates on those skills which
encourage students to become professional employees. Special emphasis
stresses communication skills, thinking skills, and functioning in groups.
Student’s work experience is also discussed. (1/0)
MKT 198 Sports Marketing
3.0
Sports Marketing surveys the basic marketing concepts and theories as
they apply to sports and sporting events. Students explore the dynamic environment of the sporting industry and apply the elements of the marketing
mix to this ever-changing environment. Using a contingency framework to
guide the strategic sports marketing process, the course takes a strategic
business perspective and a look behind-the-scenes of research, consumer
behavior, sponsorship, licensing, event marketing, and implementation of
sports marketing plans. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Principles of Marketing.
MKT 200 Marketing Intership III
2.0
Marketing Internship II allows each student to spend 8 hours per week in
chair. (0/8)
MKT 300 Sports Marketing Internship
1.0 - 8.0
Sports Marketing Internship provides students the opportunity to integrate
and apply theory to practice. Students evaluate the job outlook for careers
in sports and event marketing and establish networks in the field. This
course may be repeated for a maximum of 8 credit hours. (0/4-32)
Mathematics
MAT 068 College Preparatory Math
3.0
College Preparatory Math provides students with the knowledge necessary for success in subsequent mathematics courses. Students will master
objectives over integers, fractions, decimals, percent and proportions, and
basic algebra. (3/0)
MAT 102 Intermediate Algebra
4.0
ntermediate Algebra will prepare the student for College Algebra and Trigonometry or other equivalent coursework. Topics include properties of real
numbers, linear and quadratic equations, graphs of polynomial functions,
systems of equations, polynomial and rational expressions, inequalities,
integral and rational exponents, radicals and logarithms. (4/0)
Prerequisite: Minimum Math placement score of 40 on COMPASS Algebra or 18 on ACT Math: or “C” or Higher in College Preparatory Math.
MAT 121 College Algebra
4.0
College Algebra provides an intensified study of the topics in algebra and
prepares students for higher levels of mathematics. Topics include functions, exponents, logarithms, systems of equations, matrices, polynomials,
and conic sections. (4/0)
Prerequisite: Minimum Math placement score of 53 on COMPASS Algebra or 21 on ACT; or a grade of “C” or higher in Intermediate Algebra.
Note: Students cannot receive credit for Precalculus as well as College Algebra and/or Trigonometry.
MAT 129 Precalculus
5.0
Precalculus is an intensive review of College Algebra and Trigonometry
and prepares students for Calculus. Topics include functions, logarithms,
systems of equations, matrices, polynomials, conic sections, trigonometric functions, graphs, identities, equations, complex numbers, and polar
coordinates. (5/0)
Prerequisite: Minimum Math placement score of 53 on COMPASS Algebra or 21 on ACT; or a grade of “B” or higher in Intermediate Algebra.
MAT 130 Trigonometry
3.0
Trigonometry includes trigonometric functions, graphs, identities, solving
triangles, vectors, trigonometric equations, complex numbers, and polar
coordinates. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Minimum Math placement score of 53 on COMPASS Algebra or 21 on ACT; or grade of “C” or higher in Intermediate Algebra.
MAT 157 Statistics
4.0
Statistics introduces descriptive and inferential statistics. Topics include the
binomial, normal, student-t and chi-square distributions, descriptive measures, probability, hypothesis testing, estimation and linear regression. (4/0)
Prerequisite: Minimum Math placement score of 45 on COMPASS Algebra or 19 on ACT; a grade of “C” or higher in College Prep Math; or a grade
of “C” or higher in Intermediate Algebra.
MAT 211 Calculus I
5.0
Calculus I is the first of a three-semester sequence in calculus and analytic geometry. Topics include limits, derivatives, extrema, concavity, curve
sketching, and anti-differentiation. Application includes related rates, maxima, and minima. (5/0)
115
MAT 217 Calculus II
5.0
Calculus II continues Calculus I and concentrates on integration. Topics
include logarithmic and trigonometric functions, techniques of integration,
polar coordinates, conic sections, and sequences. Applications include volume, arc length, surface area, centroids, and work. (5/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Calculus I.
MAT 220 Calculus III
5.0
Calculus III completes the calculus sequence, emphasizing multi variable
calculus and includes coverage of vector functions, partial derivatives,
multiple integrals, and differential equations. (5/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Calculus II.
MAT 225 Differential Equations
3.0
Differential Equations studies elementary theory and application of ordinary differential equations, matrices and solutions of linear equations and
Eigenvalue methods for systems of linear differential equations. (3/0)
MAT 227Elementary Differential Equations
4.0
with Laplace Transforms
Elementary Differential Equations with Laplace Transforms covers elementary theory and application of ordinary differential equations, matrices and
solutions of linear equations, Eigenvalue methods for systems of linear differential equations, Laplace transforms, and series solutions. (4/0)
MAT 711 Business and Financial Mathematics
3.0
Business and Financial Mathematics deal with basic mathematical skills
used in business operations. Topics include cash and trade discounts,
markups, overhead applications, commissions, simple interest, compound
interest, annuities, business and consumer loans, depreciation, inventory,
payroll, and financial statements. (3/0)
Note: This course does not count toward the A.A. and A.S. science
and mathematics requirement.
MAT 743 Technical Mathematics
3.0
Technical Mathematics includes operations with real numbers, use of fractions, ratios, measurement conversion, algebraic equations, functions,
geometry, and right angle trigonometry. Applications are designed to the
program specific needs that students encounter in industrial settings. (3/0)
MAT 750 Technical Mathematics II
5.0
Technical Mathematics II encompasses a review of arithmetic, geometry,
measurement, and algebra and covers equation solving, polynomials, and
factoring along with basic right triangle trigonometry. Emphasis centers on
applications pertinent to a particular technology. (5/0)
Prerequisite: Technical Mathematics, Circuit Analysis I, Math placement
or a grade of “C” or higher in College Prep Math.
MAT 751 Technical Mathematics III
5.0
Technical Mathematics III deals with the trigonometric functions, oblique
triangles, advanced algebra, statistics, introductory analytic geometry, and
calculus. Emphasis centers on applications for the needs of the student’s
particular program. (5/0)
Prerequisite: Technical Mathematics II or Math placement.
MAT 752 Technical Mathematics IV
2.0
Technical Mathematics IV presents the LaPlace transform as utilized in
electronic circuits and analogous disciplines. (2/0)
Prerequisite: Technical Mathematics III.
MAT 908 Cooperative Education
1.0 - 6.0
Cooperative Education provides cooperative work experience related to
mathematics. Work experience hours are arranged. (0/4-24)
116
Media Studies
MMS 105 Audio Production
3.0
Audio Production introduces students to state of the art audio equipment
and software usage. Students learn basic skills in recording and editing of
commercials and announcements, including use of the mixing console, microphones, editing software and recording skills. Students will learn proper
voice techniques and other production skills. (1/4)
MMS 107 Sports Field Production
3.0
Sports Field Production is designed to allow students hands-on practical
experience in field productions. Students apply skills learned in previous
courses to produce sports productions ready for visual broadcast purposes. (1/4)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Media Production.
MMS 108 Sports Production - Audio
3.0
Sports Production – Audio is designed to allow students hands-on practical
experience in the production of audio for sporting events. Students apply
skills learned in previous courses to produce sports packages for radio
broadcast purposes. (1/4)
Prerequisite: Audio Production.
MMS 109 Advanced Sports Production
3.0
Advanced Sports Production is an upper-level production course allowing students to produce long-form video or audio projects. Students utilize
skills from previous production courses, and create productions from the
idea phase through the post production phase. Leadership skills are emphasized. (1/4)
Prerequisites: Sports Field Production and Sports Production - Audio.
MMS 113 Introduction to Media Production
3.0
Introduction to Media Production will introduce students to building skills
in all aspects of video production from pre-production to post production.
Approximately 75 percent of the course will be devoted to hands-on application producing programs and completing exercises in lab. The remainder
of the course will focus on material covered in lecture and reading assignments. Students will be producing both short and long form projects and
segments to air on CBTV-17 and to upload to the Web. (1/4)
MMS 114 Media Production II
3.0
Media Production II is designed to enhance a student’s production skills
by emphasizing strong storytelling techniques through the application of
digital editing. Participants will learn to develop story ideas, write scripts,
edit segments and packages to meet deadlines and work individually and
in teams to supply CBTV-17 and web site content as assigned. Approximately 75 percent of the course will be devoted to hands-on application of
material covered in lecture. Students will produce a variety of both short
and long form programs. (1/4)
Prerequisite/Co-requisite: Introduction to Media Production.
MMS 123 Electronic Media Performance
3.0
Electronic Media Performance covers both the theoretical and practical
applications of announcing. Students learn the organizational aspects of
show preparation, use of the voice in delivery of various material, microphone and camera presence, and interviewing styles and techniques. Students have direct experience in the production of various projects. (2/2)
MMS 134 Media Writing
3.0
Media Writing is meant to introduce the student to narrative techniques
as they relate to audio/visual images. These relationships will emphasize
storytelling concepts and treatments with considerable emphasis on the
scripting process. Examples from news, short features and documentaries
will be used to illustrate the various techniques used today. Various forms
of media content including news stories, photo essays and short features
will be developed using the two-column audio/video narrative format. (3/0)
MMS 135 Introduction to Copy Writing
3.0
Introduction to Copy Writing provides the knowledge necessary to critique and write various forms of continuity used in the broadcast industry.
Students examine present commercial copy and appraise its value to the
consumer and the merchant. In addition, students write a variety of copy,
selling products, services, and promotional events. (3/0)
MMS 146 Sports Information and Copywriting
3.0
Sports Information and Copywriting allows students to develop an understanding and hands-on skills in areas such as press releases, gathering
and reporting statistics, assembling and presenting team information. Students will work with teams to hone the skills needed in sports information
venues. (3/0)
MMS 150 Electronic News Writing
3.0
Electronic News Writing introduces students to the techniques and stylistics for writing and reporting for the electronic mass audiences, including
radio, television and cable. Students will learn the processes involved in
interviewing techniques, gathering and writing news. Students also learn
what constitutes news judgment and learn how to develop newscasts.
Ethical and legal issues involved with news writing and reporting are also
considered. (2/2)
Prerequisites: A grade of “C” or higher in Composition I.
MMS 151 Fall Sports Announcing
3.0
Fall Sports Announcing is a course designed to allow students opportunities to learn organizational and performance skills, including play-by-play
reporting and research for various athletic events featured during the fall
semester, including football, basketball, hockey, soccer and volleyball. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Electronic Media Performance.
MMS 152 Spring Sports Announcing
3.0
Spring Sports Announcing is a course designed to allow students opportunities to learn organizational and performance skills, including play-byplay reporting and research for various athletic events featured during the
spring semester, including basketball, hockey, baseball, and softball. (3/0)
MMS 153 Summer Sports Announcing
3.0
Summer Sports Announcing is a course designed to allow students opportunities to learn organizational and performance skills, including play-byplay reporting and research for various athletic events featured during the
summer semester, including football, baseball, and softball. (3/0)
MMS 190 Broadcast Promotions
3.0
Broadcast Promotions is designed to teach the integral aspects of promotions within the electronic media, including radio, television and cable. This
course allows students to implement creative promotional activities including remote broadcasts, direct mail campaigns, “guerilla warfare” tactics, television promotions, phone-a-thon premium selections, target marketing techniques, and discusses how to implement marketing strategies for a station.
Students execute promotional activities via radio station KIWR-FM. (1/4)
MMS 204 New Media Production
3.0
New Media Production introduces students to the new media techniques
and software applications associated with computers and industry software. Students will work with video clips, photos, music, text and special
effects to create features for outputting to the Web or DVDs, mobile phones
and other handheld devices. (2/2)
MMS 205 Advanced Audio Production
3.0
Advanced Audio Production is designed to facilitate individual growth within the audio production aspect in the broadcasting field. Students learn
advanced skills in audio production including, but not limited to, refined use
of the voice, digital editing, use of sound effects, complex music editing,
interviewing techniques, development of short form production including
liners, sweepers, intros, and closings. (1/4)
Prerequisite: Audio Production.
MMS 223 Advanced Radio Performance
3.0
Advanced Radio Performance is designed to facilitate individual growth within the performance aspect of radio broadcasting. Students learn advanced
skills including, but not limited to, vocal performance, show preparation, use
of phones, editing phone calls in the control room, remote performance,
character development, and overall operating procedures. Students air
check daily and are critiqued on individual levels of progress. (1/4)
MMS 231 Advanced Video Production I
3.0
Advanced Video Production I is designed to increase expertise within the
video production field, including use of graphics, advanced editing techniques, lighting, sound, and camera work. Although individual students
learn advanced production techniques and skills, all students work in teams
to learn various job responsibilities within a commercial station/cable
system. (1/4)
Prerequisite: Media Production II.
MMS 232 Advanced Video Production II
3.0
Advanced Video Production II advances students’ knowledge of non-linear
editing techniques and applications associated with computers and industry software. Practical tutorials will focus on integrating 2-D and 3-D motion
graphics, multitrack audio applications and outputting final products into
multiple formats. This course will require the student to produce professional level media projects for sure within the college or for the college’s
cable channel. In the end these projects will provide the student with a
portfolio of production pieces for their individual job searches. (1/4)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Advanced Video Production I.
117
nel and faculty to research, plan and execute programs to be aired on the
cable channel and to the web. This class is intended to teach students
to assemble story ideas and develop sources for stories. This course will
expose students to real world production decisions with class members
serving as producers for on-going productions. Students will be able to use
their writing and production skills to direct media programs. (0/4)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Video Practicum I.
MMS 301 Video Practicum III
2.0
Video Practicum III allows students practical hands-on experience in producing media content that will be aired on the cable channel or uploaded
to the Web. Students will be responsible for meeting daily and/or weekly
deadlines in the completion of this content. Students will assume supervisory roles in getting stories produced in a timely manner. (0/4)
Prerequisite: Video Practicum II.
MMS 306 Sports Media Practicum I
1.0
Sports Media Practicum I gives students an introduction to sports radio
broadcasting, video production and print media. Students will learn to operate video and audio equipment, gather information used in writing and
reporting, and learn basic editing skills. (0/4)
MMS 307 Sports Media Practicum II
1.0
Sports Media Practicum II focuses on skill development in sports radio
broadcasting, video production, and print media. Students will develop onair performance, use basic editing techniques, use information and statistics
for broadcasts and publications, and write for various types of media. (0/4)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Sports Media Practicum I.
MMS 260 Electronic Media Sales and Management
3.0
Electronic Media Sales and Management examines the various styles of
management and sales techniques used in the broadcast industry. Students survey FCC rules and regulations, broadcast operations, and trends
in the marketplace. In addition, sales training introduces students to the
career opportunities available to account executives. (3/0)
Prerequisites: Introduction to Copy Writing.
MMS 308 Sports Media Practicum III
1.0
Sports Media Practicum III focuses on skill development in sports radio
broadcasting, video production, and print media. Students will develop onair performance based on the needs of the target audience, use advanced
editing techniques, gather information and statistics for broadcasts and
publications, and write for various types of media. (0/4)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Sports Media Practicum II.
MMS 261 Programming for the Electronic Media
3.0
Programming for the Electronic Media is a survey course designed to teach
various aspects of programming techniques and theories with radio, television, and cable. This course enlightens students in areas concerning selection and placement of programs, understanding demographics and how
programming is affected by the target audience demos, FCC regulations
pertaining to programming, and implementation of programming. (3/0)
MMS 309 Sports Media Practicum IV
1.0
Sports Media Practicum IV synthesizes student learning from previous
Sports Media Practicum courses. Students will create short and long form
audio and video projects. Students will use advanced performance and
editing techniques to plan, create, and air visual and audio pieces. This
course exposes students to leadership roles, deadlines and real world media situations. (0/4)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Sports Media Practicum III.
MMS 290 Radio Cooperative Education
1.0 - 6.0
Radio Cooperative Education involves students in the Media Studies program, with an emphasis in radio broadcasting, working directly in the radio
industry. Students work under the direct supervision of the media studies
program chair, and the supervisors and staff at the work site. (0/4 24)
Prerequisites: Introduction to Copy Writing and Audio Production.
MMS 291 Video Cooperative Education
1.0 - 6.0
Video Cooperative Education entails students in the media studies program, with an emphasis in video/television broadcasting, working directly
in the television, cable, or corporate/industrial video industry. Students
work under the supervision of the media studies program chair, and the
supervisors and staff at the work site. (0/4-24)
Prerequisites: Introduction to Copy Writing and Video Production.
MMS 296 Video Practicum I
1.0
Video Practicum I is designed to allow students hands-on practical experience in applying skills learned in video production. Students will be able
to use their writing and production skills to assist in producing media programs that will be aired on the cable channel or made available to individual programs within the college. (0/4)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Media Production.
MMS 297 Video Practicum II
1.0
Video Practicum II allows advanced students to work with station person-
MMS 340 Radio Practicum I
1.0
Radio Practicum I is the first practicum students take to learn various aspects of working on-air. Students will learn how to operate production and
control room equipment, as well as how to organize and actualize a standard transition. Students are required to attend various station activities
and meet station expectations as an on-air staff member. (0/4)
MMS 341 Radio Practicum II
1.0
Radio Practicum II is designed for those students who wish to continue
learning on-air techniques and other station procedures. Students will be
critiqued weekly on organizational and performance abilities. Students are
required to attend various station activities and meet station expectations as an on-air staff member. (0/4)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Radio Practicum I.
MMS 342 Radio Practicum III
1.0
Radio Practicum III is designed for those students who wish to continue
learning on-air techniques and other station procedures on KIWR. Students are expected to develop an effective on-air personality through the
understanding of a target audience. Students will be critiqued weekly on
organizational and performance abilities. Students are required to attend
various station activities and meet station expectations as an on-air staff
member. (0/4)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Radio Practicum II.
118
MMS 343 Radio Practicum IV
1.0
Radio Practicum IV is designed for those students who wish to continue
learning on-air techniques and other station procedures on KIWR. Students
will synthesize learning from previous practicum courses to produce a marketable on-air sound. Students will also incorporate promotional content,
show prep and formatics to create professional quality on- air performance.
Students will be critiqued weekly on organizational and performance
abilities. Students are required to attend various station activities and meet
station expectations as an on-air staff member. (0/4)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Radio Practicum III.
MMS 344 Radio Practicum V
1.0
Radio Practicum V is designed for students who wish to continue on-air at
KIWR. Students will synthesize learning from previous practicum courses
to produce a marketable on-air sound. Students will also assist Practicum I
students in getting on-air. Students will be critiqued weekly on organizational
and performance abilities. Students are required to attend various station
activities and meet station expectations as an on-air staff member. (0/4)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Radio Practicum IV.
MMS 345 Radio Practicum VI
1.0
Radio Practicum VI is designed for students who wish to continue on-air at
KIWR. Students will synthesize learning from previous practicum courses
to produce a marketable on-air sound. Students will also assist Practicum I
students in getting on-air and will begin to search for an on-air job in radio
broadcasting. Students will be critiqued weekly on organizational and performance abilities. Students are required to attend various station activities
and meet station expectations as an on-air staff member. (0/4)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Radio Practicum V.
MMS 930 Sports Media Internship
3.0
Sports Media Internship is designed to allow students hands-on practical experience in video, audio, and print media with a sports emphasis,
according to students’ needs. Students apply skills learned in previous
coursework. (0/12)
Medical Assistant
MAP 124 Administrative Office Procedures
2.0
Administrative Office Procedures introduces the administrative aspects of
the medical office. The course will include experiences in filing, letter composition, scheduling, bookkeeping, medical transcription and job seeking
skills. (1.5/1.5)
MAP 128 Introduction to Electronic Health Records
2.0
Introduction to Electronic Health Records involves the student in the management and application of health records. This includes the implementation and management of electronic schedule, creating patient medical
record, management of immunization, transcription and electronic correspondence, and laws and regulation of medical records. (1.5/1.5)
MAP 140 Principles of Medical Insurance
3.0
Principles of Medical Insurance introduces medical insurance, a basic
knowledge of coding systems, and the process of filing claim forms. (3/0)
MAP 215 Medical Laboratory Techniques
4.0
Medical Laboratory Techniques involves preparation of specimens for
laboratory analysis. Techniques include urinalysis, blood counts, simple
chemistries, and other routine tests performed in the physician’s office as
well as a study of normal and diagnostic values of laboratory tests. Techniques of quality control are emphasized. (3/2)
Prerequisites: Anatomy for Allied Health and Fundamentals of Medical
Assisting I.
MAP 333 Fundamentals of Medical Assisting I
4.0
Fundamentals of Medical Assisting I introduces clinical aspects of the physician’s practice. It emphasizes the numerous competencies required to
assist the physician with his/her clinical medical practice. (2/4)
Prerequisite/Co-requisite: Anatomy for Allied Health.
MAP 338 Fundamentals of Medical Assisting II
4.0
Fundamentals of Medical Assisting II is an advanced course on the clinical
aspects of the physician’s practice. Study provides for assisting in specialty
areas. (3/2)
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Medical Assisting I.
MAP 408 Medical Jurisprudence
2.0
Medical Jurisprudence introduces medical-legal responsibilities. It emphasizes the physician’s code of ethics, malpractice, legal authorization, and
interpersonal relationships to the patient, the patient’s family, and allied
agencies. (2/0)
MAP 514 Basics of Pharmacology
3.0
Basics of Pharmacology, an introductory course, aids the allied health student in gaining an understanding of drug therapy in relation to illness. It
explores drug administration procedures and computations. It also emphasizes the student’s legal and ethical responsibilities and limitations. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Anatomy for Allied Health or Survey of Anatomy for Allied
Health.
MAP 601 Medical Assistant Seminar
1.0
Medical Assistant Seminar emphasizes group discussion and individual
conferences on clinical experiences. The course includes preparation for
the certification exam through the use of practice tests. (1/0)
Co-requisite: Medical Assistant Externship.
MAP 612 Medical Assistant Externship
3.0
Medical Assistant Externship gives experience in a selected physician’s office under the supervision of the office staff. This experience provides
students with practical application of theory previously learned in the Medical Assistant program. (0/12)
Military and ROTC
MIL 100 Foundations of the U.S. Air Force I
1.0
Foundations of the United States Air Force I introduces students to the
U.S. Air Force and Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps. Featured
topics include: mission and organization of the Air Force, officership and
professionalism, military customs and courtesies, Air Force officer opportunities, and an introduction to communication skills. (1/0)
Co-requisite: Leadership Laboratory.
Note: This course is offered in partnership with the University of Nebraska at Omaha.
MIL 101 Foundations of the U.S. Air Force II
1.0
Foundations of the United States Air Force II introduces students to the
U.S. Air Force and Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps. Featured
topics include: mission and organization of the Air Force, officership and
professionalism, military customs and courtesies, Air Force officer opportunities, and an introduction to communication skills. (1/0)
MIL 107 Leadership Laboratory
0.0
Leadership Laboratory (LLAB) includes a study of Air Force customs and
courtesies, drill and ceremonies, and military commands. The LLAB also
includes studying the environment of an Air Force officer and learning about areas of opportunity available to commissioned officers. LLAB also
includes interviews, guidance, and information that will increase the understanding, motivation, and performance of other cadets. (0/2)
119
MIL 108 Introduction to Officer Professionalism I
1.0
Introduction to Officer Professionalism I examines the role of the commissioned officer in the United States Army. Discussion focuses upon officer
career opportunities, role of the officer, responsibilities of and basis for the
armed forces , and sources of officer commissioning. (1/0)
Co-requisite: Leadership Laboratory I.
Note: This course is offered in partnership with Creighton University.
MIL 109 Introduction to Officer Professionalism II
1.0
Introduction to Officer Professionalism II further examines the role of the
commissioned officer in the U.S. Army. In addition, the course focuses on
customs of the service; role of the Army, Arm Reserve, and Army National
Guard; organization of the Army; branches of the Army; and leadership
principles for the junior officer. (1/0)
Co-requisite: Leadership Laboratory I.
MIL 124 Leadership Laboratory I
0.0
Leadership Laboratory I provides initial and advanced military leadership
instruction in military courtesy, first aid and practical field training exercises. Functions and responsibilities of leadership positions are developed
through cadet command and staff positions. (0/2)
Co-requisite: Introduction to Officer Professionalism I or Introduction to
Officer Professionalism II.
MIL 200 The Evolution of USAF Air and Space
1.0
The Evolution of USAF Air and Space Power I examines general aspects of
air and space power through a historical perspective. Utilizing this perspective, the course covers a time period from the first balloons and dirigibles
to the space-age global positioning systems of the Persian Gulf War. Historical examples are provided to extrapolate the development of Air Force
capabilities(competencies), and missions (functions) to demonstrate the
evolution of what has become today’s USAF air and space power. Furthermore, the course examines several fundamental truths associated with the
war in the third dimension: e.g. Principles of War and Tenets of Air and Space
Power. As a shoe, this course provides students with a knowledge level understanding for the general element and employment of air and space power, from an institutional, doctrinal, and historical perspective. In addition, the
students will continue to discuss the importance of the Air Force Core Values
with the use of operational examples and historical Air Force Core Values
with the use of operational examples and historical Air Force leaders and will
continue to develop their communication skills. (1/0)
Prerequisites: Foundations of the U.S. Air Force I and Foundations of the
U.S. Air Force II.
MIL 201 The Evolution of USAF Air and Space
1.0
The Evolution of USAF Air and Space Power II examines general aspects
of air and space power through a historical perspective. Utilizing this perspective, the course covers a time period from the first balloons and dirigibles to the space-age global positioning systems of the Persian Gulf War.
Historical examples are provided to extrapolate the development of Air
Force capabilities(competencies), and missions (functions) to demonstrate
the evolution of what has become today’s USAF air and space power. Furthermore, the course examines several fundamental truths associated with
the war in the third dimension: e.g. Principles of War and Tenets of Air and
Space Power. As a shoe, this course provides students with a knowledge
level understanding for the general element and employment of air and
space power, from an institutional, doctrinal, and historical perspective. In
addition, the students will continue to discuss the importance of the Air
Force Core Values with the use of operational examples and historical Air
Force Core Values with the use of operational examples and historical Air
Force leaders and will continue to develop their communication skills. (1/0)
Prerequisites: Foundations of the U.S. Air Force I and Foundations of the
U.S. Air Force II.
MIL 216 Leadership Laboratory II
0.0
Leadership Laboratory II is a second-year leadership laboratory that parallels classroom instruction, reinforcing concepts learned in class with practical hands-on training exercises and activities. Training is focused on more
advanced individual and collective small unit skills such as small unit leadership and tactics doctrine, land navigation, basic rifle marksmanship, and
drill and ceremonies. (0/2)
Co-requisite: Basic Individual Leadership Techniques or Advanced Individual Leadership Techniques
MIL 221 Basic Individual Leadership Techniques
2.0
Basic Individual Leadership Techniques is designed to develop student
leadership and critical individual skills. Training is basic in nature and includes leadership techniques, written and oral communication, rifle marksmanship, fundamentals of land navigation, and physical fitness. (2/0)
Prerequisites: Introduction to Officer Professionalism I and Introduction to
Officer Professionalism II.
Co-requisite: Leadership Laboratory II.
MIL 222 Advanced Individual Leadership Techniques
2.0
Advanced Individual Leadership Techniques continues the development
of cadet leadership and critical individual military skills. Training focuses
on advanced military skills and includes orienteering, field survival skills,
operations, and training. (2/0)
Prerequisite: Basic Individual Leadership Techniques.
Co-requisite: Leadership Laboratory II.
Music
MUA 133 Applied Music Composition
2.0
Applied Music Composition meets the individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60 minute
private lesson, additional student practice, and supervised recitals. (1/2)
Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor.
Note: Does not meet humanities requirement for graduation; a total of
16 credits in Applied Music may be counted toward a degree.
MUA 173 Applied Woodwinds
2.0
Applied Music meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
16 credits in Applied Music may be counted toward a degree.
MUA 185 Applied Music Technology
2.0
Applied Music Technology meets individual needs based upon the student’s background, training, and interests. This course includes a weekly
30-minute private lesson and student lab work. Course content involves
projects chosen and completed by the student as well as discussion of
techniques and trade practices in the area of the student’s interest. (.5/1.5)
Note: Does not meet humanities requirement for graduation; a total
of eight credits in Applied Music may be counted toward a degree.
MUA 400 Applied Voice I
2.0
Applied Voice I meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
16 credits in Applied Music courses may be counted toward a degree.
120
MUA 401 Applied Voice II
2.0
Applied Voice II meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Voice I.
MUA 402 Applied Voice III
2.0
Applied Voice III meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Voice II.
MUA 403 Applied Voice IV
2.0
Applied Voice IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Voice III.
MUA 404 Applied Voice V
2.0
Applied Voice V meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Voice IV.
MUA 405 Applied Voice VI
2.0
Applied Voice VI meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 30-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequsite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Voice V.
MUA 410 Applied Piano I
2.0
Applied Piano I meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute applied
lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly
master class. (1.5/1)
16 credits in Applied Music courses may be counted towards a degree.
MUA 411 Applied Piano II
2.0
Applied Piano II meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute applied lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1) Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Piano I.
MUA 412 Applied Piano III
2.0
Applied Piano III meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute applied lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1) Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Piano II.
MUA 413 Applied Piano IV
2.0
Applied Piano IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute applied lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1) Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Piano III.
MUA 415 Applied Bassoon I
2.0
Applied Bassoon I meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
MUA 416 Applied Bassoon II
2.0
Applied Bassoon II meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Bassoon I.
MUA 417 Applied Bassoon III
2.0
Applied Bassoon III meets individual needs based upon the student’s
background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Bassoon II.
MUA 418 Applied Bassoon IV
2.0
Applied Bassoon IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Bassoon III.
MUA 420 Applied Guitar I
2.0
Applied Guitar I meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
MUA 421 Applied Guitar II
2.0
Applied Guitar II meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Guitar I.
MUA 422 Applied Guitar III
2.0
Applied Guitar III meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class.
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Guitar II.
121
MUA 423 Applied Guitar IV
2.0
Applied Guitar IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Guitar III.
MUA 433 Applied String Bass IV
2.0
Applied String Bass IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied String Bass III.
MUA 425 Applied Euphonium I
2.0
Applied Euphonium I meets individual needs based upon the student’s
MUA 435 Applied French Horn I
2.0
Applied French Horn I meets individual needs based upon the student’s
MUA 426 Applied Euphonium II
2.0
Applied Euphonium II meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Euphonium I.
MUA 436 Applied French Horn II
2.0
Applied French Horn II meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied French Horn I.
MUA 427 Applied Euphonium III
2.0
Applied Euphonium III meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Euphonium II.
MUA 437 Applied French Horn III
2.0
Applied French Horn III meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied French Horn II.
MUA 428 Applied Euphonium IV
2.0
Applied Euphonium IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Euphonium III.
MUA 438 Applied French Horn IV
2.0
Applied French Horn IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied French Horn III.
MUA 430 Applied String Bass I
2.0
Applied String Bass I meets individual needs based upon the student’s
MUA 440 Applied Clarinet I
2.0
Applied Clarinet I meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
MUA 431 Applied String Bass II
2.0
Applied String Bass II meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied String Bass I.
MUA 441 Applied Clarinet II
2.0
Applied Clarinet II meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Clarinet I.
MUA 432 Applied String Bass III
2.0
Applied String Bass III meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied String Bass II.
MUA 442 Applied Clarinet III
2.0
Applied Clarinet III meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Clarinet II.
122
MUA 443 Applied Clarinet IV
2.0
Applied Clarinet IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Clarinet III.
MUA 453 Applied Flute IV
2.0
Applied Flute IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Flute III.
MUA 445 Applied Oboe I
2.0
Applied Oboe I meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
MUA 455 Applied Tuba I
2.0
Applied Tuba I meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
MUA 446 Applied Oboe II
2.0
Applied Oboe II meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Oboe I.
MUA 456 Applied Tuba II
2.0
Applied Tuba II meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Tuba I.
MUA 447 Applied Oboe III
2.0
Applied Oboe III meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Oboe II.
MUA 457 Applied Tuba III
2.0
Applied Tuba III meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Tuba II.
MUA 448 Applied Oboe IV
2.0
Applied Oboe IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Oboe III.
MUA 458 Applied Tuba IV
2.0
Applied Tuba IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Tuba III.
MUA 450 Applied Flute I
2.0
Applied Flute I meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
MUA 460 Applied Saxophone I
2.0
Applied Saxophone I meets individual needs based upon the student’s
MUA 451 Applied Flute II
2.0
Applied Flute II meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Flute I.
MUA 461 Applied Saxophone II
2.0
Applied Saxophone II meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Saxophone I.
MUA 452 Applied Flute III
2.0
Applied Flute III meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Flute II.
MUA 462 Applied Saxophone III
2.0
Applied Saxophone III meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Saxophone II.
123
MUA 463 Applied Saxophone IV
2.0
Applied Saxophone IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Saxophone III.
MUA 483 Applied Trumpet IV
2.0
Applied Trumpet IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Trumpet III.
MUA 470 Applied Trombone I
2.0
Applied Trombone I meets individual needs based upon the student’s
MUA 490 Applied Percussion I
2.0
Applied Percussion I meets individual needs based upon the student’s
MUA 471 Applied Trombone II
2.0
Applied Trombone II meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Trombone I.
MUA 491 Applied Percussion II
2.0
Applied Percussion II meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Percussion I.
MUA 472 Applied Trombone III
2.0
Applied Trombone III meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Trombone II.
MUA 492 Applied Percussion III
2.0
Applied Percussion III meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Percussion II.
MUA 473 Applied Trombone IV
2.0
Applied Trombone IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Trombone III.
MUA 493 Applied Percussion IV
2.0
Applied Percussion IV meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Percussion III.
MUA 480 Applied Trumpet I
2.0
Applied Trumpet I meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
MUS 100 Music Appreciation
3.0
Music Appreciation provides the tools for creative listening. This course
includes the history and literature of classical music from the Renaissance
period to the twentieth century. (3/0)
MUA 481 Applied Trumpet II
2.0
Applied Trumpet II meets individual needs based upon the student’s background and training. This course requires a weekly 60-minute private lesson, additional student practice, a weekly recital hour, and a monthly master class. (1.5/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Trumpet I.
MUA 482 Applied Trumpet III
2.0
Applied Trumpet III meets individual needs based upon the student’s
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Applied Trumpet II.
MUS 101 Jazz Choir I
1.0
Jazz Choir I introduces the student to jazz literature and provides an opportunity for performances. Course content includes reading jazz literature,
learning jazz concepts and harmonies. (0/2)
Prerequisite: Must audition.
Co-requisite: Must be enrolled in another Ensemble Music course.
of eight credits in Ensemble Music courses may be counted toward
a degree.
MUS 102 Music Fundamentals
3.0
Music Fundamentals serves the non-musician who wishes to learn the basic music fundamentals including signs, symbols, key signatures, and note
reading in bass and treble clef. It is recommended for elementary education majors and other students who want a working knowledge of music
fundamentals. (3/0)
124
MUS 109 Jazz Combo I
1.0
Jazz Combo I will introduce the students to jazz improvisation and give
them an opportunity for performances. Course content includes learning
the standard jazz small group literature and improvisation. (0/3)
a degree.
MUS 112 Jazz Choir II
1.0
Jazz Choir II introduces the student to jazz literature and provides an opportunity for performances. Course content includes reading jazz literature,
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Jazz Choir I.
a degree.
MUS 114 Jazz Combo II
1.0
Jazz Combo II will introduce the students to jazz improvisation and give
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Jazz Combo I.
a degree.
MUS 124 Instrumental Jazz Ensemble I
1.0
Instrumental Jazz Ensemble I, through selected literature, introduces
students to basic jazz concepts and applications. The principles of jazz
rhythmic styles and improvisation are applied through rehearsal and performance. (0/3)
a degree.
MUS 134 Concert Choir I
1.0
Concert Choir I, through selected repertoire, provides a suitable background in the choral art and literature. (0/3)
a degree.
MUS 137 Concert Band I
1.0
Concert Band I provides an opportunity to develop further proficiency on a
chosen instrument. (0/3)
a degree.
MUS 141 Concert Choir II
1.0
Concert Choir II, through selected repertoire, provides a suitable background in the choral art and literature. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Concert Choir I.
a degree.
MUS 142 Concert Choir III
1.0
Concert Choir III, through selected repertoire, provides a suitable background in the choral art and literature. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Concert Choir II.
a degree.
MUS 182 Instrumental Jazz Ensemble II
1.0
Instrumental Jazz Ensemble II, through selected literature, introduces
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Instrumental Jazz Ensemble I.
a degree.
MUS 183 Instrumental Jazz Ensemble III
1.0
Instrumental Jazz Ensemble III, through selected literature, introduces
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Instrumental Jazz Ensemble II.
a degree.
MUS 184 Instrumental Jazz Ensemble IV
1.0
Instrumental Jazz Ensemble IV, through selected literature, introduces
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Instrumental Jazz Ensemble III.
a degree.
MUS 185 Class Piano I
1.0
Class Piano I introduces the student to fundamental aspects of playing
the piano, including music reading, appropriate performance technique,
and keyboard understanding as it relates to basic melodic and harmonic
structures. (1/0)
MUS 186 Class Piano II
1.0
Class Piano II expands the application of abilities acquired in Class Piano
I. Students are introduced to four-part music reading, transposition, chord/
scale relationship, basic cadences, and creating simple harmonic progression for diatonic melody in major keys. (1/0)
Prerequisite: Class Piano I.
MUS 187 Class Piano III
1.0
Class Piano III expands on the application of abilities acquired in Class
Piano II. Students will be introduced to simple free textured music reading,
transposition to distant keys, forms of minor scales, additional common
cadences, and creating free textured harmonic progressions for diatonic
melody in major keys. (1/0)
Prerequisite: Class Piano II.
MUS 188 Class Piano IV
1.0
Class Piano IV expands on the application of abilities acquired in Class
Piano III. Students will be introduced to chord/scale relationships in minor
scale forms, transposition of minor keys, specialized scale forms, realization of lead sheet notation, and creating free textured harmonic progressions for melody, including minor keys. (1/0)
Prerequisite: Class Piano III.
MUS 204 History of Rock and Roll
3.0
History of Rock and Roll is a study of rock and roll music and culture from
the mid-1950’s to the present. The course is designed to create critical
listeners of popular music through analysis of song forms, rock band instrumentation, and the political, cultural, and social significance of song lyrics. The course examines issues ranging from music business and technology
to the socio-economic, gender, and racial influences that formed rock and
roll music and continue to shape it to this day. (3/0)
MUS 213 Men’s Ensemble I
1.0
Men’s Ensemble I will introduce students to four-part men’s a cappella literature and give them an opportunity for performances. Course content
includes reading four-part literature, learning barbershop concepts and
harmonies. (0/2)
a degree.
MUS 214 Instumental Jazz Ensemble V
1.0
Instrumental Jazz Ensemble V, through selected literature, introduces
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Instrumental Jazz Ensemble IV.
Co-requisite: Marching Band/Pep Band.
a degree.
MUS 224 Men’s Ensemble II
1.0
Men’s Ensemble II will continue the exploration of the student’s understanding of four-part men’s a cappella literature and give them an opportunity for performances. Course content includes reading four-part literature,
learning barbershop concepts and harmonies. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Men’s Ensemble I.
a degree.
MUS 228 Instrumental Jazz Ensemble VI
1.0
Instrumental Jazz Ensemble VI, through selected literature, introduces
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Instrumental Jazz Ensemble V.
Co-requisite: Marching Band/Pep Band.
a degree.
MUS 229 Jazz Choir III
1.0
Jazz Choir III introduces the student to jazz literature and provides an opportunity for performances. Course content includes reading jazz literature,
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Jazz Combo II.
a degree.
MUS 231 Jazz Choir IV
1.0
Jazz Choir IV introduces the student to jazz literature and provides an opportunity for performances. Course content includes reading jazz literature,
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Jazz Combo III.
a degree.
MUS 232 Jazz Combo III
1.0
Jazz Combo III will introduce the students to jazz improvisation and give
125
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Jazz Combo II.
a degree.
MUS 234 Jazz Combo IV
1.0
Jazz Combo IV will introduce the students to jazz improvisation and give
a degree.
MUS 237 Jazz Choir V
1.0
Jazz Choir V introduces the student to jazz literature and provides an opportunity for performances. Course content includes reading jazz literature,
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Jazz Combo IV.
Co-requisite: Must be enrolled in another ensemble music course.
a degree.
MUS 238 Men’s Ensemble III
1.0
Men’s Ensemble III will consist of four-part men’s a cappella literature and
give students an opportunity for performances. Course content includes
reading four-part literature, learning barbershop concepts and harmonies
at an intermediate level. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Men’s Ensemble II.
a degree.
MUS 239 Jazz Combo V
1.0
Jazz Combo IV will introduce the students to jazz improvisation and give
the standard jazz small group literature and improvisation. 0/3)
a degree.
.
MUS 240 Concert Choir IV
1.0
Concert Choir IV, through selected repertoire, provides a suitable background in the choral art and literature. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Concert Choir III.
a degree.
MUS 241 Concert Choir V
1.0
Concert Choir V, through selected repertoire, provides a suitable background in the choral art and literature. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Concert Choir IV.
a degree.
MUS 242 Concert Choir VI
1.0
Concert Choir VI, through selected repertoire, provides a suitable background in the choral art and literature. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Concert Choir V.
a degree.
126
MUS 243 Jazz Choir VI
1.0
Jazz Combo VI will introduce the students to jazz improvisation and give
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Jazz Combo V.
a degree.
MUS 245 Concert Band II
1.0
Concert Band II provides an opportunity to develop further proficiency on
a chosen instrument. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Concert Band I.
a degree.
MUS 246 Jazz Combo VI
1.0
Jazz Combo VI will introduce the students to jazz improvisation and give
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Jazz Combo V.
a degree.
MUS 247 Choreography I
1.0
Choreography I provides detailed instruction in dance steps and body
movement to enhance choral performance. Students learn choreography
to complete a musical show. (0/2)
Prerequisite: Permission from the instructor.
Co-requisite: Show Choir I.
a degree.
MUS 248 Men’s Ensemble IV
1.0
Men’s Ensemble IV will consist of four-part men’s a cappella literature and
give students an opportunity for performances. Course content includes
reading four-part literature, learning barbershop concepts and harmonies
at an advanced level. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Men’s Ensemble III.
a degree.
MUS 257 Men’s Ensemble V
1.0
Men’s Ensemble V will gain an advanced level of understanding four-part
men’s a cappella literature while evaluating rehearsals. Course content
harmonies. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Men’s Ensemble IV.
a degree.
MUS 264 Choreography II
1.0
Choreography II provides detailed instruction in dance steps and body
movement to enhance choral performance at an intermediate level. Students learn choreography to complete a musical show. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Choreography I.
Co-requisite: Show Choir II.
a degree.
MUS 266 Men’s Ensemble VI
1.0
Men’s Ensemble VI will gain an advanced level of understanding four-part
men’s a cappella literature while evaluating performances. Course content
harmonies. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Men’s Ensemble V.
a degree.
MUS 276 Choreography III
1.0
Choreography III provides detailed instruction in dance steps and body
movement to enhance choral performance at an advanced level. Students
learn choreography to complete a musical show. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Choreography II.
Co-requisite: Show Choir III.
a degree.
MUS 277 Jazz Lab Band 1.0
The Jazz Lab Band will introduce the student to a working band atmosphere and give them an opportunity for performances. Course content
includes learning the standard dance band repertoire. A total of four credits
may be counted toward a degree. (0/3)
a degree.
MUS 305 Introduction to Audio
3.0
Introduction to Audio introduces students to basic audio theory as well as
how to assemble and operate a live analog sound reinforcement system.
Instruction covers the basic audio theories behind and standard operation
of audio cables, microphones, mixing consoles, power amplifiers, loudspeakers, and signal processing. (3/0)
Note: Co-numbered with DRA 305.
MUS 306 Digital Audio Production I
3.0
Digital Audio Production I introduces students to basic theories and techniques of digital audio recording, editing, and mixing. Instruction utilizes
current industry software digital audio workstation and cover the fundamentals of the operation of the software, as well as audio and MIDI recording and editing. This course provides students with real-world examples
and frequent hands-on assignments that will provide a solid foundation in
all aspects of audio production. (3/0)
MUS 307 Digital Audio Production II
3.0
Digital Audio Production II builds upon student skills navigating and using industry softwares digital audio workstation. Instruction covers working
with expanded hardware and software configurations, developing versatile
tools for manipulating and editing both audio and MIDI data, and implementing a range of techniques that encompass larger, more sophisticated
production scenarios. This course provides real-world examples and frequent hands-on assignments designed to enhance abilities in all aspects
of audio production. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Digital Audio Production I.
MUS 310 Recording Project I
1.0
Recording Project I provides students with the opportunity to be involved,
at the introductory level, in the complete cycle of an audio recording project. In Recording Project I, students perform as a singer/songwriter/musician and perform additional tasks according to their current skill level.
Students assist in producing a two to four track album. (0/2)
MUS 311 Recording Project II
1.0
Recording Project II provides students with the opportunity to be involved
in the complete cycle of an audio recording project. Students in Recording
Project II are in charge of all equipment used in the recording project and
assume the role of studio musician and perform additional tasks according
to their current skill level. Students assist in producing a two to four track
album. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Recording Project I.
MUS 312 Recording Project III
1.0
Recording Project III provides students with the opportunity to be involved
in the complete cycle of an audio recording project. Students in Recording Project III apply basic recording techniques in tracking a session for
a recording project and assume the role of studio musician and perform
additional tasks according to their current skill level. Students assist in producing a two to four track album. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Recording Project II.
MUS 313 Recording Project IV
1.0
Recording Project IV provides students with the opportunity to be involved
Project IV learn to organize and mix a project recording session and assume the role of studio musician and perform additional tasks according
album. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Recording Project III.
MUS 314 Recording Project V
1.0
Recording Project V provides students with the opportunity to be involved
Project V complete the mastering of recording project sessions and assume the role of studio musician and perform additional tasks according
album. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Recording Project IV.
MUS 315 Recording Project VI
1.0
Recording Project VI provides students with the opportunity to be involved
VI act as the project manager and producer for the recording project and
assume the role of studio musician and perform additional tasks according
album. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Recording Project V.
MUS 320 Technical Music Practicum I
1.0
Technical Music Practicum I is designed for Technical Music majors to learn
basic aspects of working as audio technician support and apply concepts
learned from other courses at various campus activities and events that
may require audio reinforcement. Students learn how to properly setup and
operate equipment in a variety of settings. Students are required to attend
various campus-wide activities that require audio reinforcement and meet
staff expectations as an audio technician assistant. (0/2)
Co-requisite: Introduction to Audio.
MUS 321 Technical Music Practicum II
1.0
Technical Music Practicum II students work as mobile recording engineers,
providing recording and audio archival services for various campus activities
and events that require audio recording services. Students apply knowledge
learned in other Technical Music courses to properly set up and operate the
necessary equipment in a variety of settings. Students are required to attend
various campus-wide activities that require audio reinforcement and meet
staff expectations as a mobile recording engineer. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Technical Music Practicum I.
MUS 322 Technical Music Practicum III
1.0
Technical Music Practicum III students act as music technology lab assistants. Students will be required to use skills learned in other Technical
127
Music courses to assist faculty and students in the use and maintenance
of the laboratory equipment during classes held in the laboratory. Students
also begin to create a resume and professional portfolio of past work to
use during the job application process. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Technical Music Practicum II.
MUS 323 Technical Music Practicum IV
1.0
Technical Music Practicum IV students will act as operations engineers in
the technical music recording studio. Students use skills learned in other
Technical Music courses to assist other students and faculty in the use of
the studio including microphone setup, studio signal flow, control surface
operation, as well as studio policies and procedures. Students also develop a finalized, professional resume and portfolio of past work to use during
the job application process. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Technical Music Practicum III.
MUS 325 Mix Listening I
3.0
Mix Listening I provides students with an introduction to the mixing process
and develops the ability to hear and identify the key features of a well-balanced, professional-sounding mix. Through regular ear-training drills, analysis of recordings, and comparative studies of different styles of mixing. Students learn to identify mix width and depth, frequency range, dynamics
and the different approaches used in various musical genres as well as
mixing techniques including panning, reverb, delay, compression, chorus,
and distortion. The course also explores various types of instruments and
arrangements as well as the basic acoustic theory that will help turn a normal listening space into a more critical listening environment. (3/0)
Prerequisites: A grade of “C” or higher in Introduction to Audio and Digital
Audio Production I.
MUS 326 Mix Listening II
3.0
Mix Listening II continues to build listening skills and aural awareness while
expanding students’ palette of production techniques and vocabulary. Students learn how to identify and determine key mix frequencies for instruments across different musical genres and cultures. Students also learn
to identify finer parameters of natural and artificial reverb, delay, and compression settings, and their effect on mixes and what we hear. Students are
provided with in-depth comparisons of microphones, mic pre-amps, and
amplifiers, as well as stereo mic configurations. Throughout the course,
students analyze professional recordings and strengthen listening skills
through ear- training drills. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Mix Listening I.
MUS 328 Virtual Instrument and Processing Plug-Ins
3.0
Virtual Instrument and Processing Plug-Ins explores how to fully utilize
all of the available audio processing plug-ins and virtual instruments that
are included with current industry software digital audio workstation. The
course covers the properties of each parameter in every instrument and
how those parameters work together to create a more interesting sound
or cohesive mix. The course also covers how to design sounds based on
those parameters, how to be more creative with the effects and instruments, and how to improve the overall sound of musical productions. (2/2)
MUS 330 Audio Mixing I
3.0
Audio Mixing I expands upon understanding of the production process by
introducing new mixing techniques such as parallel compression, providing thorough explorations of rever band delay parameters and use of those
effects in the mixing process. The course introduces the subject of audio
mastering and the use of compression at the mastering stage. Students
listen to, compare, and discuss mixes as a class. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Mix Listening I or Digital Audio
Production II.
MUS 331 Audio Mixing II
3.0
Audio Mixing II is an advanced course that provides a deeper understanding of mixing and mastering tools and techniques that can be applied to a
wide variety of styles including jazz, pop/rock, and electronica. The course
explores the use of several mixing procedures including utilizing advanced
128
techniques with processors such as EQ, compression, reverb, delays, and
tempo maps. Each of these concepts is applied to various genres of recorded music. The course also covers the use of EQ, limiting, and multiband compression in the mastering process. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Audio Mixing I.
MUS 333 Popular Music Analysis
3.0
Popular Music Analysis provides a step-by-step approach to identifying the
essential elements of successful recorded tracks and albums. Students
gain an understanding of the most fundamental part of the songwriting and
recording process - the emotional effectiveness of music. Students also
learn arrangement and direction techniques designed to assist talent in
contributing substantially to a recording instead of simply performing a part.
Students learn the differences between producing and engineering in order
to transform their approach to mixing an album so that it may reach its full
artistic potential. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Mix Listening I.
MUS 335 Audio Mastering
3.0
Audio Mastering focuses on the final part of the music production process.
Students are provided with an advanced discussion of acoustics, monitoring, and the digital audio fundamentals unique to the art of mastering audio. Students learn the specific tools used to modify, enhance, and correct
the sound of a recording. Course topics include applying signal processing
to enhance audio material, noise reduction techniques, advanced editing
techniques such as album sequencing and manual gain riding. Students
also learn about the importance of quality control, and compare disc and
electronic delivery preparation methods. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Audio Mixing I.
MUS 345 Concert Band III
1.0
Concert Band III provides an opportunity to develop further proficiency on
a chosen instrument. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Concert Band II.
a degree.
MUS 350 Percussion Ensemble I
1.0
Percussion Ensemble I introduces students to percussion ensemble literature and gives them an opportunity for performance. Course content includes reading percussion music and learning percussion techniques and
concepts. Open to all students. (0/2)
a degree.
MUS 351 Percussion Ensemble II
1.0
Percussion Ensemble II advances students’ knowledge of percussion ensemble literature and gives them an opportunity for performance. Course
content includes reading percussion music and learning percussion techniques and concepts. Open to all students. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Percussion Ensemble I.
a degree.
MUS 352 Percussion Ensemble III
1.0
Percussion Ensemble III builds upon skills learned in previous levels. Students learn percussion ensemble literature and have performance opportunities. Course content includes reading percussion music and learning
percussion techniques and concepts. Open to all students. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Percussion Ensemble II.
a degree.
MUS 353 Percussion Ensemble IV
1.0
Percussion Ensemble IV refines the skills learned in previous levels. Students learn percussion ensemble literature and have performance opportunities. Course content includes reading percussion music and learning
percussion techniques and concepts. Open to all students. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Percussion Ensemble III.
a degree.
MUS 354 Percussion Ensemble V
1.0
Percussion Ensemble V is designed for students experienced with percussion ensemble literature and gives them an opportunity for performance.
Course content includes reading percussion music and learning percussion techniques and concepts. Open to all students. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Percussion Ensemble IV.
a degree.
MUS 355 Percussion Ensemble VI
1.0
Percussion Ensemble VI facilitates the growth of the experienced student
through leadership roles. Students learn percussion ensemble literature
and have performance opportunities. Course content includes reading percussion music and learning percussion techniques and concepts.
Open to all students. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Percussion Ensemble V.
a degree.
MUS 360 Women’s Ensemble I
1.0
Women’s Ensemble I introduces students to four-part women’s a cappella
literature and gives them an opportunity for performance. Course content
includes reading four-part literature and learning barbershop concepts and
harmonies. (0/2)
a degree.
MUS 361 Women’s Ensemble II
1.0
Women’s Ensemble II advances students’ knowledge of four-part women’s a cappella literature and gives them an opportunity for performance.
Course content includes reading four-part literature and learning barbershop concepts and harmonies. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Women’s Ensemble I.
a degree.
MUS 362 Women’s Ensemble III
1.0
Women’s Ensemble III builds upon the skills learned in previous levels.
Students learn four-part women’s a cappella literature and have performance opportunities. Course content includes reading four-part literature
and learning barbershop concepts and harmonies. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Women’s Ensemble II.
a degree.
MUS 363 Women’s Ensemble IV
1.0
Women’s Ensemble IV refines the skills learned in previous levels. Students learn four-part women’s a cappella literature and have performance
opportunities. Course content includes reading four-part literature and
learning barbershop concepts and harmonies. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Women’s Ensemble III.
a degree.
MUS 364 Women’s Ensemble V
1.0
Women’s Ensemble V is designed for students experienced with four-part
women’s a cappella literature and gives them opportunities for performance. Course content includes reading four-part literature and learning
barbershop concepts and harmonies. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Women’s Ensemble IV.
a degree.
MUS 365 Women’s Ensemble VI
1.0
Women’s Ensemble VI facilitates the growth of the student experienced
with four-part women’s a cappella literature through leadership roles and
performance opportunities. Course content includes reading four-part literature and learning barbershop concepts and harmonies. (0/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Women’s Ensemble V.
a degree.
MUS 370 Marching Band I
1.0
Marching Band I introduces students to basic musical concepts and applications. Principles of note-reading, intonation, and rhythm are applied
through rehearsal and performance. Color Guard introduces students to
the basic movement and equipment-use of color guard. Students are
required to perform at a number of events (some evenings and weekends)
to be determined in the course syllabus. (0/5)
a degree.
MUS 371 Marching Band II
1.0
Marching Band II builds upon the skills learned in the previous level. Principles of note-reading, intonation, and rhythm are applied through rehearsal
and performance. Color Guard builds upon the skills learned in the previous level. Students refine movement and equipment-use. Students are
required to perform at a number of events (some evenings and weekends)
to be determined in the course syllabus. (0/5)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Marching Band I.
a degree.
MUS 372 Marching Band III
1.0
Marching Band III is designed for the student experienced in Marching Band. Principles of note-reading, intonation, and rhythm are applied
through rehearsal and performance. Color Guard builds upon the skills
learned in the previous level. Students master movement and equipmentuse. Students are required to perform at a number of events (some evenings and weekends) to be determined in the course syllabus. (0/5)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Marching Band II.
a degree.
MUS 375 Fall Pep Band I
0.5
Fall Pep Band I introduces students to Pep Band. Open to all students, Pep
Band provides enthusiastic support at Fall sporting events and other performances through musical performance, chants, cheers, and other choreography. Students are required to perform at a number of events (some
evenings and weekends) to be determined in the course syllabus. (0/1)
a degree.
129
MUS 376 Fall Pep Band II
0.5
Fall Pep Band II builds upon the skills learned in the previous level. Open to
all students, Pep Band provides enthusiastic support at Fall sporting events
and other performances through musical performance, chants, cheers,
and other choreography. Students are required to perform at a number
of events (some evenings and weekends) to be determined in the course
syllabus. (0/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Fall Pep Band I.
a degree.
MUS 377 Fall Pep Band III
0.5
Fall Pep Band III is designed for the student experienced in Pep Band.
Open to all students, Pep Band provides enthusiastic support at Fall sporting events and other performances through musical performance, chants,
cheers, and other choreography. Students are required to perform at a
number of events (some evenings and weekends) to be determined in the
course syllabus. (0/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Fall Pep Band II.
a degree.
MUS 380 Spring Pep Band I
0.5
Spring Pep Band I introduces students to Pep Band. Open to all students,
Pep Band provides enthusiastic support at Spring sporting events and other
performances through musical performance, chants, cheers, and other choreography. Students are required to perform at a number of events (some
evenings and weekends) to be determined in the course syllabus. (0/1)
a degree.
MUS 381 Spring Pep Band II
0.5
Spring Pep Band II builds upon the skills learned in the previous level.
Open to all students, Pep Band provides enthusiastic support at Spring
sporting events and other performances through musical performance,
chants, cheers, and other choreography. Students are required to perform
at a number of events (some evenings and weekends) to be determined in
the course syllabus. (0/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Spring Pep Band I.
a degree.
MUS 382 Spring Pep Band III
0.5
Spring Pep Band III is designed for the student experienced in Pep Band.
Open to all students, Pep Band provides enthusiastic support at Spring
sporting events and other performances through musical performance,
chants, cheers, and other choreography. Students are required to perform
at a number of events (some evenings and weekends) to be determined in
the course syllabus. (0/1)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Spring Pep Band II.
a degree.
MUS 385 Winter Guard I
1.0
Winter Guard I introduces students to basic movement and equipment-use
of color guard and gives them opportunities to perform at various events.
This course emphasizes team-building, physical conditioning, and practicing guard techniques through the use of flags, rifles, sabers, and other
props for performances. (0/3)
a degree.
130
MUS 386 Winter Guard II
1.0
Winter Guard II builds upon the skills learned in the previous level. Students refine movement and equipment-use of winter guard and perform
at various events. This course emphasizes team-building, physical conditioning, and practicing guard techniques through the use of flags, rifles, sabers, and other props for performances. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Winter Guard I.
a degree.
MUS 387 Winter Guard III
1.0
Winter Guard III is designed for the student experienced in winter guard.
Students master movement and equipment-use of winter guard and perform at various events. This course emphasizes team-building, physical
conditioning, and practicing guard techniques through the use of flags,
rifles, sabers, and other props for performances. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Winter Guard II.
a degree.
MUS 390 Show Choir I
1.0
Show Choir I provides an opportunity to perform contemporary literature
and utilize choreography in performances at the introductory level. (0/3)
Prerequisite: Must Audition.
Co-requisites: Concert Choir I and Choreography I.
a degree.
MUS 391 Show Choir II
1.0
Show Choir II provides an opportunity to perform contemporary literature and
utilize choreography in performances while exploring vocal technique. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Show Choir I.
Co-requisite: Concert Choir II.
a degree.
MUS 392 Show Choir III
1.0
Show Choir III provides an opportunity to perform contemporary literature
and utilize choreography in performances at an intermediate level. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Show Choir II.
Co-requisites: Concert Choir III and Choreography II.
a degree.
MUS 393 Show Choir IV
1.0
Show Choir IV provides an opportunity to perform contemporary literature
and utilize choreography in performances at an advanced level. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Show Choir III.
Co-requisite: Concert Choir IV.
a degree.
MUS 394 Show Choir V
1.0
Show Choir V provides an opportunity to perform contemporary literature
and utilize choreography in performances while demonstrating advanced
vocal techniques and evaluating rehearsals. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Show Choir IV.
Co-requisites: Concert Choir V and Choreography III.
a degree.
MUS 395 Show Choir VI
1.0
Show Choir VI provides an opportunity to perform contemporary literature
and utilize choreography in performances while demonstrating advanced
vocal techniques and evaluating performances. (0/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Show Choir V.
Co-requisite: Concert Choir VI.
a degree.
MUS 400 Music in Theory and Practice I
3.0
Music in Theory and Practice I is grounded in the basic tonal functions
of the common practice period. This course covers the basics of rhythm,
pitch, and notational practices. Students study rhythmic figures in simple
and compound meters, as well as scales, key signatures, and diatonic
chords in major and minor keys. (3/0)
Co-requisite: Ear Training and Sight Singing I.
Note: This course is for Music and Technical Music majors only.
MUS 401 Music in Theory and Practice II
3.0
Music in Theory and Practice II continues the study of tonal functions of
the common practice period. Melodic, harmonic, and rhythmic elements
of music are combined in the study of chord functions and chord progressions, phrase and cadence structure, and part-writing ranging from two to
four voices. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Music in Theory and Practice I .
Co-requisite: Ear and Training and Sight Singing II.
MUS 402 Music in Theory and Practice III
3.0
Music in Theory and Practice III continues the study of tonal functions
of the common practice period. Students examine musical form, phrase
structure, and motivic structure, focusing on patterns and transformations.
Knowledge of harmony is expanded through the treatment secondary
chords and key modulations. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Music in Theory and Practice II.
Co-requisite: Ear Training and Sight Singing III.
MUS 403 Music in Theory and Practice IV
3.0
Music in Theory and Practice IV continues the study of tonal functions of
the common practice period. Students continue the examination of form,
focusing on more complex structures. Melodic and harmonic elements incorporate chromatic compositional devices. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Music in Theory and Practice III.
Co-requisite: Ear Training and Sight Singing IV.
MUS 410 Ear Training and Sight Singing I
1.0
Ear Training and Sight Singing I covers the basic tools and processes used
to sight read rhythms and pitches of written music. Musical examples will
be in simple meter and will contain stepwise melodies in some major keys.
The course also includes the transcription of melodies through dictation of
musical examples. (1/0)
Co-requisite: Music in Theory and Practice I.
MUS 411 Ear Training and Sight Singing II
1.0
Ear Training and Sight Singing II builds on the skills learned in Ear Training and Sight Singing I by encountering more advanced musical material
in performance and transcription. Musical examples will be in both simple
and compound meters, and melodies will contain steps, skips, and leaps of
tonic triad pitches in all major keys. (1/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Ear Training and Sight Singing I.
Co-requisite: Music in Theory and Practice II.
MUS 412 Ear Training and Sight Singing III
1.0
Ear Training and Sight Singing III builds on the skills learned in Ear Training and Sight Singing II by encountering more advanced musical material in performance and transcription. Musical examples will include dotted
rhythms and ties in both simple and compound meters, and melodies will
contain steps, skips, and leaps of diatonic triad pitches in all major and
minor keys. (1/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Ear Training and Sight Singing II.
Co-requisite: Music in Theory and Practice III.
MUS 413 Ear Training and Sight Singing IV
1.0
Ear Training and Sight Singing IV builds on the skills learned in Ear Training and Sight Singing III by encountering more advanced musical material
in performance and transcription. Musical examples will include smaller
beat divisions in both simple and compound meters, and melodies will contain steps, skips, and leaps of seventh chord pitches in all major and minor
keys. (1/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Ear Training and Sight Singing III.
Co-requisite: Music in Theory and Practice IV.
MUS 935 Technical Music Internship
3.0
Technical Music Internship is designed to allow students to gain hands-on
practical experience in a professional audio production emphasis, according to students’ needs. Students apply skills learned in previous coursework. (0/12)
Nursing
ADN 131 Bridging LPN to ADN, Theory and Laboratory 2.0
Bridging LPN to ADN, Theory and Laboratory introduces the LPN to the
philosophy and organizing framework of the Iowa Western nursing program. The learner is exposed to the concepts of health patterns, nursing
process, and nursing roles. The laboratory component focuses on the enhancement of nursing skills. (1.5/1.5)
Prerequisite: Current licensure as practical nurse.
ADN 132 Professional Topics III 1.0
Professional Topics III introduces the learner to the roles and responsibilities of the associate degree nurse. This course compares and contrasts
functions of nurses educated at different levels and discusses the legal
responsibilities of the registered nurse. (1/0)
Prerequisite: Practical Nursing license, or a grade of “C” or higher in
all first-semester Practical Nursing program courses and application for
NCLEX-PN.
ADN 133 Health Assessment Across the Life Span 1.5
Health Assessment Across the Life Span provides the learner with the
knowledge and skills to perform a health assessment and develop nursing
diagnoses. The course includes interviewing techniques, health historytaking, physical, cultural, psychosocial, and mental status assessments in
clients across the life span. (1/1.5)
Prerequisite: Current standing as ADN student. Prerequisite/Co-requisite:
Introduction to Psychology. ADN 134 Concepts of Health Assessment 2.0
Concepts of Health Assessment provides the student with the knowledge
and skills to perform a health assessment and develop nursing diagnoses. The course includes interviewing techniques, health history taking,
physical, cultural, psychosocial, and mental status assessments in clients
across the life span. (1/3)
ADN 136 Concepts of Reproductive Health Nursing
4.0
Concepts of Reproductive Health Nursing provides content related to the
science of caring for the physiological needs through the lifespan including
the reproductive cycle, and the alterations in the functions of such organs.
The focus is on issues related to maternal processes, newborn care, and
organ dysfunction in the female and male populations. (3/3)
ADN 137 Advanced Concepts of Medical/Surgical Nursing
5.0
Advanced Concepts of Medical/Surgical Nursing provides content utilizing
Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns with selected exemplars. The course
will focus on formulating, implementing and evaluating nursing decisions related to the needs of adult clients with more complex health alterations. The
student will assist the individual(s) to achieve optimal levels of health maintenance, health restoration and health promotion. During the clinical portion
131
of this course, the student will function with increasing independence while
functioning in the nursing roles of provider of care, communicator, teacher,
manager of care and member of the profession of nursing. (3/6)
ADN 166 Fundamental Concepts of Nursing
5.0
The Fundamental Concepts of Nursing course will introduce the concepts
and tasks of a beginning nurse. The content and competencies are presented utilizing the framework of Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns.
The content includes but is not limited to nursing care across the lifespan
related to the following: Health Perception/ Health Maintenance, Nutritional Metabolic, Cognitive Perceptual, Elimination, and Activity Exercise.
The laboratory portion of this course will provide the opportunity to learn,
practice, demonstrate, and document basic nursing skills in a controlled
environment. Demonstration of competence in selected nursing skills is
required for satisfactory completion of the course. Clinical experiences are
utilized to promote critical thinking and assist students in the application of
theory and fundamental nursing skills. (3.5/4.5)
ADN 168 Professional Nursing Concepts I
2.0
Professional Nursing Concepts I introduces the student to the art of nursing. The student examines the concepts of Gordon’s Functional Health
Patterns, the nursing process, and nursing roles utilized in the care of clients with common health needs across the lifespan. The student will explore such topics as legal and ethical issues, the Registered Nurse scope
of practice, nursing informatics, along with leadership, management and
other relevant topics pertaining to the art of nursing. (2/0)
ADN 172 Concepts of Aging 3.0
Concepts of Aging provides content related to the science of meeting the
physical, psychological, and social needs of older adults. Students will
learn the art of maximizing the functional abilities, as well as promoting,
maintaining and/ or restoring the physical and mental health of older adults.
Students in the course will be introduced to the concepts of Gordon’s
Functional Health Patterns and the Nursing Process. (2/3)
ADN 173 Concepts of Mental Health Nursing
3.0
Concepts of Mental Health Nursing provides content over selected Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns. The student focuses on the refinement
and analysis of mental health concepts to formulate, implement and evaluate nursing decisions related to the health care needs of groups of clients
and significant others. The student assists the individual(s) to achieve an
optimal level of health that integrates principles of health maintenance,
health restoration and/or health promotion. In the clinical setting, the student works with increasing independence while functioning in the roles of
provider of care, communicator, teacher, manager of care and member of
the profession of nursing. (2/3)
ADN 175 Medical Surgical Concepts in Nursing
5.5
Medical Surgical Concepts in Nursing provides content over selected Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns. The student is introduced to the concepts
and will begin to formulate, implement and evaluate nursing decisions related to the health care needs clients. The student assists the individual(s)
to achieve an optimal level of health that integrates principles of health
maintenance, health restoration and/or health promotion. In the clinical
setting, the student works with 1-2 clients while functioning in the roles of
provider of care, communicator, teacher, manager of care and member of
the professional of nursing. (3.5/6)
ADN 177 Concepts of Critical Care Nursing 5.0
Concepts of Critical Care Nursing provides content over selected Gordon’s
Functional Health Patterns. The student focuses on the refinement and
analysis of assessment data while utilizing related concepts to formulate, implement, and evaluate nursing decisions related to the health care
needs of groups of clients and significant others across the lifespan. In the
clinical setting, the student analyzes data, plans, modifies, and evaluates
care while functioning in the roles of the provider of care, communicator,
teacher, manager of care, and the member of the profession. The student
assists the individual(s) to achieve an optimal level of health that integrates
principles of health maintenance, health restoration, and/or health promotion. (3/6)
132
ADN 179 Concepts of Pediatric Nursing
4.0
Concepts of Pediatric Nursing provides content over selected Gordon’s
Functional Health Patterns. The student focuses on the refinement and
analysis of critical care concepts to formulate, implement and evaluate nursing decisions related to the health care needs of the pediatric population
from infancy to adolescents in a variety of health care settings. The student
assists the individual(s) to achieve an optimal level of health that integrates
principles of health maintenance, health restoration and/or health promotion.
In the clinical setting, the student works with increasing independence while
functioning in the role of provider of care, communicator, teacher, manager
of care and member of the profession of nursing. The clinical setting focuses
on delivery of care to patients across the pediatric lifespan with variable normal and abnormal responses to health illness. (3/3)
ADN 182 Professional Nursing Concepts II 2.0
Professional Nursing Concepts II provides content over selected Gordon’s
Functional Health Patterns. The student focuses on the analysis of factors
affecting the nurse’s practice; application of change, delegation, leadership, and management theories; and impact of quality improvement and
payment systems on the delivery of health care. The student will complete
a capstone project evaluation which demonstrates the student’s ability to
apply theory from nursing and general education courses taken throughout
the program. (2/0)
abnormal responses to health and illness. (2/6)
Prerequisite: Practical Nursing license, or a grade of “C” or higher in
NCLEX-PN.
ADN 632 Nursing Care Through the Life Span IV
8.5
Nursing Care Through the Life Span IV consists of selected health patterns. In both theory and clinical, the learner focuses on applying foundational assessment skills while integrating the nursing process and theory
concepts during the planning and implementation of care to groups of assigned clients while functioning in the roles of the provider of care, communicator, teacher, manager of care, and member of the profession. The
learner provides care to groups of assigned clients across the life span in
variable health care settings with the ultimate goal of health maintenance
and/or health restoration. In clinical, the learner assumes the roles of the
provider of care, communicator, teacher, manager of care, and member of
the profession. (4/13.5)
Prerequisites: Nursing Care Through the Life Span III and licensed practical nurse.
Prerequisite/Co-requisite: Microbiology and Nutrition.
ADN 218 Concepts of Pharmacological Nursing
3.0
Concepts of Pharmacological Nursing expands the student’s knowledge of
drug classification, therapeutic actions, side effects, and drug interactions. The course assists the student to understand the role of pharmacological
agents in relation to health needs and stresses health teaching. (3/0)
ADN 633 Nursing Care Through the Life Span V
10.0
Nursing Care Through the Life Span V provides selected health patterns.
The learner focuses on the refinement and analysis of assessment data
while utilizing related concepts to formulate, implement, and evaluate nursing decisions related to the health care needs of groups of clients and
significant others across the life span. In clinical, the learner analyzes data,
plans, modifies, and evaluates care while functioning in the roles of the
provider of care, communicator, teacher, manager of care, and member of
the profession. The learner assists the individual(s) to achieve an optimal
level of health that integrates principles of health maintenance, health restoration, and/or health promotion. (5/15)
Prerequisites: Nursing Care Through the Life Span IV, Health Assessment Across the Life Span, Microbiology, and Pharmacology. Prerequisite/
Co-requisite: Introduction to Sociology.
ADN 222 Pharmacology
3.0
Pharmacology expands the learner’s knowledge of drug classification,
therapeutic actions, side effects, and drug interactions. The course assists
the learner to understand the role of pharmacological agents in relation to
health needs and stresses health teaching. (3/0)
Prerequisites: Practical Nursing license, or a grade of “C” or higher in
NCLEX-PN.
PNN 167 Foundations of Nursing
5.0
Foundations of Nursing introduces Gordon’s patterns as a data collection system and focuses on the tasks a beginning nurse is responsible for
along with the scientific rationale for each task. Beginning nursing skills are
integrated from classroom to clinical laboratory. Critical thinking will be incorporated into task completion. This course introduces the student to the
first of a two-part nursing course sequence completed in the first semester
of nursing. (4.5/.5)
ADN 320 Professional Topics IV
1.0
Professional Topics IV explores the education, employment, political, and societal aspects of professional nursing. It introduces research in nursing. (1/0)
Prerequisites: Nursing Care Through the Lifespan III and Professional
Topics III.
Co-requisite: Nursing Care Through the Lifespan IV.
PNN 168 Practical Nursing I
5.0
Practical Nursing I allows the practical nursing students to implement nursing care through the lifespan while focusing on musculoskeletal, mental
health, sensory, cardiovascular, respiratory, obstetrical, and communicable
conditions. This is the second of a two-part nursing course sequence completed in the first semester of nursing. (3/6)
Prerequisites: A grade of “C” or higher in Foundations of Nursing and
Introduction to Math and Medications.
ADN 216 Concepts of Math & Meds for ADN
1.0
Concepts of Math & Meds for ADN introduces the student to basic skills
of medication administration and mathematical calculations required of a
Registered Nurse. It will include skills necessary for intravenous (IV) therapy and medication administration. (1/0)
ADN 330 Professional Topics V
1.0
Professional Topics V applies best practice aspects of patient care from
theory in Professional Topics III and IV as students develop an evidencedbased project identifying cultural, financial, therapeutic communication
skills, patient management, ethical and legal components. (1/0)
Prerequisites: Nursing Care through the Lifespan IV and Professional
Topics IV.
Co-requisite: Nursing Care through the Lifespan V.
ADN 631 Nursing Care Through the Life Span III
4.0
Nursing Care Through the Life Span III provides content organized under selected health patterns. The learner focuses on identifying variables
within the environment that impact the delivery of nursing care to meet
the health needs of clients in variable health care settings. In clinical, the
learner assumes the roles of the provider of care, communicator, teacher,
manager of care, and member of the profession. The clinical focuses on
delivery of care to clients across the life span with variable normal and
PNN 177 Practical Nursing II
4.5
Practical Nursing II allows the practical nursing student to implement nursing care for individuals through the lifespan while focusing on the theoretical
concepts of obstetrical and mental health nursing, cancer, and the gastrointestinal and reproductive body systems. This is the first of a two-part nursing
course sequence completed in the second semester of nursing. (2.5/6)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in all first-semester nursing courses.
PNN 178 Practical Nursing III
4.5
Practical Nursing III allows the practical nursing student to implement nursing care for individuals through the lifespan while focusing on the genitourinary, respiratory, neurological and cardiovascular body systems. This is
the second of a two-part nursing course sequence completed in the second
semester of nursing. (2.5/6)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Practical Nursing II.
133
PNN 201 Introduction to Math and Medications
1.0
Introduction to Math and Medications introduces the concepts of medication administration. It includes legal implications and mathematical computations specific to pharmacology. (.5/1.5)
PRL 161 Family Law
3.0
Family Law considers domestic relationships: marriage, annulment, divorce, adoption, child custody, abuse, and the growing concern of care for
elderly relatives. (3/0)
PNN 205 Practical Nursing Pharmacology
1.0
Practical Nursing Pharmacology assists the student in identification of
drugs by classification, therapeutic action, and adverse effects for clients
across the life span. General nursing interventions related to drug classification are emphasized. (1/0)
PRL 168 Property/Probate
3.0
Property/Probate encompasses real and personal property subject matter
including the acquisition, transfer and destruction of such property. This
course provides an overview of common property issues including common transfers such as sale and disposition at death. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Paralegal Studies Orientation.
PNN 321 Professional Topics I
1.0
Professional Topics I introduces the learner to the art of nursing. The learner examines the concepts of health patterns, nursing process, and nursing
roles utilized in the care of clients with common health needs across the life
span. Legal and ethical roles are emphasized. (1/0)
Prerequisites: Composition I and Public Speaking.
PRL 281 Legal Ethics
2.0
Legal Ethics examines the roles and duties of the paralegal within the limitations of the Code of Professional Responsibility. The course covers client
interviewing and note taking techniques in order to avoid the unauthorized
practice of law. Emphasis centers on the preservation of client confidentiality and the recognition of conflicts of interest. (2/0)
Prerequisite: Paralegal Studies Orientation.
PNN 322 Professional Topics II
1.0
Professional Topics II emphasizes the management concepts, communication skills, legal, and ethical responsibilities the learner incorporates into
the role of the graduate practical nurse. (1/0)
PNN 425 Perinatal Mood Disorders
1.0
Perinatal mood disorders focuses on conditions, such as postpartum depression and its effect on mothers, children and the community. Students
will discuss signs and symptoms, risk factors and available interventions.
The importance of screening and use of the Edinburgh Postnatal Depression scale are included. The innovative process of listening visits will be
discussed. (1/0)
PNN 452 Gerontological Nursing
2.0
Gerontological Nursing is the science of caring for the physical and psychological needs of older adults. The focus is on issues related to the provision of holistic nursing care of the aging population. There is an emphasis
on maximizing the functional abilities, as well as promoting, maintaining,
and/or restoring the physical and mental health of older adults. (2/0)
Paralegal and Legal Studies
PRL 101 Paralegal Studies Orientation
3.0
Paralegal Studies Orientation surveys the paralegal profession with special emphasis on the major roles and responsibilities of the legal assistant.
The course explores the knowledge base required to be a legal assistant
and considers the history of the profession. (3/0)
PRL 115 Legal Research and Writing
4.0
Legal Research and Writing explores methods and techniques regarding
issue recognition, finding sources of the law, applying the law to specific
situations, and creating documentary work products. Students utilize computer-aided legal research. Course work includes basic legal documents
as well as completion of major research and writing projects. (4/0)
Prerequisite: Composition I.
PRL 126 Evidence
3.0
Evidence covers the basic concepts of relevancy, competency, materiality,
privilege, hearsay, and the difference between direct and circumstantial
evidence. It also examines pretrial and trial techniques and meeting the
burden of proof in both civil and criminal cases. (3/0)
PRL 131 Torts and Litigation I
3.0
Torts and Litigation I introduces the basic laws relating to personal and
property damage. Topics include intentional tort, negligence, and strict liability. Principles of trial practice including case evaluation, basic discovery
methods, and basic pleadings are emphasized. (3/0)
PRL 933 Internship
3.0
Internship provides direct work-related experience in various legal environments. Students apply skills acquired in the program to everyday responsibilities encountered by legal assistants. The internship is directly supervised by attorneys in conjunction with the program chair. (0/12)
Prerequisites: Paralegal Studies Orientation; Legal Research and Writing; and permission from the program chair.
Prerequisite/Co-requisite: Legal Ethics.
Philosophy
PHI 101 Introduction to Philosophy
3.0
Introduction to Philosophy is an analytical approach to problems such as
the nature of man, the existence of a creator, the question of freedom, and
the challenge of change. Students deepen their understanding of these
problems and their own responses by studying the thoughts of philosophers such as Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, St. Thomas Aquinas, Descartes,
Locke, Hegel, Kant, Kierkegaard, Sartre, Nietzsche, James, Russell, and
Kuhn. (3/0)
PHI 105 Introduction to Ethics
3.0
Introduction to Ethics examines the Kantian, Utilitarian, and Virtue principles of moral decision-making. Those principles are then used to analyze
such issues as hunger, poverty, drugs, environmental problems, racism,
abortion, euthanasia, and the economic and criminal justice systems. (3/0)
PHI 111 Basic Reasoning
3.0
Basic Reasoning is designed to assist students in developing reasoning
and critical thinking skills. Students will learn to identify and analyze ideas
and arguments, use inductive and deductive reasoning, and practice evaluating reasoning found in variety of contexts including media, internet, and
culture. (3/0)
PHI 142 Ethics in Business
3.0
Ethics in Business addresses moral issues that confront the contemporary
business community. Traditional ethical systems provide a framework with
which to analyze issues in areas of corporate responsibility and the rights
and obligations of employers and employees. (3/0)
PHI 211 Ethics in the Media
3.0
Ethics in the Media introduces the judicial, legislative, and administrative
policies pertinent to the ethical and legal operation of newspapers and
other print media. Emphasis is placed upon First Amendment protection,
libel, privacy, free press, fair trial, judicial controls, government regulations,
copyright, and ethical standards and practices. Upon completion, students
will have an understanding and appreciation of these issues and the ability
to analyze the important legal and ethical issues involved. (3/0)
Note: Co-numbered with JOU 211.
134
Physical Education and Wellness
PEA 162 Speed and Conditioning I
1.0
Speed and Conditioning I is an activity course that will focus on the coordination of muscular movements for sport-specific performance. (0/2)
PEA 177 Speed and Conditioning II
1.0
Speed and Conditioning II is an activity course that will focus on the speed
of muscular movements for sport-specific performance. (0/2)
Prerequisite: Speed and Conditioning I.
PEA 180 Speed and Conditioning III
1.0
Speed and Conditioning III is an activity course that will focus on the endurance of muscular movements for sport-specific performance. (0/2)
Prerequisite: Speed and Conditioning II.
PEA 187 Weight Training I
1.0
Weight Training I provides basic fundamental instruction in the performance of weight training exercises focusing on safety. (0/2)
PEA 287 Weight Training II
1.0
Weight Training II provides advanced fundamental instruction in the performance of weight training exercises with emphasis on singular muscle
movement. (0/2)
Prerequisite: Weight Training I.
PEA 294 Weight Training III
1.0
Weight Training III provides consistent routine instruction in the performance of weight training exercises with emphasis on complex biomechanics of lifting. (0/2)
Prerequisite: Weight Training II.
PEC 101 Introduction to Coaching
3.0
Introduction to Coaching consists of a four-part course that includes coaching theory, sports medicine, sports psychology, and sports physiology. It
leads to coaching authorization for the State of Iowa as a junior high or
senior high school coach. (3/0)
PEC 155 Theory of Coaching I
3.0
Theory of Coaching I is designed to give students an overall impression
of coaching at all skill levels. This course is intended to be the first step in
preparing the student for a career in coaching. Basic coaching subjects will
be discussed. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Coaching.
PEC 157 Theory of Coaching II
3.0
Theory of Coaching II is designed to give students more advanced theories
of coaching. Details of practice plans, game plans, rules, officiating, and
athletic psychology will be discussed along with other aspects of coaching
careers at different skill levels. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Theory of Coaching I.
PEC 230 Introduction to Sports Medicine
3.0
Introduction to Sports Medicine provides an overview of current sports
medicine topics. It introduces the care and treatment for today’s sport and
exercise participant. This course is designed for both the sports science
and non-sports science emphasis. (3/0)
PEH 102 Health
3.0
Health provides an overview of selected areas related to promoting one’s
physical well-being and general health. It surveys the role of healthy lifestyles in the physical, emotional, sexual, and spiritual dimensions of humans. (3/0)
PEH 130 CPR and First Aid in the Workplace
1.0
CPR and First Aid in the Workplace prepares the bystander with lifesaving,
hands-on instruction in many emergency situations. Emphasis centers on real
life responses and what to do in the first five minutes of an emergency. (1/0)
PEH 142 First Aid
3.0
First Aid emphasizes the value and need of training in first aid as a preparation for life. It also stresses safety and accident prevention. Successful
completion of the course requirements leads to a Standard First Aid certificate. (3/0)
PEH 170 Principles of Weight Training
3.0
Principles of Weight Training identifies the anatomical and physiological
processes of muscle development and the effects of weight training on
those processes. It focuses on the basic principles of weight training and
the mastering of techniques which apply to personal development and to
coaching applications. (2/2)
PEH 908 Cooperative Education
1.0 - 6.0
Cooperative Education provides work experience related to physical education. Work experience hours are arranged. (0/4-24)
PET 140 Athletic Training Practicum I
1.0
Athletic Training Practicum I (ATP I) provides the student athletic trainer
with the basic knowledge of policies and procedures of the training room
facility. It introduces students to the athletic department members, college
athletic team atmosphere, and athletic injury care. Students learn basic
athletic injury treatment and first aid procedures through hands-on contact
with varsity athletes. Students observe varsity practices and games
throughout the semester. ATP I is an arranged time schedule and takes
place under the direct supervision of a Certified Athletic Trainer. (0/4)
Co-requisites: Introduction to Sports Medicine and Taping and Bracing.
PET 160 Athletic Training Practicum II
2.0
Athletic Training Practicum II (ATP II) is designed to give athletic training
students knowledge of basic evaluation procedures while continuing to familiarize themselves with the policies and procedures of athletic training
clinic operation. Athletic Training students are assigned practice and game
coverage on and off campus to gain experience in different sports under
the direct supervision of a certified athletic trainer. ATP II is an arranged
time schedule and takes place under the direct supervision of a Certified Athletic Trainer. (0/8)
Prerequisites: A grade of “C” or higher in Athletic Training Practicum I,
Taping and Bracing, and Introduction to Sports Medicine, or permission
from the program chair.
PET 170 Athletic Training Practicum III
3.0
Athletic Training Practicum III (ATP III) is designed to give the Athletic
Training Student (ATS) a hands-on comprehensive experience in athletic
training. The ATS will be assigned to an Iowa Western varsity team for
the duration of the team’s season. The ATS will attend all team functions
including practices and games, home and away from campus. Overnight
travel with the team is required. ATP III is an arranged time schedule as
dictated by the student’s assigned team. The student will be supervised at
all times by a Certified Athletic Trainer. (0/12)
Prerequisites: A grade of “C” or higher in Athletic Training Practicum II,
and Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries, or permission from the program chair.
PET 181 Athletic Training Practicum IV
1.0
Athletic Training Practicum IV is designed to give the student athletic trainer administrative experience and continue to develop athletic injury evaluation skills. It also assists in the further development of skills learned in
previous practicums. ATP IV is an arranged time schedule and takes place
under the direct supervision of a Certified Athletic Trainer. (0/4)
Prerequisites: A grade of “C” or higher in Athletic Training Practicum III,
and Athletic Injury Evaluation, or permission from the program chair.
PET 230 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries
3.0
Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries introduces athletic training procedures as they relate to the athlete, physical education, coach, and trainer.
Included is the history of the training profession, ethics, testing, fitness development, and care and prevention of common sports injuries. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Sports Medicine.
135
PET 235 Athletic Injury Evaluation
3.0
Athletic Injury Evaluation gives students knowledge in the general assessment of musculoskeletal injuries. Each student will learn the step-by-step
process of hands-on evaluations. Muscle testing, ligament testing, and
neurological testing will be emphasized. Hands-on, in-class skills testing
will be practiced. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries.
PET 240 Taping and Bracing
2.0
Taping and Bracing will focus on the stabilizing procedures used to assist
in the healing process of athletic injuries. A hands-on approach will be used
throughout the course. (2/0)
PET 250 Introduction to Modalities
3.0
Introduction to Modalities provides an overview of current therapeutic modalities as well as instruction of use found within the scope of sports medicine. Emphasis centers on the effects, uses, and application of therapeutic
modalities. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Athletic Injury Evaluation.
PET 260 Athletic Training Internship
2.0
Athletic Training Internship is a supervised, educational work experience
with an assigned athletic team. Internship will require ability to work nights,
weekends, and travel. (0/8)
PEV 105 Varsity Sports Participation I
1.0
Varsity Sports Participation I gives credit for knowledge and skills gained
through varsity sports participation. (0/2)
PEV 109 Varsity Sports Participation II
1.0
Varsity Sports Participation II gives credit for advanced knowledge gained
through varsity sports participation. (0/2)
Prerequisite: Varsity Sports Participation I.
PEV 111 Varsity Sports Participation III
1.0
Varsity Sports Participation III provides emphasis on sportsmanship behavior in varsity sports. (0/2)
Prerequisite: Varsity Sports Participation II.
PEV 185 Progressive Resistance Training I
1.0
Progressive Resistance Training I introduces students with no prior background to sport specific resistance training.(0/2)
PEV 187 Progressive Resistance Training II
1.0
Progressive Resistance Training II continues exposure to students with
moderate background in sport specific resistance training. (0/2)
Prerequisite: Progressive Resistance Training I.
PEV 189 Progressive Resistance Training III
1.0
Progressive Resistance Training III provides opportunities for students with
experience in sport specific resistance training to complete complex lifts
involving closed chain training exercises. (0/2)
Prerequisite: Progressive Resistance Training II.
Physical Science
PHS 142 Principles of Astronomy
3.0
Principles of Astronomy is the study of the universe. It covers life in space,
history of the planets, stellar structures, the universe, and current theories
on astrophysical phenomena. (3/0)
PHS 143 Principles of Astronomy Lab
1.0
Principles of Astronomy Lab applies basic phenomena, methods, and data
acquisition in astronomy. The use of the scientific method is emphasized
in the laboratory exercises. Laboratory experiments will enhance lecture
material. (0/2)
Prerequisites/Co-requisites: A grade of “C” or higher or concurrent enrollment in Principles of Astronomy, and one of the following: Minimum
math placement score of 40 on COMPASS Algebra,18 on ACT Math, or a
grade of “C” or higher in College Prep Math.
PHS 160 Introduction to Oceanography
3.0
Introduction to Oceanography gives an overview of the interwoven natural
history of today’s oceans from the origins and geology of ocean basins,
through the nature of marine waters, the motion of waves, movement of
currents, and the global ocean-atmospheric system. Waves, tsunamis,
tides, coasts, beaches, and beach processes as well as some environmental issues and living creatures that dwell in the oceans are discussed. (3/0)
PHS 165 Introduction to Meteorology
3.0
Introduction to Meteorology provides modern studies of the atmosphere
and atmospheric phenomena. Course examines atmospheric composition
characteristics, fronts, and air masses. It includes weather charts, weather
forecasts, clouds, storms, air pollution, and weather modification. (3/0)
PHS 172 Physical Geology with Lab
4.0
Physical Geology with Lab provides an overall view of the Earth, including studies of the Earth’s change, formation of continents, and the general theories of evolution of the Earth. Laboratories cover rock formations,
minerals of the Earth, erosional changes, and identification of faults and
related crustal changes. (3/2)
PHS 187 Introduction to Earth Science with Lab
4.0
Introduction to Earth Science studies the physical elements and processes
that make up the Earth and our Solar System. Students learn how the Earth
functions as a system with the hydrosphere, lithosphere, and atmosphere
interacting to form daily patterns. Various Earth processes are discussed:
heating and pressure of air, winds, storms, climates and causes, the role
of the oceans, landform processes of plate tectonics, mountain building,
volcanism, gradation and fluvial processes, and glaciation. Laboratory exercises include: atmospheric heating, air pressure, winds, storms, working
with maps, landform processes of plate tectonics, mountain building, Earth
materials, volcanism, gradation and fluvial processes, and glaciation. Lab
experiments will enhance lecture material. (3/2)
PHS 190 Principles of GIS
3.0
Principles of GIS is an introduction to the fundamental principles of Geographic Information Systems. The course includes topics in the aspects of
spatial data including its collection, storage, analysis, and display. Vector
and raster data models are also covered. (3/0)
PTA 102 Introduction to Physical Therapist Assistant
3.0
Introduction to Physical Therapist Assistant provides an overview of the
physical therapy profession, educational requirements, projected future
needs and responsibilities, and the American Physical Therapy Association. Students are introduced to licensure requirements, ethical considerations, and professional communication needs. (3/0/0)
PTA 105 Basic Skills for the Physical Therapist Assistant
3.0
Basic Skills for the Physical Therapist Assistant introduces the student to
basic patient care interventions. Interventions include, but are not limited
to, patient handling techniques, transfers, gait training, wheelchair management, and asepsis techniques. (2/3/0)
PTA 107 Documentation for Physical Therapist Assistant
1.0
Documentation for Physical Therapist Assistant Documentation for Physical
Therapist Assistant illustrates current documentation formats and guidelines
used in healthcare. Students are introduced to the physical therapy process
and legal and ethical considerations for documentation. Other topics include
understanding the plan of care and physical therapist assistant’s role in providing interventions as directed by the physical therapist. (1/0/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Physical Therapist Assistant
136
PTA 181 Therapeutic Modality
3.0
Therapeutic Modality provides an in-depth overview of the theoretical and
practical application of various physical agents and modalities utilized in
physical therapy. Students learn to recognize common indications, contradictions, and special precautions for the safe and appropriate application
of thermal, mechanical, electromagnetic and hydrodynamic therapeutic
procedures. (2/3/0)
Prerequisite: Basic Skills for the Physical Therapist Assistant.
PTA 480 Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical IV
6.0
Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical IV incorporates all clinical skills and
provides patient care within the plan of care established by the physical therapist in a complex clinical experience. Students utilize previously
learned concepts and work with complex cases to further enhance clinical
competencies. (0/0/18)
Prerequisite: Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical III.
Note: This course is offered on a pass/no pass basis only.
PTA 215 Orthopedic Issues
4.0
Orthopedic Issues provides a review of normal skeletal anatomy. Students
explore and discuss body joints as they relate to stability, appropriate motion, and reasons for dysfunctions. Treatment regime options for basic orthopedic surgeries, injuries or dysfunctions are investigated. (3/3/0)
Prerequisite: Therapeutic Modality.
Physics
PTA 222 Therapeutic Exercise I
3.0
Therapeutic Exercise I introduces the student to the principles of exercise
and physical activity. Acute and chronic physiological responses and adaptations as they relate to exercise training and progression are explored.
Also included is the study and application of endurance, stretching, and
strengthening programs. (2/3/0)
Prerequisite: Basic Skills for the Physical Therapist Assistant.
PTA 227 Therapeutic Exercise II
3.0
Therapeutic Exercise II includes classroom and laboratory instruction on
the principles and rehabilitation of special patient populations. Topics include prevention, management, and therapeutic progression of specific
medical conditions. (2/2/0) Prerequisite: Therapeutic Exercise I.
PTA 248 Pediatric and Neurological Issues
4.0
Pediatric and Neurological Issues provides an overview of the human
nervous system, including the anatomy, neurodevelopment, and function
across the life span. The course investigates theories of motor control and
learning in the application and progression of therapeutic interventions.
Laboratory experiences explore patient handling and mobility training
along with sensory and motor data collection techniques. (3/3/0)
Prerequisite: Pathophysiology.
PTA 280 Physical Therapist Assistant Seminar
1.0
Physical Therapist Assistant Seminar presents topics to assist students in
the transition into the workforce as entry level physical therapist assistants.
Students will apply knowledge from previous coursework and clinical experience by completing a case study presentation to peers and faculty. (1/0/0)
Co-requisite: Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical IV.
PTA 310 Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical I
1.0
Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical I introduces the application of concepts and skills learned in previous PTA course work to hands-on patient
care within the plan of care established by the physical therapist in selected
clinical settings. It Includes orientation to the clinical area, observation of
clinical procedures and limited practice with basic procedures. (0/0/3)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Physical Therapist Assistant.
PTA 385 Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical II
3.0
Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical II provides the student opportunities
to implement patient care within the plan of care established by the physical therapist in selected clinical settings by applying concepts and skills
learned in previous PTA coursework. (0/0/9)
Prerequisite: Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical I.
PTA 415 Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical III
5.0
Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical III challenges the student to apply previously learned clinical skills and develop proficiency in more complicated
concepts and advanced skills by implementing patient care within the plan
of care established by the physical therapist in the clinical setting. (0/0/15)
Prerequisite: Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical II.
PHY 156 General Physics I
4.0
General Physics I is the first part of a two-semester course designed for
students with no prior background in physics. Topics covered are mechanics, heat, waves, and sound. (4/0)
Prerequisites: Technical Mathematics II; or Minimum Math placement
score of 53 on COMPASS Algebra or 21 on ACT; or a grade of “C” or higher
in Intermediate Algebra.
PHY 157 General Physics I Lab
1.0
General Physics I Lab is a one-semester laboratory course for students
enrolled in General Physics I. Topics include mechanics, wave motion, and
sound. (0/2)
Prerequiste/Co-requisite: General Physics I.
PHY 158 General Physics II
4.0
General Physics II is the second part of a two-semester course designed
for students with no prior background in physics. The course includes electricity, magnetism, optics, fluids, and topics in modern physics. (4/0)
Prerequisite: General Physics I.
PHY 159 General Physics II Lab
1.0
General Physics II Lab is a one-semester course for students enrolled in
General Physics II. Topics include electricity, magnetism, optics, fluids, and
modern physics. (0/2)
Prerequisite/Co-requisite: General Physics II.
PHY 210 Classical Physics I (Calculus based)
4.0
Classical Physics I (Calculus based) is the first part of a two-semester continuing course for students majoring in science, mathematics or engineering. Kinematics, dynamics, circular motion, work, energy, linear momentum, rotational dynamics, torque, static equilibrium, fluids, wave motion,
and sound are covered. (4/0)
Prequisite/Co-requisite: Calculus II.
PHY 211 Classical Physics I Lab
1.0
Classical Physics I Lab is a one-semester laboratory course for students
enrolled in Physics I - Calculus Level. The course covers experiments in
kinematics, dynamics, circular motion, work, energy, linear momentum,
rotational dynamics, torque, static equilibrium, fluids, wave motion, and
sound. (0/2)
Prerequisite/Co-requisite: Classical Physics I (Calculus based).
PHY 220 Classical Physics II (Calculus based)
4.0
Classical Physics II (Calculus based) is the second part of a two-semester
continuing course for students majoring in science, mathematics or engineering. Thermal expansion, wave motion, electricity, magnetism, AC and
DC circuits, light, lenses, and special relativity are covered. (4/0)
Prerequisite: Calculus II.
PHY 221 Classical Physics II Lab
1.0
Classical Physics II Lab is a one-semester laboratory course for students
enrolled in Physics II - Calculus Level. The course covers experiments in
thermal expansion, wave motion, electricity, magnetism, AC and DC circuits, light, and lenses. (0/2)
Prerequisite/Co-requisite: Classical Physics II (Calculus based).
137
PHY 302 General Physics III
3.0
General Physics III is a course covering topics in quantum mechanics,
semiconducting solids, nuclear physics, radiation effects, elementary particles, astrophysics and cosmology. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Any college-level physics course.
PSY 121 Developmental Psychology
3.0
Developmental Psychology examines the life span of humans from conception through death. It looks at the various traditional stages (prenatal,
neonatal, infancy, early childhood, late childhood, adolescence, adulthood,
old age) and explores various aspects, viewpoints, and research. (3/0)
PHY 715 Technical Physics I
5.0
Technical Physics I stresses the mechanical principles of physics. Subject
areas include vectors, equilibrium, laws of motion, work and energy principles, conservation laws, work, energy, motion, and the use of mathematics to solve problems. (3/4)
PSY 210 Sport and Exercise Psychology
3.0
Sport and Exercise Psychology is the scientific study of people and their
behavior in a sport and exercise context. Principles and guidelines are
identified to help gain benefits from sport and exercise activities. (3/0)
Political Science
POL 111 American National Government
3.0
American National Government examines the fundamentals of democracy
and the basic principles of the United States Government including an examination of the United States Constitution, civil liberties and civil rights,
intergovernmental relations, the political process of policy-making, and the
bureaucratic system. The three branches of national government are emphasized. (3/0)
POL 112 American State and Local Government
3.0
American State and Local Government covers the fundamental principles
and practices of state and local government in the United States, including
an examination of the context of state and local government, state constitutions, intergovernmental relations, channels of influence, the political process, city and county government, and the three branches of state government with special attention to the state of Iowa. In addition, contemporary
issues are examined. (3/0)
POL 121 International Relations
3.0
International Relations is the study of international politics and the interaction between state and non-state actors, with emphasis on those elements
underlying the international political system. Topics include the international environment, the structure of interstate relations, the formulation and
implementation of policy, and the importance of security, welfare, legality,
and morality considerations in international relations. (3/0)
POL 201 The U.S. Constitution
3.0
The U.S. Constitution focuses on the historical evolution of the United
States Constitution with emphasis on its antecedents, interpretation, and
change. Topics include a study of the Constitution’s historical background
and its basic features, a study of the seven articles and 26 amendments,
and an examination of current topics. (3/0)
Psychology
PSY 111 Introduction to Psychology
3.0
Introduction to Psychology provides an introduction to the subject matter,
terminology, basic research findings, and current topics of interest in scientific psychology. Students explore the biological foundations of human
behavior, social-environmental influences, and intra-psychic elements, including perception, consciousness, personality, and motivation. A holistic
approach is used to understand abnormal behavior, human growth and
development, health, stress, and coping. (3/0)
PSY 113 Personality and Adjustment
3.0
Personality and Adjustment deals with some of the problems many people
face, such as family disputes, drugs, deaths, and prejudice. It also covers
topics telling how people learn and develop their personalities and what
motivates them to behaviors. This course allows students an opportunity
to become more aware of themselves and their own personalities as a
normal process of growth. (3/0)
PSY 224 Adolescent Psychology
3.0
Adolescent Psychology explores the rapid physical, social, emotional, and
cognitive changes of adolescents. Students distinguish myths about adolescence from research findings and examine the importance of cultural and
historical factors in this crucial transition from childhood to adulthood. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Psychology or permission from the instructor.
PSY 241 Abnormal Psychology
3.0
Abnormal Psychology is the study of the various forms of psychological
abnormality and explores methods of prevention, diagnosis and treatment.
It explores biological, psychological and sociological contributions to the
development of abnormal behavior. Course content includes problems with
anxiety, depression and thought disorder. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Psychology.
PSY 251 Social Psychology
3.0
Social Psychology explores the impact of the social environment on individual functioning. Humans are social animals born into ongoing social
worlds which shape their thoughts, feelings and personalities. Social Psychology scientifically examines such topics as attitude change, prejudice,
conformity, obedience, aggression, and attraction. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Psychology or Introduction to Sociology.
PSY 261 Human Sexuality
3.0
Human Sexuality focuses on normal sexual development, human sexual
responses, and common sexual problems. It provides factual information on human sexuality and raises practical questions about human sexual behavior. It also helps students examine and evaluate their views and values
concerning sexual behavior. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Students must have taken one of the following three courses: Introduction to Psychology, Introduction to Sociology, or Marriage and
Family.
PSY 281 Educational Psychology
3.0
Educational Psychology applies the principles of psychology to classroom
contexts. Topics include child/adolescent development, learning, motivation, instructional techniques, and assessment/evaluation. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Child Growth and Development or Developmental Psychology.
Note: Co-numbered with EDU 240
PSY 293 Issues in Psychology
3.0
Issues in Psychology is designed for students interested in becoming psychology or social sciences majors. It expands upon the information presented in Introduction to Psychology and helps to develop critical thinking
and reasoning skills. Content includes a more rigorous discussion of potential career options, teaching the skills needed for success in psychology
programs, and building familiarity with basic research. Enrollment in this
course is strongly encouraged for psychology majors (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Psychology.
138
Reading
RDG 035 College Preparatory Reading Level I
3.0
College Preparatory Reading Level I is the first in a series of three courses
designed to equip students with the skills they need to become successful
college-level readers. Emphasis in this series will be places on basic reading comprehension skills, particularly the skills of recognizing the main idea
and supporting details and student success strategies. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Reading placement.
graduation.
RDG 036 College Preparatory Reading Level II
2.0
College Preparatory Reading II is the second in a series of three courses
designed to equip students with the skills they need to become successful
college-level readers. Emphasis in this series will be places on reading
comprehension skills, and student success strategies. (2/0)
Prerequisites: A grade of “C” or higher in College Preparatory Reading
Level I or Reading placement.
graduation.
RDG 037 College Preparatory Reading Level III
1.0
College Preparatory Reading Level III is designed to strengthen students’
understanding of college reading material. Students will utilize college textbooks, magazines, newspaper, internet, novel to strengthen their reading
skills. (1/0)
Prerequisites: A grade of “C” or higher in College Preparatory Reading
Level II or Reading placement.
graduation.
Religion
REL 101 Survey of World Religions
3.0
Survey of World Religions provides insights into the nature of religious belief through the study of primitive religions, Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism,
Confucianism, Islam, Judaism, and Christianity. (3/0)
Robotics
ATR 102 Introduction to Robotics
3.0
Introduction to Robotics is an introduction to the start-up, operation and
simple programming of industrial robots. Topics include robot safety, robot
types, robot move types, program structure, motion control, decision making, peripheral control, robot control modes and program examples. (2/2)
ATR 103 Introduction to Robotics II
3.0
Introduction to Robotics II is follow-on to Introduction to Robotics. Students
will be exposed to current issues/topics in manufacturing, engineering economics, common tools and processes involved in planning for automation
projects including utilizing Excel, developing order of operations and program flowcharts. Students will continue to develop their robot programming
skills to include the utilization of vision systems. (2/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Introduction to Robotics.
ATR 115 Computers in Industry
2.0
Computers in Industry provides an introduction to the hardware and software of legacy computer systems used in industry automation. The course
covers multiple Microsoft operating systems, networking, data transmission, component replacement and repair, software installation, and operations/replacement of peripherals. (2/0)
ATR 124 Application Planning and Layout
3.0
Application Planning and Layout covers the specifics of how a robotic application/automated manufacturing cell is designed. Topics include robotic
placement within the cell, types of robot(s) used within the cell, safety devices, electrical interfacing of controls, programming flow charting, timeline
development, fixture design and robot tooling design. (3/0)
Prerequisites: Grade of “C” or higher in Introduction to Robotics and Introduction to Engineering Design.
ATR 133 Fluid Power Systems
2.0
Fluid Power Systems covers fluid power and pneumatic systems, basic
circuits, and properties of both fluid and compressed air. Storage, connections, valves, fittings, and pressure area volume are examined and
explained. Actuating devices and controlling devices used in common automated systems are also covered. (2/0)
Co-requisite: General Physics I.
ATR 140 Applied Robotics Lab I
6.0
Applied Robotics Lab I gives students the opportunity to work within application groups and to implement the robotic automated manufacturing
application design that they developed in Application Planning and Layout.
This includes building electrical control centers and building robot end-ofarm tooling and product fixturing. The course also includes programming
all of programmable devices within the cell, which can include multiple
robots, programmable logic controllers, and sensors. Students document
cell progress and evaluate operation of electrical, mechanical, and programmed devices. Applications can be welding, material handling, assembly, and CNC machine load unload, and will replicate actual automated
manufacturing processes in industry. (3/6)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Application Planning and Layout.
ATR 147 Applied Robotics Lab II
6.0
Applied Robotics Lab II expand the robotic applications and integration
of robotic controllers and programmable logic controllers, along with advanced features and function specific to the student designed and built
application started in Applied Robotics Lab I. Students use the application
to demonstrate functionality to potential employers, fellow students and
staff. (3/6)
Prerequisites: A grade of “C” or higher in Fluid Power Systems and Applied Robotics Lab I.
ATR 152 Robot Controller Maintenance
2.0
Robot Controller Maintenance covers normal maintenance and troubleshooting of the robot controller components. Students complete exercises
in troubleshooting real and simulated faults within the controller using
electrical and software troubleshooting procedures as outlined within the
manufacturers’ manuals. Safe troubleshooting procedures are discussed
in lecture and practiced in the lab. (1/2)
ATR 165 Advanced Robot Controller Programming
2.0
Advanced Robot Controller Programming covers I/O mapping, file manipulation, PLC to Robot setup, and HMI development that a technician would
be required to understand. Students program a complete application including HMI and PLC control of a robot for a robotic application such as
welding, painting, or assembly. (2/0)
Co-requisite: Applied Robotics Lab II.
Sign Language Interpreting
ASL 110 Introduction to American Sign Language
3.0
Introduction to American Sign Language provides basic skills training in
American Sign Language. Emphasis centers on basic vocabulary building
and fundamental grammar. This basic vocabulary course will help students
determine if they have the fine/gross motor skills and cognitive skills necessary for success in American Sign Language. (3/0)
ASL 120 Linguistics of American Sign Language
3.0
Linguistics of American Sign Language is designed to give students an
overview of the field of linguistics, particularly in the areas of phonology,
morphology and syntax, semantics, and the historical change and variation of ASL. (3/0)
Prerequisite: American Sign Language I.
ASL 141 American Sign Language I
4.0
American Sign Language I provides students with a foundation for visual/
gestural communication as well as the basic linguistic foundations of American Sign Language. Students will be introduced to vocabulary in meaningful contexts and the basic grammatical structures of the language. Both
expressive and comprehensive skills in ASL will be emphasized throughout
the course. (4/0)
ASL 171 American Sign Language II
4.0
American Sign Language II is a continuation of American Sign Language I.
Intermediate language skills are developed by building on previously learned
grammatical structures and lexical items. Students will develop more formalized use of complex ASL grammatical features in a cultural context. Expression and comprehension of the language are emphasized throughout the
course. (4/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in American Sign Language I.
Co-requisite: Skills Lab I.
ASL 245 American Sign Language III
4.0
American Sign Language III is a continuation of American Sign Language
II. Building on previously learned grammatical structures and lexical items,
students learn complex sentence structures and grammatical markers as
well as expanding on their developing vocabulary base. Students learn to
control the language and use a variety of formal communication techniques
in varying social situations. Expression and comprehension of the language are emphasized throughout the course. (4/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in American Sign Language II. Corequisite: Skills Lab II.
ASL 271 American Sign Language IV
3.0
American Sign Language IV is a continuation of American Sign Language
III. Building on previously learned grammatical structures and lexical items,
students continue to expand their knowledge of the grammatical structure
of ASL. In addition, the course focuses on colloquialisms, varying registers,
and socially restricted elements of the language. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in American Sign Language III.
Co-requisite: Skills Lab III.
ASL 295 American Sign Language V
3.0
American Sign Language V continues the development of ASL IV. Building
on previously learned grammatical structures and lexical items, students
will continue to expand their knowledge of grammar, with particular emphasis placed on presentation aspects of information in ASL. Specialized
vocabulary and control of ASL conversations will be emphasized. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in American Sign Language IV.
ITP 104 Skills Lab I
2.0
Skills Lab I provides the student with a supervised application for skill building techniques to enhance finger spelling, numbers, vocabulary, grammar,
and semantics. (1/2)
Co-requisite: American Sign Language II.
139
ITP 105 Skills Lab II
2.0
Skills Lab II, an expanded version of Skills Lab I, allows the student to
expand and improve skills in areas such as finger spelling, vocabulary, grammar, and semantics based on individual goals as determined by the
student and the instructor. A beginning look at the translation process is a
critical element to this course. (1/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Skills Lab I.
Co-requisite: American Sign Language III.
ITP 106 Skills Lab III
2.0
Skills Lab III is an expanded version of Skills Lab II. The student continues
to improve his/her skills in such areas as finger spelling, grammar, and
semantics. The student will continue to develop translating processes from
English to ASL and from ASL to English. Consecutive and Simultaneous
Interpreting processes will be introduced. (1/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Skills Lab II.
Co-requisite: American Sign Language IV.
ITP 120 Introduction to Interpreting
3.0
Introduction to Interpreting provides an overview of interpreting as a profession. This course takes an in depth look at the interpreter role, ethics,
and ethical decision-making as well as professional aspects of interpreting.
Students will take an in depth look at the language continuum and cultural
considerations within the interpreting process. (3/0)
ITP 135 Introduction to Language
3.0
Introduction to Language studies basic universal linguistic features and
their existence in various languages. Special attention focuses on English/
American Sign Language comparatives. (3/0)
ITP 139 English Vocabulary/Grammar for Interpreters
3.0
English Vocabulary/Grammar for Interpreters focuses on developing and
expanding competence in vocabulary comprehension and expressions
that parallel American Sign Language. Coursework assists students in the
improvement of their understanding and application of the semantic aspects of both languages. (3/0)
ITP 147 Modalities of Communication
3.0
Modalities of Communication examines the various forms of communication used by the deaf population. Focus centers on manual forms of
communication other than American Sign Language such as cued speech,
tactile, and oral interpreting. Video Relay Services and CART services are
introduced. (3/0)
ITP 151 Signing Exact English
3.0
Signing Exact English explores in depth the use of this English system
used in educational programs across America. Coursework focuses on the
skill development of Signing Exact English and the transliterating process.
Extensive Signing Exact English vocabulary will be developed. (3/0)
ITP 160 Principles of Educational Interpreting
3.0
Principles of Educational Interpreting examines the role and responsibilities of the English/Sign Language Interpreters/transliterators working in
the K-12 school system. Emphasis will be placed on the role of the interpreter as an educational team member. This course will examine the
various interpreting and non-interpreting tasks performed by educational
interpreters. Selected topics include: communication modalities, interpreter
demeanor, interpreter/student dynamics and ethical practices of the K-12
interpreter. (3/0)
ITP 165 Foundations in Deaf Culture and Community
3.0
Foundations in Deaf Culture and Community examines the historical and
cultural aspects of Deaf culture and the Deaf/deaf community. Topics include the history of deaf education, notable deaf persons, various deaf
organizations and their significance, and the interrelationship of language
and culture along with a study of socialization, norms and values. (3/0)
ITP 210 Interpreting Skills Lab
2.0
Interpreting Skills Lab provides ongoing interpreting skills experience under
instructional supervision. This includes interpretation and transliteration in
a variety of simulated settings. The course focuses on skill development in
the classroom on three levels: prepared, simultaneous, and consecutive
interpreting/transliterating. (1/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Interpreting I.
ITP 220 Interpreting I
3.0
Interpreting I introduces basic knowledge and application of skills necessary for an individual to interpret or transliterate accurately. It emphasizes
interpreting theory with opportunities to apply the concepts learned from the
text and lecture. (3/0)
Prerequisite: American Sign Language III.
ITP 223 Interpreting II and Business Practices
3.0
Interpreting II and Business Practices provides a fundamental grounding in
the theoretical and practical aspects of interpretation/transliteration. Focus
centers on the business aspect of private practice interpreting, invoice procedures and taxes. Students will explore home based business, agency work,
community based work and the business practices inherent in each. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Interpreting I.
ITP 259 Observation and Practicum
3.0
Observation and Practicum emphasizes the important aspects of interpreting inherent in a variety of specialized settings and situations. Professional
ethics will be addressed as relating to a variety of situations. Students will
also have an opportunity to observe professional interpreters performing
their tasks. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in Introduction to Interpreting.
ITP 941 Practicum
5.0
Practicum consists of field experience that provides advanced Sign Language Interpreting students with the opportunity to apply learned concepts
and skills in actual interpreting situations with professional supervision. This
on-the-job experience is the final phase of training prior to entrance into the
field of professional interpreting. (1/16)
Prerequisites: A grade of “C” or higher in Interpreting I, Observation and
Practicum, and Principles of Educational Interpreting, and permission from
the program chair.
Sociology
SOC 110 Introduction to Sociology
3.0
Introduction to Sociology explores the discipline of sociology. Students become familiar with the sociological perspective of the study of human social
behavior. The course stresses the development of sociology, social theory,
research methods, social institutions (e.g., the family, religion, education,
culture, deviant behavior, and demography). (3/0)
SOC 115 Social Problems
3.0
Social Problems acquaints students with theoretical, methodological, and
substantive issues in the sociological study of social problems. It examines
a variety of social problems in terms of issues in the definition of social
roblems, difficulties in the measurement of the extent of social problems,
contributions that have been made to explaining various aspects of social
problems, and the implications of this knowledge for intervention (alleviation
or treatment) or prevention of social problems. The course offers examples
of social problems, such as racism, environmental decay, sexism, crime
and delinquency, and child abuse. (3/0)
SOC 120 Marriage and Family
3.0
Marriage and Family acquaints students with theoretical, methodological,
and substantive issues in the sociological study of marriage and family. The
course begins with a basic orientation on the structure of the family in society and in other cultures. Other topics include premarital interaction, mate
selection, marital and sexual adjustment, and alternative utopian
family experience. (3/0)
SOC 198 The Middle East
3.0
In a world increasingly globalized, borders are no longer barriers. Within
the Middle East, there are great political and economic inequalities among
various Muslim and non-Muslim, Arab and non-Arab countries. This course
is created to help acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the region from historical, economic, political, cultural, religious, artistic, and geographic perspectives on a per country basis. (3/0)
SOC 200 Minority Group Relations
3.0
Minority Group Relations explores the patterns of emigration and immigration of the major ethnic and racial groups in American society (e.g. African
Americans, Asian Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, and
White Ethnic Americans). Special attention covers the culture of each group
and their experience in American society. Students explore patterns of interaction between majority and minority groups as they relate to the cultural,
economic, political, and historical experience of each group. (3/0)
SOC 210 Men, Women and Society
3.0
Men, Women and Society explores the meaning and social aspects of gender. Using sociological concepts, this course analyzes how social institutions shape gender relations and identities. A considerable amount of the
course will focus on how social institutions such as family, education, state
and economy shape gender realities in society. (3/0)
SOC 230 Juvenile Delinquency
3.0
Juvenile Delinquency studies the theories of delinquency causation and
recent research. This course focuses on delinquent behavior and law enforcement as related to the modern social institutions in American culture.
Students explore societal reactions to the problem of juvenile crime and
analyze the history and the functions of the juvenile court. (3/0)
SOC 235 Gangs
3.0
Gangs provides an in-depth study of the youth gang problem in America.
It assesses the causes, consequences, and the social and legal reactions
to youth gangs. Gangs also includes the study of youth gang violence, female gangs, race and gangs, classical and contemporary theories of youth
gangs, drugs and gangs, youth gangs in historical perspective and youth
gangs in other societies, youth gang interventions, and the future of youth
gangs. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Sociology, Introduction to Criminal Justice,
Criminology, or Juvenile Delinquency.
SOC 240 Criminology
3.0
Criminology surveys the history, nature, and causes of crime; criminal behavior patterns, investigation, and prosecution; correctional methods; and
the structure of the prison system. The criminal behavior patterns include
violent crimes, organized crime, white-collar crime, and theft. (3/0)
SOC 250 Sociology of Deviance
3.0
Sociology of Deviance explores the processes of conformity and nonconformity and social control in society. Types of deviance from crime to social
forms and social reaction to deviance will be analyzed using sociological
concepts. (3/0)
SOC 908 Cooperative Education
1.0 - 6.0
Cooperative Education provides cooperative work experience related to social science courses. Work experience hours are arranged. (0/4-24)
141
Special Topics
SPT 0 Special Topics
0.0
Special Topics expands the curriculum by allowing students to enroll for up to
three semester credits in a specific course or program area. Subject matter
may be an in-depth extension of the particular area and is developed by the
teaching faculty to meet unique interests and needs of the student. Students
may apply up to, but no more than, three semester credit hours of Special
Topics courses toward their general education requirements. (1-3/0)
Prerequisite: Minimum of three semester credit hours in the specific
course or program area or permission from the instructor.
Speech
SPC 112 Public Speaking
3.0
Public Speaking analyzes the fundamentals of oral communication. It covers lectures, readings, and applications of the six principal aspects of public speaking: the speaker, the audience, thought and content, organization,
language, and delivery. It also examines the basic principles of small group
communication: leadership, the decision-making process, and individual
participation in a small group. (3/0)
SPC 120 Intercultural Communications
3.0
Intercultural Communications emphasizes communication theory across cultures. Focus is on identifying the cultural bases of beliefs, attitudes, values
and behaviors. Interactive assignments are used for the purpose of recognizing commonalities across cultures, developing a more global multicultural
perspective, identifying and appreciating other cultural orientations, and recognizing and assigning cultural explanations of specific behaviors. (3/0)
SPC 122 Interpersonal Communication
3.0
Interpersonal Communication examines the skills of interpersonal communication in both a dual or group situation. It includes an investigation
into the process of communication, language, nonverbal communication,
listening, self-concept, emotions, or the nature of relationships and conflict.
(3/0)
SPC 140 Oral Interpretation
3.0
Oral Interpretation is a performance-based course in which students explore the art of interpreting literature and using the human voice to communicate literature to a listening audience. Emphasis will be on developing
interpretive and analytical skills in understanding literature and developing
the vocal and physical skills needed to express these skills to others. (3/0)
SPC 160 Voice and Diction
3.0
Voice and Diction explores the structure and working of the human vocal
mechanism. Students will learn how to sure and control the voice for effective delivery of oral communications in the workplace, the performing arts
and English as a Second Language. Emphasis will be on proper production and articulation of vowels, consonants and diphthongs, vocal quality
and expressiveness, and proper breathing for vocal production. (3/0)
Student Development
SDV 108 The College Experience
1.0
The College Experience equips first-year students with the knowledge and
skills needed to successfully transition to college. Students learn information, tips, and strategies that will ultimately make their academic careers and
extracurricular interests more productive and enjoyable. Topics include campus resources and support services, learning styles, study and test taking
skills, students’ rights and responsibilities, personal exploration and development, and financial literacy, as well as academic and career planning. This
course should be taken the first semester of a student’s enrollment. (1/0)
SDV 114 Strategies for Academic Success
3.0
Strategies for Academic Success is meant to facilitate and promote academic success. The student is exposed to learning strategies focused
on the classroom (test taking, note taking, time management, etc.) and
beyond (changing habits, personal responsibility, etc.). The student is introduced to tools which will help him/her grow academically, personally,
and professionally. This course is a wonderful opportunity to assist with
transition to college and provides numerous strategies to create success in
and out of the classroom. It is recommended the course be taken the first
semester of the freshman year. (3/0)
SDV 130 Career Exploration
1.0
Career Exploration guides students through the career development process, and assists them in making academic choices that support their career choices. Special emphasis is placed on developing an action plan,
including an educational plan, for achieving career goals. (1/0)
SDV 140 College Success Skills for English Language Learners 3.0
College Success Skills for English Language Learners equips students
with the knowledge and skills needed to successfully transition to college.
Strategies beneficial to ESL students will be utilized. Topics include learning about campus resources and support services, learning styles, study
and test taking skills, students’ rights and responsibilities, personal exploration and development, financial literacy, as well as academic and career
planning. (3/0)
SDV 165 Transfer Planning
1.0
Transfer Planning provides students with the information, resources, and
tools necessary to plan a successful transition from Iowa Western to a
four-year college or university. Special emphasis is placed on developing
individual transfer plans. (1/0)
Surgical Technology
SUR 130 Introduction to Surgical Technology
2.0
Introduction to Surgical Technology introduces the broad field of surgical
technology. This introductory course has five basic sections: (1) General
Introductory Information, (2) Perioperative Patient Care (3) Introduction to
Patient Care (4) Special Patient Populations and (5) Physical Environment
and Safety Standards. The course is a prerequisite for the clinical training
sequence of courses. (1.5/1.5)
Prerequisites: Ethics, Legal Issues and Professionalism in Surgical Technology and Pharmacology for the Surgical Technologist.
SUR 135 Ethics, Legal Issues and Professionalism
2.0 in Surgical Technology
Ethics, Legal Issues and Professionalism in Surgical Technology introduces the characteristics of professionalism, surgical conscience and problem
solving as they relate to ethical and legal decision making in surgical technology. (2/0)
SUR 141 Introduction to Basic Surgical Principles
6.0
Introduction to Basic Surgical Principles introduces perioperative routines,
basic principles of aseptic technique, patient care and safety. Instrumentation as it applies to surgical procedures, wound healing and surgical case
management are also introduced. (4/6)
Prerequisite: Ethics, Legal Issues and Professionalism in Surgical Technology.
SUR 215 Basic Surgical Principles
6.0
Basic Surgical Principles continues the concepts of Introduction to Surgical Technology and Introduction to Basic Surgical Principles. Emphasis is
placed on preoperative events (PACU, discharge planning, emergency situations, death and dying, organ transplant and procurement). Students will
examine health and wellness in relation to internal and external sources of
stress. Students will learn the basic knowledge of biomedical science. (4/6)
Prerequisites: Introduction to Surgical Technology, Introduction to Basic
Surgical Principles, and Human Anatomy and Physiology I with Labs.
142
SUR 221 Surgical Technology
10.0
Surgical Technology provides clinical experience with related theory for a
variety of perioperative assignments to build on existing skills. Students
focus on maintaining the integrity, safety, and efficiency of the sterile and
non-sterile fields throughout various surgical procedures. The surgical specialties of general, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, gynecology, ENT, plastic,
ophthalmology, maxillofacial, orthopedic, and pediatric modifications thereof
are studied. Emphasis is on related surgical anatomy, pathology, and procedures, thereby enhancing theoretical knowledge of patient care. (6/12)
Prerequisites: Introduction to Surgical Technology, Introduction to Basic
Surgical Principles, and Human Anatomy and Physiology I with Labs.
SUR 320 Advanced Surgical Technology
7.0
Advanced Surgical Technology provides clinical experience with related
theory in the surgical specialties of neurology, cardiothoracic, trauma, and
peripheral vascular. Emphasis is on related surgical anatomy, pathology,
and procedures, thereby enhancing theoretical knowledge of patient care,
instrumentation, supplies, and equipment. The course provides individualized experience in advanced practice, education, circulating, and managerial skills. Emphasis is on greater technical skills, critical thinking, speed,
efficiency, interpersonal communication, and autonomy in the operative
setting. Students should be able to prepare, assist with distribution, and
dismantle basic surgical cases in the scrub role. (2/15)
Prerequisites: Basic Surgical Principles, Surgical Technology, Human
SUR 420 Pharmacology for the Surgical Technologist
2.0
Pharmacology for the Surgical Technologist introduces pharmacological
concepts and medication administration in the surgical arena. This course
incorporates principles of measurement and basic arithmetic review, terminology, care and handling of medications and solutions, as well as drugs
used in anesthesia. This course requires students to master mathematical
principles relating to the field of surgical technology. (2/0)
Sustainable Energy Resources
SER 120 Introduction to Renewable Energy
3.0
Introduction to Renewable Energy provides students with a survey of the
wind, solar and alternative fuel industries. Students study the development,
construction, and operation of wind farms, solar farms and alternative fuels
systems. (3/0)
SER 125 Renewable Energy Workplace Safety
2.0
Renewable Energy Workplace Safety provides a framework for students to
develop a thorough understanding of safety requirements in the renewable
energy workplace, the reason for these requirements, and how to determine if individuals and facilities are meeting those requirements. Emphasis is placed on requirements unique to renewable energy worksites. (1/2)
SER 130 Introduction to Solar Energy
3.0
Introduction to Solar Energy provides students with an overview of the
solar energy industry. Students will study development, construction, and
operation of solar panels with emphasis on operation and maintenance.
Students will examine both photovoltaic and thermal panels in detail and
develop a familiarity with standard procedures. (2/2)
SER 135 Introduction to Alternative Fuels
3.0
Introduction to Alternative Fuels provides students with an overview of the
alternative fuel industry and the production processes employed in that
industry. Students study the development, construction, and operation of
ethanol, bio-diesel and natural gas industries. (3/0)
SER 140 Geothermal Systems
2.0
Geothermal Systems provides students with an introduction to the practical applications of geothermal concepts. Students study energy production
and environmental control systems. (2/0)
SER 150 Electricity I
4.0
Electricity I introduces the basics of AC and DC electricity, motors, generators, the use of test equipment, and circuit diagrams. Students will develop
an understanding of the characteristics of voltage, current, resistance, and
power, as well as the laws governing the relationships among them. Students will use this understanding to develop troubleshooting skills. (3/2)
SER 155 Electricity II
4.0
Electricity II builds on the concepts studied in Electricity I. Students will
analyze and troubleshoot progressively more complex AC and DC circuits.
They will go on to explore basic semiconductor theory, diode, diode applications, special-purpose diodes, optical devices, bipolar junction transistors, power amplifiers, field effect transistors and thyristors. Computer
simulations and hands-on exercises will be used to demonstrate concepts
and build troubleshooting skills. (3/2)
Prerequisite: Electricity I
SER 160 Electricity III
3.0
Electricity III builds on the concepts studied in electricity I and II. Students
will study digital device operation and use their understanding of component operation to analyze and troubleshoot devices and systems used in
power generation and conversion. Computer simulations and hands on exercises will be used to develop and deepen understanding of system and
device operation. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Electricity II.
SER 165 Advanced Programmable Logic Controllers
3.0
Advanced Programmable Logic Controllers builds on the programmable
device control concepts studied in Intro to Programmable Logic Controllers. Students will develop skills in the use of different types of programmable controllers and input/output devices to accomplish various tasks,
with a focus on renewable energy system applications. There will be extensive hands on activities wherein students will demonstrate wiring, programming, and troubleshooting skills. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers
SER 170 Advanced Solar Energy: Thermal
3.0
Advanced Solar Energy: Thermal provides students with knowledge and
experience in the use of solar energy to produce heat. Students study low,
medium, and high temperature collectors and applications for each. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Solar Energy.
SER 175 Advanced Solar Energy: Photovoltaic
4.0
Advanced Solar Energy: Photovoltaic provides students with knowledge
and experience in the use of solar energy to produce electricity. Students
study the production and workings of solar cells and how solar cells are
used to produce electricity in small-and large-scale applications. (3/2)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Solar Energy.
SER 180 Renewable Energy Business Practices
3.0
Renewable Energy Business Practices provides an overview of the renewable energy business from an entrepreneurial, financial, regulatory, and ethical perspective. Students will develop an understanding of general business
practices as they pertain to the renewable energy environment. (3/0)
SER 805 Sustainable Energy Internship
2.0
The Sustainable Energy Internship provides an opportunity for students to
gain work experience in a field related to renewable energy. (0/8)
Prerequisite: Permission from the Program Chair
SER 905 Sustainable Energy Project
2.0
The Sustainable Energy Project provides an opportunity for students to
work as part of a team to research, plan, and develop a virtual renewable
energy project from beginning to end. The students will be provided with
circumstances and variables that will mimic those encountered in actual
project development. (0/6)
Theatre
DRA 101 Introduction to Theatre
3.0
Introduction to Theatre helps the student develop an awareness of and an
appreciation for theatrical arts and its impact on western civilization. This
course traces the history of plays and the major theatrical developments
with regards to genre, architecture, design, and production aspects over
the course of 2,500 years. (3/0)
DRA 125 Introduction to Play Analysis
3.0
Introduction to Play Analysis focuses on the reading, discussion, interpretation, and analysis of dramatic texts. It is the aim of this course to provide a
concentrated study of beginning play analysis through discussion and written analysis. Students will gain an understanding of the important role that
dramatic analysis plays when mounting a production in the theatre. (3/0)
DRA 126 Movement for the Actor
3.0
Movement for the Actor is designed to help the actor develop physical
movement skills that can be applied to theatrical performance. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Acting II.
DRA 130 Acting I
3.0
Acting I examines the theory and practice of acting technique, stage movement, and interpretation of character. It includes studies in the basics of
vocal development and control and the use of the body in performance.
Students apply these fundamentals through recital or actual theatrical production. (3/0)
DRA 132 Acting II
3.0
Acting II follows Acting I and expands upon the student’s basic knowledge
of movement, voice, style, text analysis, auditioning, and directing. Acting
II provides opportunities for students to work with each other in groups in
order to further their collaborative skills on scene-building and ensemble
work. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Acting I or permission of the instructor.
Co-requisite: Acting II Performance Lab.
DRA 135 Acting II Performance Lab
1.0
Acting II Performance Lab is designed to be taken in conjunction with Acting II. Students build upon scene study skills gained in Acting II to explore
existing scripts in a workshop setting. With a focus on acting skills, script
analysis, and story-telling students work in pairs and small groups to present scenes from plays. (0/2)
Co-requisite: Acting II.
DRA 146 Stage Dialects
3.0
Stage Dialects focuses on the techniques required to produce believable
renditions of various English-speaking stage dialects, including Standard
British, Cockney, Irish, Scottish and various regional American dialects, utilizing scenes and monologues from plays. (3/0)
DRA 157 Scenic Painting
3.0
Scenic Painting focuses on the theories, practices and techniques of scenic painting. The course also examines the role of the scenic artist in relation to the entire theatrical design team. (3/0)
DRA 165 Stagecraft
3.0
Stagecraft will introduce the students to the principles and techniques used
in the construction of stage scenery and properties. Students will learn to
read technical drawings and demonstrate an understanding of the various
methods and techniques used in scenic construction. They will learn the
basic safety rules for scene shops and about the proper care and handling
of power and hand tools. Students will acquire and apply their knowledge of
the organizational and operational aspects of theatrical productions. (3/0)
Co-requisite: Production Lab I: Stagecraft.
143
DRA 167 Drafting for the Theatre
3.0
Drafting for the Theatre gives students an introduction to the principles
and techniques of rendering and drafting for the performing arts. Exercises
will include plan view, section view, painter’s elevations, and models. This
course emphasizes the creation of standard working drawings for the entertainment industry. (3/0)
DRA 177 Stage and TV Lighting
3.0
Stage and TV Lighting is an introduction to the principles, characteristics,
and control of lighting and color as applied to theatre and television. Students receive practical experience in the use and the care of lighting equipment, instrumentation, and special effects devices. (3/0)
Co-requisite: Production Lab II: Lighting.
DRA 178 Stage Costume
3.0
Stage Costume is an introduction to the history and creation of theatrical
apparel. Students experience the designing and construction of costumes
by hand and machine sewing. Students also learn to select costumes by
using existing inventories. (3/0)
Co-requisite: Production Lab III: Stage Costume and Make Up.
DRA 179 Stage Make-Up
3.0
Stage Make-Up is the study of the function, design, and application of theatrical makeup and hair. Students study the theory and history of makeup
and hair styling for the theatre, as well as for television and film. (3/0)
DRA 183 Production Lab I: Stagecraft
1.0
Production Lab I: Stagecraft provides students with supervised experience
in building, mounting, and running a theatrical production. This class will
emphasize the importance of teamwork and teach the skills, terms and
techniques involved with construction, painting and run crew. Each student’s particular work assignment is negotiated between the faculty and
the student and is based on the student’s experience, abilities and interests. (0/3)
Co-requisite: Stagecraft.
DRA 186 Production Lab II: Lighting
1.0
Production Lab II: Lighting provides students with supervised experience
working with lighting equipment on a theatrical production. This class will
emphasize the importance of teamwork and teach the practical skills involved with lighting a production including planning and reading a light
plot, cueing a show, hanging, focusing and maintaining lighting instruments
and striking stage equipment. Each student’s particular assignment is negotiated between the faculty and the student and is based on the student’s
experience, abilities and interests. (0/3)
Co-requisite: Stage and TV Lighting.
DRA 189 Production Lab III: Stage Costume and Make Up
1.0
Production Lab III: Stage Costume and Make Up provides students with
supervised experience working on basic costume construction and theatrical make up techniques and participation on the costume crew of a production. This class will emphasize the importance of teamwork and teach
the skills involved in theatrical make up, costume construction, sewing,
patterning, maintaining and coordinating stage wardrobe through practical
application. Each student’s particular assignment is negotiated between
the faculty and the student and is based on the student’s experience, abilities and interests. (0/3)
Co-requisite: Stage Costume.
DRA 194 Production Lab IV: Production Management
1.0
Production Lab IV: Production Management will require students to work
as a designer or as the head of a stage crew on a theatrical production.
Students will work with the director, technical director and various designers, attend and participate in production meetings and rehearsals, and supervise one of the production crews. This Production Lab is the culmination
of the production lab process. Each student’s particular assignment is negotiated between the faculty and the student and is based on the student’s
experience, abilities and interests. (0/3)
144
DRA 220 The American Musical
3.0
The American Musical explores the evolution of the American musical from
its roots in British music halls, in opera and operetta, African American jazz
and pop music, to the contemporary Broadway stage as well as screen.
Students will explore this popular art form and its culture, traditions and
identity. (3/0)
DRA 291 Theatre Cooperative Education
1.0
Theatre Cooperative Education provides cooperative work experience
and/or service learning projects in theatre. Assignments are developed
in conjunction with a local organization and department faculty. Positions,
specific learning objectives, and required hours will be decided prior to the
class beginning. (0/4)
DRA 305 Introduction to Audio
3.0
Introduction to Audio introduces students to basic audio theory as well as
how to assemble and operate a live sound reinforcement system. Instruction will cover the basic audio theories behind and standard operation of
audio cables, microphones, mixing consoles, power amplifiers, loudspeakers, and signal processing. (3/0)
Note: Co-numbered with MUS 305
DRA 930 Devised Theatre Projects
3.0
Devised Theatre Projects allows students to examine social theories and
needs in the current cultural climate and introduces methods to devise a
theatrical performance based on those needs. Final projects include a public performance or workshop which addresses those needs. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Play Analysis.
Turf & Landscape Management
AGH 112 Introduction to Turfgrass Management
3.0
Introduction to Turfgrass Management examines the fundamentals of lawn
care and golf course turf management including species identification and
use, established renovation, fertilization, mowing, pest control, and other cultural practices. Hands-on lab activities are an integral part of this course. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Soil Science.
AGH 120 Herbaceous Plant Materials
3.0
Herbaceous Plant Materials discusses identification, botanical characteristics, origins, propagation, uses, and general culture of herbaceous annual and perennial plants. (2/2)
AGH 124 Woody Plants/Trees
3.0
Woody Plants/Trees includes the study of characteristics, growth rate,
care, and use of trees used in the Midwest for landscaping purposes. Students learn the proper use of spraying and pruning equipment as they
relate to trees and woody landscape plants. (2/2)
AGH 125 Woody Plants/Shrubs
3.0
Woody Plants/Shrubs presents identification and cultural characteristics of
commonly used woody outdoor plants used in landscapes in the Midwest
including many native plants. Recognition of scientific names of plants,
identification, and common terms are also included. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Woody Plants/Trees.
AGH 131 Greenhouse Management
3.0
Greenhouse Management discusses the design and management of
greenhouse and nursery facilities. Winter and spring commercial pot
plants, cut flowers, and bedding plant crops are explored. (2/2)
AGH 152 Landscape Design Techniques
3.0
Landscape Design Techniques provides an introduction to principles of
landscaping as they apply to residential landscaping. Students are given
the opportunity to design basic landscape plans. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Woody Plants/Trees.
AGH 156 Landscape Design II
3.0
Landscape Design II provides an introduction to principles of landscaping
as they apply to commercial landscaping. Students are given the opportunity to design commercial and advanced residential landscape plans. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Landscape Design Techniques.
AGH 161 Irrigation Systems
3.0
Irrigation Systems studies the design, installation, use, maintenance, and
repair of irrigation and drainage systems used in the production of horticulture crops. Topics also include their uses in turf grasses and landscape. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Introduction to Turfgrass Management.
AGH 171 Landscape Maintenance
4.0
Landscape Maintenance covers the principles and practices involved with
establishment and maintenance of ornamental plants in the landscape.
Laboratory work involves site evaluation, installation techniques, postplant care, and maintenance of established landscapes. (2/4)
Prerequisites: Principles of Horticulture and Landscape Design Techniques.
AGH 221 Principles of Horticulture
3.0
Principles of Horticulture provides students with an overall view of how
man utilizes horticulture plant materials. Topics covered are fruits, vegetables, ornamental plants, and their proper use and care. Proper culture,
environmental conditions, and plant propagation are also included. (2/2)
AGH 245 Golf Course and Sports Turf Management
3.0
Golf Course and Sports Turf Management studies the history of field operation, environmental practices, and biological problem-solving in the care
of golf courses and sports fields such as football, soccer, baseball and
softball fields. Students learn the balance in prioritizing play, turf and human safety based on daily evaluation of field/turf conditions. (2/2)
Prerequisites: Principles of Horticulture and Introduction to Turfgrass
Management.
AGH 465 Turf and Landscape Capstone
3.0
Turf and Landscape Capstone will focus on three general components. The
career component examines the career path opportunities in the Turf and
Landscape Industry. The management component reviews the business
and economic principles applied to decision-making and problem-solving
in managing a turf and landscape industry business. The operations component reviews the unique business activities in the turf and landscape industry, including golf course, sports turf, landscape, greenhouse, and lawn
care businesses. (3/0)
Prerequisite: Landscape Maintenance, and Golf Course and Sports Turf
Management.
AGH 810 Turf and Landscape Internship I
3.0
Turf and Landscape Internship I provides turf and landscape management
students with hands-on training at off-campus sites. (0/12)
AGH 819 Turf and Landscape Internship II
1.0
Turf and Landscape Internship II provides students with a supervised capstone experience at off-campus work sites with a turf and/or landscape
emphasis. (0/4)
Veterinary Technology
AGS 113 Survey of the Animal Industry
3.0
Survey of the Animal Industry examines ways domestic animals serve the
basic needs of humans for food, shelter, protection, fuel, and emotional
well-being. Terminology, basic structures of the industries surrounding the
production, care, and marketing of domestic animals in the U.S. Includes
hands-on learning experiences relative to production and/or companion
animals common to the area. (3/0)
145
AGS 226 Beef Cattle Science
3.0
Beef Cattle Science studies the practical application of modern production
and management practices with regards to cow/calf, feeder cattle and beef
cattle finishing, with an emphasis on management of nutrition, reproduction, health, husbandry, and breeding selection. Economics of beef cattle
production are also studied. (2/2)
Prerequisite: Survey of the Animal Industry.
AGV 136 Clinical Pathology Lab Techniques II
4.0
Clinical Pathology Lab Techniques II provides lecture and laboratory instruction in skills veterinary technicians utilize in a clinical pathology laboratory setting. Topics include blood chemistry analysis, serology, histology,
and dermatology. (3/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in all first-year veterinary technology
courses.
AGV 100 Introduction to Veterinary Technology
2.0
Introduction to Veterinary Technology gives veterinary technology students
an understanding of veterinary medical ethics, the Veterinary Practice Act,
and veterinary technicians and the law. Other topics include regulatory veterinary medicine, public relations in veterinary medicine, and identification of dog and cat breeds. The course is taught in the overall context of the role
of the veterinary technician in the profession of veterinary medicine. (2/0)
AGV 140 Veterinary Pharmacology
3.0
Veterinary Pharmacology provides instruction about drugs and medications used in veterinary medicine. Classification of drugs, writing prescriptions, controlled drugs, and the legal use of drugs in veterinary practices
are discussed. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in all first-semester veterinary technology courses.
AGV 104 Veterinary Technology Anatomy and Physiology I
3.0
Veterinary Technology Anatomy and Physiology I provides instruction in
anatomy and physiology of domestic animals. Course focus is on skeletal, musculature, renal, ophthalmic, cardiac, and respiratory systems. Lab
activities focus on skeletal identification and dissection of related body
systems of domestic animals. (2/3)
AGV 142 Mathematics for Veterinary Technicians
3.0
Mathematics for Veterinary Technicians includes a brief review of fractions,
decimals, percents, ratios, and solving of algebraic functions. The purpose
of this course is to instruct veterinary technology students in methods of accurate measurement and calculation of drug dosages. Topics include the
metric system, Apothecaries’ equivalents, conversion of units of measurement, and preparation of solutions and dilutions. While there is no prerequisite, a working knowledge of arithmetic operations using whole numbers,
fractions, decimals, and percents is expected. (3/0)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in all second-semester veterinary
technology courses.
AGV 108 Veterinary Technology Anatomy and Physiology II
3.0
Veterinary Technology Anatomy and Physiology II provides instruction in
anatomy and physiology of domestic animals. The course focus is on cardiovascular, neurological, integumentary, and digestion systems. Lab activities focus on feline dissection. (2/3)
AGV 110 Principles of Veterinary Technology I
3.0
Principles of Veterinary Technology I introduces veterinary technology students to the topics of immunology, small animal diseases, and small animal
vaccination protocol. The laboratory portion of the course focuses on dog
and cat restraint and nursing skills. (2/3)
AGV 115 Principles of Veterinary Technology II
3.0
Principles of Veterinary Technology II provides veterinary technology
students with instruction in veterinary clinical medicine and procedures.
Topics include small animal dentistry, ophthalmology, wound healing and
bandaging, first aid, toxicology, emergency care, and small animal obstetrics. The laboratory section provides hands-on experience in small venipuncture, dentistry, bandaging, and other small animal nursing skills. (2/3)
AGV 120 Veterinary Medical Terminology
1.0
Veterinary Medical Terminology gives students a working knowledge of
roots, prefixes and suffixes of words commonly used in veterinary medicine. Emphasis is placed on correct spelling, pronunciation, and use of
works in context. Abbreviations used in veterinary medicine are also covered. (1/0)
AGV 122 Principles of Sanitation
3.0
Principles of Sanitation provides instruction on basic sanitation principles
used in veterinary medicine. Topics include cause of disease, spread of
infectious disease, autoclaves and other sterilization procedures used in
veterinary medicine, use of disinfectants, and environmental factors which
influence spread of disease. Parasitology, including parasite life cycles and
public health significance, and zoonotic diseases are also covered. (2/3)
AGV 135 Clinical Pathology Lab Techniques I
3.0
Clinical Pathology Lab Techniques I provides lecture and laboratory instruction in skills veterinary technicians utilize in a clinical pathology laboratory
setting. Topics include specimen management, performance of analytical
tests, and procedures on blood, urine and feces. (2/3)
AGV 145 Animal Nutrition
3.0
Animal Nutrition provides instruction regarding essential nutrients and the
role of each in an animal’s metabolism. Topics include basic clinical and
therapeutic nutrition, pet food analysis, nutritional deficiencies, and toxins.
Emphasis is on dogs and cats with an introduction to large animal nutrition,
feeds and feeding. (3/0)
technology courses.
AGV 147 Large Animal Care
4.0
Large Animal Care provides students with a background in large animal
breeds and breed identification, large animal diseases, obstetrics, vaccination protocol, and disease prevention. Laboratory topics include large animal restraint, nursing procedures, anesthesiology, and surgical assisting.
Experience is provided on live animals in a field setting. (2/4)
courses.
AGV 149 Avian, Exotic and Lab Animal Care
3.0
Avian, Exotic and Lab Animal Care covers basic avian, exotic and laboratory animal medicine. Lecture topics include breed and sex identification,
housing requirements, nutritional requirements, common diseases, and
the use of laboratory animals in research. The laboratory provides handson training in restraint, nursing procedures, and anesthesiology of birds,
exotic, and laboratory animals. (2/2)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in all third-semester veterinary technology courses.
AGV 150 Office Procedures for Veterinary Technicians
3.0
Office Procedures for Veterinary Technicians includes an overview of veterinary practice management and office procedures. Topics include basic
filing, record-keeping, telephone etiquette, cash drawer management, and
the economics of veterinary practice. Instruction on the use of veterinary
practice management computer software is provided. (3/0)
courses.
AGV 170 Veterinary Anesthesiology
3.0
Veterinary Anesthesiology provides lecture and laboratory instruction in
skills veterinary technicians utilize in a clinical setting. Topics include anesthesiology, pain management and fluid therapy. (2/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in all first-year Veterinary Technology courses.
146
AGV 182 Diagnostic Imaging
3.0
Diagnostic Imaging provides lecture and laboratory instruction in skills veterinary technicians utilize in a clinical setting. Topics include radiology with an
emphasis on detail, density and contrast, as well as ultrasonography. (2/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in all third-semester Veterinary Technology courses.
AGV 185 Veterinary Surgical Assisting
3.0
Veterinary Surgical Assisting provides lecture and laboratory instruction in
skills veterinary technicians utilize in a clinical setting. Topics emphasized
include surgical nursing, critical care and fluid therapy. (2/3)
Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or higher in all third-semester Veterinary Technology courses.
AGV 205 Kennel Management and Animal Care I
1.0
Kennel Management and Animal Care I will apply concepts for the necessary care of dogs and cats in a kennel environment. Husbandry techniques,
record keeping, and sanitation of the animal facility will be demonstrated.
Effective use of teamwork will be emphasized. Basic canine training and
behavior modification techniques will be introduced. (0/4)
AGV 207 Kennel Management and Animal Care II
1.0
Kennel Management and Animal Care II is a continuation of the concepts
of Kennel Management and Animal Care I. Preventative health care, health
problem assessments, and nutritional requirements of dogs and cats will
be emphasized. Canine behavior analysis and understanding feline behavior will be introduced. (0/4)
AGV 209 Kennel Management and Animal Care III
1.0
Kennel Management and Animal Care III is a continuation of the concepts
of Kennel Management and Animal Care II. Team leadership, communication, and office practices will be emphasized, as well as continuing work
with canine behavior modification. (0/4)
courses.
AGV 211 Kennel Management and Animal Care IV
1.0
Kennel Management and Animal Care IV is a continuation of the concepts
of Kennel Management and Animal Care III. This course will apply concepts for the necessary care of rats, rabbits, mice and guinea pigs in a
kennel environment. Husbandry techniques, record keeping and sanitation
of the animal facility will be demonstrated. Effective use of teamwork will
be emphasized. (0/4)
AGV 805 Veterinary Technology Internship I
2.0
Veterinary Technology Internship I is a cooperative education program during the first summer session of the veterinary technology program. Students work in the veterinary medical industry under the supervision of a licensed veterinarian for a minimum of 128 contact hours. Students receive
experience and mentoring in the following areas: scheduling appointments,
filing radiographs, reports and client records; maintaining facility records;
managing inventory; and handling routine financial transactions. Students
also receive experience in a variety of clinical areas to be agreed upon
prior to the internship between the student, the veterinarian, and the veterinary technology program chair. (0/8)
technology courses.
AGV 806 Veterinary Technology Internship II
3.0
Veterinary Technology Internship II is a cooperative education program
during the final semester of the veterinary technology program. Students
work in the veterinary medical industry under the supervision of a licensed
veterinarian for a minimum of 192 contact hours. Students receive experience and mentoring in the following areas: scheduling appointments, filing
radiographs, reports and client records; maintaining facility records; managing inventory; and handling routine financial transactions. Students also
receive experience in a variety of clinical areas to be agreed upon prior
to the internship between the student, the veterinarian and the veterinary
technology program chair. (0/12)
Welding
WEL 117 General Welding
2.0
General Welding introduces the fundamental skills involved in welding and
cutting metals. Students learn to use Plasma cutting and Oxyacetylene
cutting methods as well as Shielded Metal Arc Welding, Gas Metal Arc
Welding, and Gas Tungsten Arc Welding techniques. (1/2)
WEL 149 Arc Welding
3.0
Arc Welding covers the fundamentals and technical knowledge of arc welding in the flat position on mild steel with different rods on different thicknesses of metal. Welding safety practices are also stressed. (3/0)
Wind Energy and Turbine Technology
WTT 103 Introduction to Wind Energy
3.0
Introduction to Wind Energy provides students an overview of the wind
energy industry. The development, construction, and operation of wind
farms will be studied, with emphasis on the operation and maintenance of
wind turbines. Students will examine wind turbines in detail and develop a
familiarity with standard procedures, tools, and subsystems that comprise
the wind turbine. (2/2)
WTT 142 Mechanical Power Transmission
4.0
Mechanical Power Transmission is designed to give students an overview
of the terminology, theory of operation, and specific devices involved in the
movement of energy. Belts, chains, gears, shafts, hydraulics, and pneumatics will be examined. Emphasis will be on systems used in wind energy. (4/0)
WTT 175 Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers
3.0
Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers gives students experience
with programmable devices commonly used in the wind energy industry.
Students will study the theory of PLC operation and use their understanding to create and troubleshoot programs. (2/2)
WTT 202 Advanced Wind Energy
4.0
Advanced Wind Energy seeks to broaden the scope and depth of student
understanding of wind turbine operation and the wind energy industry.
Students will study site preparation and construction, turbine component
specifications and manufacturing, operation and maintenance programs,
and data acquisition and assessment. (3/2)

IOWA WESTERN COMMUNITY COLLEGE General Catalog 2016

Transcription

Similar documents

research facility for teachings and exams registration

college official`s report curry college

New Student Orientation, Fall 2016 Student Financial Services

Transfer Credit Guidelines

Application - Hopland Band of Pomo Indians

Biochemistry

Prepared by: Assoc. Prof. Dr Bahaman Abu Samah

ABATE OF IOWA`S 32nd ANNUAL Raffle Drawing on Saturday, July

G.P.A. Incentive Application - Hopland Band of Pomo Indians

Kafka`s Monkey